Volume 1

Academic Progress for every Student
Regular tests &

assignments
VEDANTU
IMPROVEMENT Report card with
PROMISE detailed analysis
VIP
Parent-teacher
meetings
Our Extraordinary Results 2021

Our Students
5.2X
HIGHER
Our Students
Our Students
3.8X
6.6X
HIGHER
All India HIGHER

All India All India
37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

9.84% 9.84% 1.25%
CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

student scoring above 90% student scoring above 90% Advanced
SCAN CODE
to know more
about VIP
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Pvt. Ltd.
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information
storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers.
Notice: Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best resources and knowledge.
Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from sources regarded
as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book. However, as authors and
publishers, we are not to be held responsible for unintentional mistakes that might have crept
in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our notice shall be gratefully acknowledged
and rectified in upcoming editions.
Printed by
Softberry Technology Pvt. Ltd
2nd Floor, above PNB, Scheme No 140
Indore, Madhya Pradesh - 452016
https://www.softberry.in
How to use your
Tatva Practice Book
1
8. Quantization of charge
When a physical quantity can
have only discrete values rather
than any value, the quantity is
said to be quantised. The
smallest charge that can exist in Scan the QR Code in each
nature is the charge of an chapter’s theory section to
electron.
view micro concept videos
related to the chapter, on
SCAN CODE the Vedantu app.
Electrostatics
Exercise - 2:
2
Solve all types of
1. The rate constant for a first
order reaction is 4.606 ×
10–3s–1. The time required to
reduce 2.0g of the reactant to
0.2g is:
exercise questions (JEE 2020)
based on the latest JEE
pattern. (a) 500s (b) 1000s
(c) 100s (d) 200s
Answer Key
3
CHAPTER-1: ELECTROSTATICS
For extra exam
Exercise-1: Basic Objective preparation content,
visit the Vedantu app.
Scan the QR code in the You can find previous
Answers Section to view years’ JEE papers with
detailed solutions for all solutions and detailed
exercise questions. analysis.
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
I am delighted to present to you a Ready Reckoner and an amazing book to guide you for your
exams-‘TATVA’. Tatva—which means the ‘Core’ is fully aligned with the culture, the mission, and the
vision of Vedantu and therefore it gives me immense pleasure and joy to share this book with you. We
at Vedantu have always believed in revolutionizing the teaching and learning process and always
speedily progressed in the direction of bringing superior quality education and content to your table.
Tatva is a step forward in this direction. This book is your guide, your practice guru, and your
companion in moving towards your dreams. The book is a result of the consistent effort, diligence, and
research by our experienced team of subject experts and teachers.
This book has been customized with curated content to suit the needs of JEE aspirants like you and
guide you on the right path to cracking JEE and optimizing your efficiency. Tatva is a comprehensive
amalgamation of important concepts, theories, derivations, definitions, solved examples, concept
videos, practice questions, and important questions. We have ensured that high-quality content and
the right ingredients are in place in this booklet to help you climb up the success ladder.
A few guiding points to optimally use Tatva with a planned approach:
Tatva equips you with Theory, Concept Videos, and Solved examples to help you revise concepts,
mark your notes, walk you through the entire summary, and eventually makes you capable of
clearing all your conceptual doubts all by yourself.
We suggest revision of theory followed by practice of solved examples.
Practice relevant questions daily after finishing Vedantu lectures and session assignments. We
believe that a daily dose of Tatva will keep all your exam blues at bay.
Use the Tatva booklet to mark notes so that it always comes in handy for last-minute revision
sessions before your exams. Notes should include key points of theory, solved examples, and some
questions which you couldn't solve in the first attempt.
Exercise 1 and Exercise 2 of JEE Tatva deal with basic questions and those which can be asked or
already asked in JEE Main. Similarly, Exercise 3 and Exercise 4 deal with JEE Advanced level
questions. We recommend you solve basic JEE Main questions before moving to JEE Advanced
level questions.
Before wrapping up, the practice mantra: “Don't practice until you get it right. Practice until you
can't get it wrong.”
We strongly believe in you and your capabilities. So believe in yourself

because success is only one step away. Wishing that your talent shines
bright. All the very best!
Anand Prakash
Founder and Academic Head, Vedantu
Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing Top Ranks in JEE/NEET
and Olympiads. He has personally taught and mentored AIR 1, 6, 7 (JEE
Advanced), AIR-1, 7, 9(AIIMS), and thousands of more students who have
successfully cleared these competitive exams in the last few years.
Credits
“Happiness lies in the joy of achievement
and the thrill of creative effort.”
—Franklin D. Roosevelt
Tatva is the brainchild of a group of creative Vedans who have strived tirelessly to weave success stories for you.
We extend our heartfelt gratitude to the superb team of Vedans who give wings to the vision of Vedantu,
starting with our leaders who have been guiding and encouraging us at every step of the way:
Vamsi Krishna Sir, Anand Prakash Sir and Pulkit Jain Sir
We thank our leaders for their insight and mentorship. They steered the project in the right direction and were
instrumental in making Tatva a reality:
Sahil Bhatia, Sudhanshu Jain, Shubam Gupta, Ajay Mittal, Arshad Shahid, Jaideep Sontakke
The managers who embodied every aspect of what Tatva aimed to accomplish and brought their ideas and
diligence to the table to execute this vision immaculately:
Harish Rao, Neha Surana, Charubak Chakrabarti, Prashant Palande
Physics Team
We truly appreciate all the Master Teachers of Vedantu whose relentless efforts helped us translate this vision
into reality. Our heartfelt gratitude to our creative content developers and the typesetting team, who have put
in their hard work, insight, and eagerness to nurture and execute Tatva into ‘your ready handbook’ and bring a
positive learning experience to you.
Teachers Subject Matter Experts
Shreyas Hebbare Gagandeep Singh Atul Singh (Team Lead)
Anmol Gupta Md. Fazlur Rahman
Typesetting Team Graphic Designers

Nitesh Kumar Vishwanath G Mohit Kamboj
Santhosh Kumar Mani
We cannot thank the creative team enough. Their creative minds and contagious energy have added a visual
flair, truly making Tatva the treasure trove of knowledge that it is.
Kajal Nilanjan Chowdhury Rabin Jacob Mohit Kamboj
Kiran Gopal Balaji Sakamuri Thamam Mubarish Haritha Ranchith
Sarib Mohammad
We thank and appreciate the enthusiastic support provided by Arunima Kar, Savin Khandelwal, and Dipshi
Shetty.
The journey of bringing Tatva to life, from an idea to the book you are holding, would not have been possible
without the extensive support of our diligent Operations Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated
team of Teachers, and our talented Tech Team.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 8
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 36
Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 43
Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 50
Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 55
Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 58
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 183
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 62
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 72
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 185

7
MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE MOTION
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 100
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 108
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 187
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION
Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 133
Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 144
Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 189

UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS 8
01
UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND
BASIC MATHEMATICS
SCAN CODE
Chapter
UNITS & 01
MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS 9
UNITS & MEASUREMENTS
1. PHYSICAL QUANTITY For Example:
Any quantity which can be measured is called a

physical quantity.
Examples: length, weight, time etc
Fig. 1.3
Fig. 1.1 1.4 Derived Physical Quantities

Examples:
1.1 Types of Physical Quantities length
● Acceleration =
time 2
mass
● Density =
length 3
● Volume = length 3
(length)
● Force = mass.
Fig. 1.2 time 2
Length
● Momentum = mass.
1.2 Fundamental Physical Quantities: time
Physical quantities which are independent of other mass
Pressure =
physical quantities are called fundamental physical length.time 2
quantity. These are the quantities we take as
fundamental quantities.
1.5 How to Measure a Physical Quantity
Quantity
For measuring a physical quantity we have to compare
Length it with some reference, we call it unit.
Mass A unit is a standard amount of a physical quantity.
Time Example: In old times people used to measure length
by hand span or foot span.
Electric Current
Temperature
Amount of Substance
Luminous Intensity
1.3 Derived Physical Quantities

Physical quantities which are dependent on other
physical quantities are called derived physical
quantities. Fig. 1.4
SCAN CODE
Let’s measure the length of a book using our hand If Magnitude of a Physical Quantity is
span. = n1 in u1 unit and n2 in u2 unit.
In this case unit for measurement is hand span. We can say that = n1u1 = n2u2
But the length of hand span varies from person to
person. So everyone will get a different result for 1.8 Need of System of Units
measuring the same object. What if everyone uses a unit of their choice for every
So, there was a need of precise standardization of measurement.
units. For Example:
1.6 Standard Units

Some of the standard units:
For measuring length: meter, centimeter, foot etc.
For measuring weight: kilogram, gram, pound etc
LET’S SEE A SHORTCUT HERE:
Imagine the no. of units force could have.
If everyone decides to have his own way of
measurement, then it will not be possible to come to
Fig. 1.5 correct conclusion. Thus a well-defined, universally
accepted system must be developed.
1.7 Expressing Measurement of physical quantity

1.9 System of Units
Suppose we measure length of a rod and write
A system of units is a complete set of units which is
length = 28 used to measure all kinds of fundamental and derived
By this expression we didn’t get any idea about the quantities.
size of rod it can be anything like Let’s see example of some of the major system of units
28 m
28 mm
28 km
28 foot or 28 steps
So we should always express a measurement with the
unit of measurement.
Fig. 1.6
1.10 The SI System of Units

Earlier different system of units are used in different
countries.
NOTE: So, there was need of an internationally accepted
We always write a measurement of physical quantity as system of units as a complete set of units.
its magnitude multiplied by its unit. Here comes the “The International SI System of
Units”.
Currently it is the most popular system of units
If we measure a physical quantity in more than one
worldwide.
unit then the multiplication of magnitude and unit is a
In SI system there are 7 base units and 2
constant.
supplementary units.
SCAN CODE
1.11 Fundamental Units: 1.14 Solid Angle
Quantity Name of Symbol

units
Length Meter m
Mass Kilogram kg
Fig. 1.8
Time Second s A
 sr
r2
Electric Current Ampere A
1.15 Dimensions
Temperature Kelvin K
Dimensions of a physical quantity are the powers to
which the fundamental units must be raised in order to
Amount of Mole mol get the unit of physical quantity.
Substance
Fundamental quantity Dimension
Luminous Candela Cd
Intensity
Length Meter
Mass Kilogram
1.12 Supplementary Units:
Time Second
Quantity Name of units Symbol
Electric Current Ampere
Plane angle Radian rad

Luminous Intensity Candela
Solid angle Steradian sr Temperature Kelvin
Amount of substance Mole

1.13 Plane Angle
1.16 Writing Dimensions of Physical Quantities
get the unit of that physical quantity.
displacement length
Velocity  
time time
Fig. 1.7  Dimension of velocity   L1T 1 
s change in velocity length

  rad Acceleration  a    2
r time  time 
SCAN CODE
 L1T −2 
⇒ Dimension of acceleration = then u1 =  M 1a L1bT1c  and u2 =  M 2 a L2bT2 c 
length =Q n=  a b c  n2  M 2 a L2bT2 c 
1  M 1 L1 T1 
Force =
Mass × Acceleration =
Mass ×
( time )
2
a b c
 M   L  T 
n2 = n1  1   1   1 
 M 1 L1T −2 
⇒ Dimension of force =  M 2   L2   T2 
This equation can be used to find the numerical value
in the second or new system of units. Space between
1.17 How do Dimensions behave in Mathematical
lines
Formulae?
Let us convert one joule into erg.
Rule 1: All terms that are added or subtracted must
Joule is SI unit of energy and erg is the CGS unit of
have same dimensions.
energy. Dimensional formula of energy is [ML2T-2]
● a = 1, b = 2, c = - 2.
SI CGS
=
M 1 1 =
kg 1000 g M= 2 1g
Rule 2: Dimensions obey rules of multiplication and L=
1 1=m 100 cm L= 2 1cm
division. = T1 1= s T2 1s
AB = n1 1= ( Joule ) n2 ? ( erg )
D=
C a b c
 M   L  T 
Given A =
= ML T  , B  M=
0
L T  , C  ML T 
−2 0 −1 2 −2 0 n2 = n1  1   1   1 
 M 2   L2   T2 
 ML0T −2  ×  M 0 L−1T 2  This equation can be used to find the numerical value
[ D] =  in the second or new system of units.
 ML−2T 0 
1 2 −2
1000  100  1 
⇒ [ D] = = 1
 M L 
1−1 0 −1+ 2 −2 + 2
T     
 1   1  1 
=
1× 103 × 104 =
107
2. DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS ∴1 joule =
107 erg.
Dimensional analysis is a tool to find or check

2.2 Checking the Dimensional Consistency of
relations among physical quantities by using their
Equations
dimensions.
Principle of Homogeneity of Dimensions: For an
By using dimensional analysis, we can
equation to be valid, the dimensions on the left side
1. Convert a physical quantity from one system of must match the dimensions on the right side, It is then
units to another. dimensionally correct. Checking this is the basic way
2. Check the dimensional consistency of equation. of performing dimensional analysis.
3. Deduce relation among physical quantities. Let’s check that the second equation of motion is
correct or not.
1
2.1 Converting a Physical quantity from one =
s ut + at 2
System of Units to another 2
If u1 and u2 are the units of measurement of a physical = = length
s distance = [ L]
quantity Q and n1 and n2 are their corresponding length
magnitude then=
ut= × time= length= [ L]
Q n= 1u1 n2 u2 time
length
× ( time ) =length =[ L ]
Let M1, L1 and T1 be the fundamental units of mass,
at 2 =
2
( time )
2
length and time in one system; and M2, L2, T2 be
corresponding units in another system. If the
dimensional formula of quantity be  M a LbT c 
[ L=] [ L ] + [ L ]
SCAN CODE
NOTE: ● In the case of physical quantities which are

dependent upon more than three physical
If an equation is dimensionally incorrect, it must be quantities, this method will be difficult.
wrong. On the other hand, dimensionally correct
● In some cases, the constant of proportionality
equation may or may not be correct.
also possesses dimensions. In such cases, we
Let’s take an example to make it simple for you. cannot use this system.
If I say the area of a circle = 2 x radius2; ● If one side of the equation contains addition or
- this is dimensionally correct (both sides have subtraction of physical quantities, we cannot use
dimensions [L2]) this method to derive the expression.
- but it is wrong, as, it should be '𝛑𝛑' instead of '2'.
2.3 Deducing Relation among the Physical 3. SIGNIFICANT FIGURES

Quantities The significant figures are normally those digits in a
The method of dimensions can sometimes be used to measured quantity which are known reliably plus one
deduce relation among the physical quantities. additional digit that is uncertain.
For this, we should know the dependence of the let see an example shown in figure case a student takes
physical quantity on other quantities and consider it as reading 4.57 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚.
a product type of the dependency. Here the digit 4 and 5 are certain and the digit 7 is
Let’s find the time period of a simple pendulum by an estimate.
using dimensional analysis. The period of oscillation
of the simple pendulum depends on its length (𝑳𝑳),
mass of the bob (𝒎𝒎) and acceleration due to gravity
(𝒈𝒈).
Time period T ∝ m a g b Lc
⇒T =
km a g b Lc
Where k is dimensionless constant.
By considering dimensions on both sides,
a b c
 M 0 =
L0T 1   M 1  ⋅  LT −2   L1 
⇒  M 0 L0T 1  =
 M a Lb + cT −2b 
1 1 3.1 Rules for Determining Significant Figures

Comparing both sides a =
0, b =
− ,c =
2 2 Rule 1: Every non zero digit in a reported
−
1 1 measurement is assumed to be significant.
L
= =
T km 0
g 2 L2 k Example:
g
24.7 meters, no. of significant figures = 3
0.743 meter, no. of significant figures = 3
2.4 Limitations of Dimensional Analysis
714 meters, no. of significant figures = 3
● Dimensionless quantities cannot be determined
Rule 2: Zeros appearing between nonzero digits are
by this method.
significant.
● Constant of proportionality cannot be determined
Example:
by this method. They can be found either by
experiment (or) by theory. 70003 meters, no. of significant figures = 5
40.79 meters, no. of significant figures = 4
● This method is not applicable to trigonometric,
logarithmic and exponential functions. 1.503 meters, no. of significant figures = 4
Rule 3: Leftmost zeros appearing in front of nonzero
digits are not significant
SCAN CODE
Example: Last significant digit is 3 < 5

0.0073 meter, no. of significant figures = 2 So, the answer is 12.
0.423 meter, no. of significant figures = 3 Rule 2: If last significant digit(d) > 5, then increase
0.000099 meter, no. of significant figures = 2 the preceding digit by 1 and drop ‘d’.
Example:
NOTE: Round off 14.56 to 3 significant figures.
Leftmost zeros act as placeholders. By writing the Last significant digit is 6 > 5
measurements in scientific notation, we can eliminate So, the answer is 14.6.
such place holding zeros. Rule 3: If last significant digit(d) = 5, then look at the
preceding digit.
Leftmost zeros appearing in front of nonzero digits are (i) If preceding digit is even, drop ‘d’.
not significant
(ii) If preceding digit is odd then increase preceding
0.0073 meter = 7.3×10−3 meter digit by 1 and drop ‘d’.
0.423 meter = 4.23×10−1 meter Example:

Round off 1.45 to 2 significant figures.
0.000099 meter = 9.9×10−5 meter
Last significant digit is 5 and preceding
digit is 4 which is even. So, the answer is 1.4
NOTE:
Example:
As power of ten does not contribute in significant
figures thus even by changing units the number of
significant digits will remain same. Last significant digit is 5 and preceding
digit is 7 which is odd. So, the answer is 148
Rule 4: Zeros at the end of a number will be counted
as significant, only if they are at the right side of a
decimal point. 4. ERRORS
Example: An error is a mistake of some kind causing an error in

300 meter, no. of significant figures = 1 your results so the result is not accurate.
4.1 Types of Errors
27210 meter, no. of significant figures = 4
Errors can be divided into two main classes
● Random errors
3.2 Significant Figures in Calculations ● Systematic errors
In general, a calculated answer cannot be more precise
than the least precise measurement from which it was 4.2 Random Errors
calculated. Random error has no pattern. One instant your
The calculated value must be rounded to make it readings might be too small. The next instant they
consistent with the measurements from which it was might be too large. You can’t predict random error and
calculated. these errors are usually unavoidable.
So let’s read about rounding off. ● Random errors cannot be rectified but can be
minimized.
3.3 Rounding Off ● Random errors can be reduced by taking a lot of
Rule 1: If last significant digit(d) < 5 then drop it. readings, and then calculating the average
Example: (mean).
SCAN CODE
4.3 Causes of Random errors

1. Human Error
Example:
Fig. 1.11
Example:
Fig. 1.9 ● If a ruler is wrongly calibrated, or if it expands,
then all the readings will be too low (or all too
Way of taking reading 2 is best, 1 high).
and 3 give the wrong readings.
This is called a parallax error.
2. Faulty Technique
Using the instrument wrongly.
Fig. 1.12
2. Personal Error
Example:
● If someone has habit of taking measurements
Fig. 1.10 always from above the reading, then due to
parallax you will get a systematic error and all
4.4 Systematic Errors the readings will be different from the actual
reading
Systematic error is consistent, repeatable error
associated with faulty equipment or a flawed
experiment design. These errors are usually caused by
measuring instruments that are incorrectly calibrated.
● These errors cause readings to be shifted one
way (or the other) from the true reading.
4.5 Causes of Systematic Errors

1. Faulty Instruments
Example:
Fig. 1.13
● There is no any weight and the can’t be nothing
Now, Let’s learn about some common terms used
weighed but weighing machines are not showing
during, measurements and error analysis
zero.
SCAN CODE
4.6 Accuracy and Precision Mean Absolute Error

Accuracy is an indication of how close a measurement ∆a1 + ∆a2 + ∆a3 + ... + ∆an
is to the accepted value. ∆amean =
n
● An accurate experiment has a low systematic
So, we show the measurement by a ± ∆amean so on.
error.
Precision is an indication of the agreement
among a number of measurements. 4.9 Relative Errors
● A precise experiment has a low random error The relative error is the ratio of the mean absolute
error ∆amean to the mean value amean of the quantity
measured.
∆amean
Relative error =
amean
When the relative error is expressed in percent, it is
called the percentage error (δ).
Fig. 1.14 ∆amean
=
Percentage error δ × 100%
amean
4.7 Calculation of Errors
For calculation purpose we divide the errors in three
types 4.10 Range of Uncertainty
Absolute. error Range of uncertainty is reported as a nominal value

plus or minus an amount called the tolerance or
Relative. error
percent tolerance.
Percentage. error
4.8 Absolute Errors

The magnitude of the difference between the
individual measurement and the true value of the
quantity is called the absolute error of the
measurement. as
Absolute error is denoted by Δa, and it is always taken 2% of 120 = 2.4,
positive. 120 - 2.4 = 117.6,
For Example: 120 +2.4 = 122.4
Let say the: Values obtained in several measurements
are 𝑎𝑎1, 𝑎𝑎2, 𝑎𝑎3, …,
4.11 Limit of Reading or Least Count
If true value is not available, we can consider
The limit of reading of a measurement is equal to the
arithmetic mean as true value.
smallest graduation of the scale of an instrument.
a1 + a2 + a3 + ... + an
amean =
n
Absolute Errors in measurements =
∆a1 = a1 − amean ,
∆a2 = a2 − amean ,
... ... ... Fig. 1.15
... ... ... Least count of this scale is 1 mm
∆an = an − amean
SCAN CODE
4.12 Least Count Error 4.15 Errors of a Multiplication or Division

When a measurement falls between two divisions, then Measured value of physical quantity 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are
errors due to approximate measurement made by the respectively 𝐴𝐴 ± Δ𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 ± Δ𝐵𝐵
observer is called least count error. If a Physical Quantity 𝑍𝑍 = 𝐴𝐴 ✕ 𝐵𝐵 or
𝑍𝑍 = 𝐴𝐴/𝐵𝐵
4.13 Propagation of Errors
Then maximum relative error in Z,
∆Z ∆A ∆B
= +
Z A B
4.16 Error of a Measured Quantity

Raised to a Power
The relative error in a physical quantity raised to the
power k is the k times the relative error in the
individual quantity.
Measured values of physical quantity 𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 are
respectively 𝐴𝐴 ± Δ𝐴𝐴 and 𝐵𝐵 ± Δ𝐵𝐵
Fig. 1.16
If a Physical Quantity 𝑍𝑍 = 𝐴𝐴2
4.14 Errors of a Sum or a Difference Then maximum relative error in 𝑍𝑍,
When two quantities are added or subtracted, the ∆Z ∆A ∆A ∆A

= + =2
absolute error in the final result is the sum of the Z A A A
absolute errors in the individual quantities. In general, if Z = A p B q C r
Measured values of physical quantity A and B are Then maximum relative error in 𝑍𝑍,
respectively A ± ∆A and B ± ∆B
∆Z ∆A ∆B ∆C
If a Physical Quantity 𝑍𝑍 = 𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵 or = p +q +r
Z A B C
Z= A − B
Then Maximum possible Error in Z is given by
∆Z = ∆A + ∆B
SCAN CODE
Dimensional Formulae of Physical Quantities

Relationship with other physical
S. No. Physical quantity Dimensions Dimensional formula
quantities
1. Area Length × breadth [L2] [M0L2 T0]
2. Volume Length × breadth × height [L3] [M0L3 T0]
3. Mass density Mass/volume [M]/[L3] or [ML2] [ML3T0]
4. Frequency 1/time period 1/[T] [M0L0T1]
5. Velocity, speed Displacement/time [L]/[T] [M0LT1]
6. Acceleration Velocity/time [LT1]/[T] [M0LT2]
7. Force Mass × acceleration [M][LT2] [MLT2]
8. Impulse Force × time [MLT2][T] [MLT1]
9. Work, Energy Force × distance [MLT–2][L] [ML2T–2]
10. Power Work/time [ML2T–2]/[T] [ML2T–3]
11. Momentum Mass × velocity [M][LT1] [MLT1]
12. Pressure, stress Force/area [MLT2]/[L2] [ML1T–2]
Change in dim ension
13. Strain [L]/[L] [M0L0T0]
Original dim ension
 ML1T 2 
14. Modulus of elasticity Stress/strain [ML1T2]
 M 0 L0 T 0 
15. Surface tension Force/length [MLT2]/[L] [ML0T2]

16. Surface energy Energy/area [ML2T2]/[L2] [ML0T2]
17. Velocity gradient Velocity/distance [LT–1]/[L] [M0L0T1]
18. Pressure gradient Pressure/distance [ML–1T2]/[L] [M1L2T2]
19. Pressure energy Pressure × volume [ML1T2][L3] [ML2T2]
 MLT 2 
20. Coefficient of viscosity Force/area × velocity gradient [ML1T1]
 L2   LT 1 / L 
Angle, Angular
21. Arc/radius [L]/[L] [M0L0T0]
displacement
Trigonometric ratio
22. Length/length [L]/[L] [M0L0T0]
 sin , cos , tan , etc.
23. Angular velocity Angle/time [L0]/[T] [M0L0T1]
SCAN CODE
BASIC MATHEMATICS
Nature of the roots of a quadratic equation
−b ± b 2 − 4ac
The roots are given by x =
2a
1. QUADRATIC EQUATION
● If D < 0, No real roots for given equation.
A quadratic equation is an equation of second degree,
meaning it contains at least one term that is squared.
The standard form of quadratic equation is
ax 2 + bx + c =0 where a ≠ 0
The solution of the above quadratic equation is the
values of variable ‘x’ which will satisfy it. It basically
have 2 solutions ( x1 and x2 )
If we try to calculate time when football is at height H
Fig. 1.19
then we will observe that we will get 2 answers
● If D > 0, Two distinct real roots
Fig. 1.17
t1 - While going up
t2 - While Coming down Fig. 1.20
What if we take a height which is greater than −b ± b 2 − 4ac
maximum height covered by ball and we are trying to ● The roots are given by x =
2a
find the time?
● If D = 0, Equal and real roots. Then we will get
only one root
Fig. 1.18
Fig. 1.21
By this diagram we can easily say that at no real value b
of time, the ball is at height H1. We will not have a ● The roots are given by −
2a
diagram everytime though.
b
For finding out if a quadratic equation has a real i. Sum of roots =x1 + x2 =
−
a
solution or not, we shall use the ’DISCRIMINANT’.
c
= x=
ii. Product of roots 1 x2
a
1.1 Discriminant of a Quadratic equation
D
Discriminant of a quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c =0 iii. Difference of the roots = x1 − x2 =
a
is represented by D.
= b 2 − 4ac
D
SCAN CODE
(ii) Straight line graph

If the value of The quadratic equation will
discriminant = 0 i.e. have equal roots
b 2 − 4ac =
0 b
i.e. α = β = −
2a

discriminant have imaginary
< 0 i.e. b 2 − 4ac < 0
Roots i.e. α
= ( p + iq ) and
Fig. 1.23
β= ( p − iq ) .
Equation of graph: y = mx
Where ‘iq’ is the imaginary part
of complex number (iii) Straight line graph

discriminant have real roots
( D) > 0 i.e. b 2 − 4ac > 0

discriminant > 0 and D have rational roots
is perfect square

discriminant (D) > 0 have irrational roots i.e.
and D is not a perfect
square
α= (
p + q and β = )
p− q ( ) Fig. 1.24
Equation of graph: =
y mx + c
discriminant > 0, D is have integral roots m = tan θ
perfect square, a = 1
θ < 90°
and b and c are integers
m = + ve
(iv) Straight line graph
2. BASIC GRAPHS
(i) Straight line graph
Fig. 1.25
Equation of graph: =
y mx + c
Fig. 1.22
m = tan θ
Equation of graph: y = mx – c
θ > 90°
SCAN CODE
(v) Parabola graph (ix) Rectangular Hyperbola graph
Fig. 1.26
Equation of graph: x = ky 2
(vi) Parabola graph

Fig. 1.30
Equation of graph: xy = constant
1
x∝
y
(x) Circle graph
Fig. 1.27
Equation of graph: x = −ky 2
(vii) Parabola graph
Fig. 1.31
Equation of graph: x 2 + y 2 =
a2
Fig. 1.28 (xi) Ellipse graph
Equation of graph: y = kx 2
(viii) Parabola graph
Fig. 1.32
Fig. 1.29
x2 y 2
Equation of graph: y = −kx 2 Equation of graph: + =
1
a 2 b2
SCAN CODE
(xii) Exponential Decay graph Max value of Graph Min value of graph
1 at 0,360°, 720°...etc. −1 at 180°,540°,900°...etc.
• y = cos x
• sin (x + 𝜋𝜋/2) = cos x
• The y = cos x graph is obtained by shifting the y
= sin x, 𝜋𝜋/2 units to the left
• Period of the cosine function is 2𝜋𝜋
There are a few similarities between the sine and
cosine graphs they are:
Fig. 1.33 • Both have the same curve which is shifted along
the x-axis.
Equation of graph: y = e − kx
• Both have an amplitude of 1
(xiv) sin graph: • Have a period of 360o or 2𝜋𝜋 radians
The combined graph of sine and cosine function can
be represented as follows:
Fig. 1.34
Max value of Graph Min value of graph

1 at 90°, 450°,810°...etc. −1 at 270°, 630°,990° ...etc.
Fig. 1.36
• y = sin x
(xvi) tan graph:
• The roots or zeros of y = sin x is at the multiples
of 𝜋𝜋 The tan function is completely different from sin and
cos function. The function here goes between negative
• The sin graph passes the x-axis as sin x = 0.
and positive infinity, crossing through y = 0 over a
• Period of the sine function is 2 𝜋𝜋 period of 𝜋𝜋 radian.
• The height of the curve at each point is equal to
the line value of sine
(xv) cos graph:
Fig. 1.37
• y = tan x
• The tangent graph has an undefined amplitude as
Fig. 1.35 the curve tends to infinity
• It also has a period of 180o. i.e. 𝜋𝜋
SCAN CODE
3. BINOMIAL EXPANSION 4. VECTORS

A binomial is a polynomial with two terms. Scalars and Vectors
2
For example, 3x + 2 is a binomial.
4.1 What is a scalar?
what happens when we multiply the binomial with
itself? A scalar is a quantity that is fully described by a
magnitude only. It is described by just a number.
Example: a + b
Examples:
(a + b) = ( a + b )( a + b ) = a 2 + 2ab + b 2
2
Speed, volume, mass, temperature, power, energy,
time, etc.
(a + b) =( a + b ) ( a 2 + 2ab + b 2 )
3
=a 3 + 3a 2 b + 3ab 2 + b3 4.2 What is a vector?

Vector is a physical quantity which has magnitude as
(a + b) =( a + b ) ( a 3 + 3a 2 b + 3ab 2 + b3 )
4
well as direction and follows the rule of vector
addition.
=a 4 + 4a 3b + 6a 2 b 2 + 4ab3 + b 4
Vector quantities are important in the study of physics.
Calculations get longer and longer as we increase the Examples:
power, but we can say that there is a pattern,
Force, velocity, acceleration, displacement,
(a + b) = ( a + b )( a + b ) = a + 2ab + b
2 2 2
momentum, etc.
Power of a 2 1 0
4.3 Representation of Vectors
Power of b 0 1 2 • A vector is drawn as an arrow with a head and a
(a + b) =( a + b ) ( a + 2ab + b )
3 2 2 tail.
• The magnitude of the vector is often described
=a 3 + 3a 2 b + 3ab 2 + b3 by the length of the arrow.
Power of a 3 2 1 0 • The arrow points in the direction of the vector.
Power of b 0 1 2 3
(a + b) =( a + b ) ( a 3 + 3a 2 b + 3ab 2 + b3 )
4
=a 4 + 4a 3b + 6a 2 b 2 + 4ab3 + b 4
Power of a 4 3 2 1 0
Power of b 0 1 2 3 4
This pattern is summed up by binomial theorem
n ( n − 1)
Fig. 1.38
( a + b ) =a n + na n −1b1 + a n − 2b2
n
2 ×1 • Vectors can be defined in two dimensional or

n ( n − 1)( n − 2 )
three dimensional space
+ a n −3b3 ...... + b n How to write a vector?
3 × 2 ×1
Vectors are generally written with an arrow over the
n ( n − 1) n ( n − 1)( n − 2 ) 
(1 + x ) =
1 + nx + x +
n 1 2 3
x ... top of the letter. (Ex: a )
2 ×1 3 × 2 ×1
They can also be written as boldface letters. (Ex: a)
If value of x is very small, we can neglect higher  
powers of x AB = a
So, (1 + x ) = Magnitude:
1 + nx
n

AB = a
SCAN CODE
4.4 Properties of Vectors Unit vector


Vectors are mathematical objects and we will now x
∴ xˆ =
study some of their mathematical properties. x
(1). Equality of vectors It must be carefully noted that any two unit vectors
Two vectors are equal if they have the same magnitude must not be considered as equal, because they might
and the same direction. have the same magnitude, but the direction in which
(2). Negative Vector the vectors are taken might be different.
A negative vector is a vector that has the opposite
direction to the reference positive direction.
4.5 Types of Vectors

1. Zero Vector
2. Unit Vector
3. Position Vector
4. Co-initial Vector
5. Like and Unlike Vectors
6. Coplanar Vector Fig. 1.40
7. Collinear Vector  
8. Displacement Vector a |a| =1 × a → i
 
b |b| =1 × b → j
4.6 Zero Vector  
• A zero vector is a vector when the magnitude of c |c| =1 × c → k
the vector is zero and the starting point of the
vector coincides with the terminal point.

• In other words, a vector AB ' s coordinates of the
point A are the same as that of the point B then
the vector is said to be a zero vector and is
denoted by 0.
4.7 Unit Vector

A vector which has a magnitude of unit length is called
a unit vector.
 
Suppose if x is a vector having a magnitude x then 4.8 Position Vector:
If O is taken as reference origin and P is an arbitrary
the unit vector is denoted by x̂ in the direction of the
 point in space then the vector OP is called as the
vector x and has the magnitude equal to 1. position vector of the point. Position vector simply
denotes the position or location of a point in the three-
dimensional Cartesian system with respect to a
reference origin.
Fig. 1.39 Fig. 1.41
SCAN CODE
4.9 Co-initial Vector: 4.13 Displacement Vector:

The vectors which have the same starting point are If a point is displaced from position A to B then the
called co-initial vectors. 
displacement AB represents a vector AB which is
known as the displacement vector.
Fig. 1.42
 
The vectors AB and AC are called co-initial vectors
as they have same starting point. Fig. 1.46
4.10 Like and Unlike Vectors: 4.14 Multiplication of a vector with a scalar
The vectors having the same direction are known as
like vectors. On the contrary, the vectors having the • When a vector is multiplied by a scalar quantity,
opposite direction with respect to each other are then the magnitude of the vector changes in
termed to be unlike vectors. accordance with the magnitude of the scalar but
the direction of the vector remains unchanged.
• Suppose we have a vector a , then if this vector

is multiplied by a scalar quantity k then we get a

new vector with magnitude as ka and the

direction remains same as the vector a .
Fig. 1.43
4.15 Multiplication of vectors with scalar

4.11 Coplanar Vectors:
Three or more vectors lying in the same plane or
parallel to the same plane are known as coplanar
vectors.
Fig. 1.47
Now let us understand visually the scalar

multiplication of the vector.
Let us take the values of ‘k’ to be = 2, 3, -3, -1/2 and
Fig. 1.44 so on.
4.12 Collinear Vectors:

Vectors which lie along the same line are known to be
collinear vectors.
Fig. 1.48
Fig. 1.45
SCAN CODE
4.16 Position Vector 4.18 Components of a Vector

A vector representing the straight-line distance and the In physics, when you break a vector into its parts,
direction of any point or object with respect to the those parts are called its components.
origin, is called position vector. Typically, a physics problem gives you an angle and a
magnitude to define a vector
Fig. 1.49

OP= xi + y j
 
OP = x 2 + y 2 = r =r Fig. 1.52

OP= xi + y j
4.17 Displacement Vector
 
A vector representing the straight-line distance and the OP = x 2 + y 2 = r =r
direction of any point or object with respect to another  
point is called displacement vector. OA = xi ⇒ r cos θ =
OA
 
OB = yi ⇒ r sin θ =
OB

OB
tan θ = 
OA

Fig. 1.50 OA = xiˆ
  
OP= x1 i + y1 j OB= yi=
ˆ AD
  
= x2 i + y2 j = zk
=
OC ˆ DP
OQ
   In ∆ODP
= OQ − OP
PQ   
OD = OA + DP = xiˆ + yjˆ + zkˆ
= ( x2 − x1 ) i + ( y2 − y1 ) j

PQ = ( x2 − x1 ) + ( y2 − y1 )
2 2
Fig. 1.51 Fig. 1.53

  
OP = x + y + z = r = r
2 2 2 r = xi + y j + zk
SCAN CODE
 5.1 Triangle Law of Vector Addition

| r |= x2 + y 2 + z 2

r 
=r  → unit vector along r
|r|

OA = xiˆ, is the component of vector r in X-axis
 
OB = yjˆ, is the component of vector r in Y-axis

OC = zkˆ, is the component of vector r in Z-axis
4.19 Finding a Unit Vector (2D/3D)

• We have already studied about it in previous Fig. 1.56
classes. Just to recall:
• Unit vector in the direction of a is â 5.2 Both Addition and Subtraction can
be shown as:
Fig. 1.54
• It will be more clear by solving some problems

pertaining 2D/3D cases.
Fig. 1.57
5. ADDITION OF VECTORS
5.3 Polygon Law of Vector Addition
It states that if number of vectors acting on a particle at
a time are represented in magnitude and direction by
the various sides of an open polygon taken in same
order, their resultant vector R is represented in
magnitude and direction by the closing side of polygon
taken in opposite order. In fact, polygon law of vectors
is the outcome of triangle law of vectors.
Fig. 1.55
Can we add these vectors directly as (8 m + 6 m) = 14
m?
(a) Yes Fig. 1.58
(b) No      
R = A+ B +C + D + E
Sol: We add vectors considering their directions.      
OA + AB + BC + CD + DE = OE
So, now we will learn about the addition of vectors.
SCAN CODE
 
NOTE: The angles that vectors A and B make with the x-
axis are 𝜃𝜃A and 𝜃𝜃B. respectively.
• Resultant of two unequal vectors cannot be zero.
• Resultant of three coplanar vectors may or may Step 2: Find the components of the resultant along
not be zero. each axis by adding the components of the individual
• Resultant of three non-coplanar vectors cannot be vectors along that axis. That is, as shown in figure,
zero, minimum number of non-coplanar vectors Rx = Ax + Bx
whose sum can be zero is four.
and Ry = Ay + By
• Polygon law should be used only for diagram
purpose for calculation of resultant vector (For
addition of more than 2 vectors), we use
components of vector.
• Minimum no. of coplanar vector for zero
resultant is 2 (for equal magnitude) & 3 (for
unequal magnitude).
5.4 Addition of Vectors

Adding Vectors Analytically

r=1 x1 i + y1 j
 Fig. 1.60
r=2 x2 i + y2 j components along the same axis, say the x-axis, are
   vectors along the same line and, thus, can be added to
r= r1 + r 2
one another like ordinary numbers. The same is true
( ) (
= x1 i + y1 j + x2 i + y2 j ) for components along the y-axis. So resolving vectors
into components along common axes makes it easier to
= x1 i + y1 j + x2 i + y2 j = x1 i + x2 i + y1 j + y2 j add them. Now that the components of R are known,
its magnitude and direction can be found.
= ( x1 + x2 ) i + ( y1 + y2 ) j
5.5 Addition of Vectors: Components

Step 1: Identify the x-and y-axes that will be used in
the problem.
Fig. 1.61
Step 3: To get the magnitude R of the resultant, use
the Pythagorean theorem;
=
R Rx2 + Ry2
Fig. 1.59
Then, find the components of each vector to be added Step 4: To get the direction of the resultant;
along the chosen perpendicular axes. Use the equations  Ry 
    θ = tan −1  
= Ax A= cos θ , A y A sin θ to find the components. In  Rx 
   
figure, these components are Ax , A y , B x and B y .
SCAN CODE
5.7 Some Properties of Vector Addition
Fig. 1.62
5.6 Parallelogram Law of Vector Addition
Fig. 1.63

Suppose the magnitude of a = a and that of b = b . Fig. 1.65
 
What is the magnitude of a + b and what its
direction? 5.8 Subtraction of Vectors

Suppose the angle between a and b is 𝜃𝜃. • Subtracting Vectors Algebraically

a ax i + a y j
=

b bx i + by j
=
   
( ) ( )
a − b = a + −b = ax i + a y j + −bx i − by j
= ( ax − bx ) i + ( a y − by ) j
Fig. 1.64 • Subtracting Vectors Geometrically
It is easy to say from fig. that

AD 2 =( AB + BE ) + ( DE )
2 2
( a + b cos θ ) + ( b sin θ )
=
2 2
a 2 + 2ab cos θ + b 2
=
Thus, the magnitude of is
a 2 + b 2 + 2ab cos θ
Fig. 1.66
Its angle with a is 𝛼𝛼 where
DE b sin θ
α
tan= =
AE a + b cos θ
SCAN CODE
5.9 Change in Vectors • A quite different kind of multiplication is a

vector multiplication of vectors. Taking a vector
product of two vectors returns a vector, as its
name suggests.
• Vector products are used to define other derived
vector quantities.
Fig. 1.67 • For example, in describing rotations, a vector
quantity called torque is defined as a vector
product of an applied force (a vector) and its
distance from pivot to force (a vector).
• It is important to distinguish between these two
kinds of vector multiplication because the scalar
product is a scalar quantity and a vector product
is a vector quantity.
6.1 Scalar Product or Dot Product
Fig. 1.68
Fig. 1.69
  
Dot product of vector a and b is donated by a ⋅ b
   
a ⋅b = a b cos θ
0 ≤θ ≤π
• Dot product give us a scalar quantity.
6. PRODUCT OF TWO VECTORS  
a ⋅b
• Angle between vectors, cos θ =  
• A vector can be multiplied by another but may a b
not be divided by another vector.
• There are two kinds of products of vectors used
broadly in physics and engineering.
• One kind of multiplication is a scalar
multiplication of two vectors. Taking a scalar
product of two vectors results in a number (a
scalar), as its name indicates.
Fig. 1.70
• Scalar products are used to define work and
energy relations. • When θ = 0°,
•      
For example, the work that a force (a vector) =
a ⋅b a b=cos θ a b
performs on an object while causing its
 
displacement (a vector) is defined as a scalar a ⋅ b is maximum
product of the force vector with the displacement
vector.
SCAN CODE
6.3 Application of Dot product in physics

Work done (W): It is defined as the scalar product of

the force ( )
F , acting on the body and the

Fig. 1.71 Displacement ( s ) produced.
 
• When θ = π , Thus W= F ⋅ s
      Instantaneous power (P): It is defined as the scalar
a ⋅ b =a b cos π =− a b 
 
( )
product of force F and the instantaneous velocity
a ⋅ b is minimum. 
( v ) of the body.
 
Thus P= F ⋅ v
Magnetic flux (𝜙𝜙): The magnetic flux linked with a
surface is defined as the scalar product of magnetic
 
Fig. 1.72 ( )
intensity B and the area ( )
A vector. Thus
 
Condition for vector a. vector b = 0 φ= B ⋅ A
6.2 Properties of Dot Product NOTE:

    As the scalar product of two vectors is a scalar quantity,
a ⋅b = a b cos θ
so work, power and magnetic flux are all scalar
   
b ⋅a =b a cos θ quantities
6.4 Cross Product of Two Vectors

   
a ×b = a b sin θ nˆ 0° ≤ θ ≤ 180°
n̂ is the unit vector in direction normal to the a and b
Fig. 1.73
• Dot product is commutative.
   
b ⋅ a = a ⋅b
• Dot product is distributive over addition or
Fig. 1.74
subtraction.
       It is also called Vector Product.
( )
a⋅ b ± c = a ⋅b ± a⋅c
• When vectors are given in component form, 6.5 Direction of Cross Product
  Right Hand Thumb Rule: Curl the fingers of the right
A=Ax iˆ + Ay ˆj and B =
Bx iˆ + By ˆj hand in such a way that they point in the direction of
   
A ⋅ B= ( )(
Ax iˆ + Ay ˆj ⋅ Bx iˆ + By ˆj ) rotation from vector a to b through the smaller
angle, then the stretched thumb points in the direction
• We know that, iˆ ⋅ iˆ = ˆj ⋅ ˆj = 1 and iˆ ⋅ ˆj = ˆj ⋅ iˆ = 0  
of a × b
 
⇒ A⋅ B
= Ax Bx + Ay + By
• Thus for 3D, when

 
A = Ax iˆ + Ay ˆj + Az kˆ and B = Bx iˆ + By ˆj + Bz kˆ
 
A⋅ B
= Ax Bx + Ay By + Az Bz
Fig. 1.75
SCAN CODE
  • Sine of the angle between two vectors. If 𝜃𝜃 is the

Direction of a × b
   
Direction of b × a angle between two vectors A and B , then
   
| A× B |=| A || B | sin θ
 
A× B
sin θ =  
A B
• If n̂ is a unit vector perpendicular to the plane

 
  A× B

of vectors A and B , then n =  
Fig. 1.76 | A× B |
   
b × a | b || a | sin θ −n
= ( ) • Vector product of orthogonal unit vectors
iˆ × ˆj= kˆ, ˆj × kˆ= iˆ, kˆ × iˆ= ˆj
ˆj × iˆ =−kˆ, kˆ × ˆj =−iˆ, iˆ × kˆ =− ˆj
6.6 Properties of Vector Product
• Vector product is anti - commutative i.e.,
   
A × B =− B × A
• Vector product is distributive over addition i.e.,
      
( )
A× B + C = A× B + A× C
Fig. 1.77
• Vector of two parallel or antiparallel vectors is a
A Force of 15 N at angle 60° from horizontal is used
null vector. Thus
   to push a box along the floor a distance of 3 meter.
=
A × B AB sin ( 0° or 180
=° ) nˆ 0 How much work was done?
• Vector product of a vector with itself is a null
vector. 6.7 Application of Scalar and Vector Products
   1. We use Dot product in finding value of a vector.
A=× A AA sin=0° n 0 2. Finding component of one vector along another
i × i = j × j = k × k = 0 vector.
3. Finding angle between two vectors.
• The magnitude of the vector product of two
4. Finding unit vector perpendicular to plane
mutually perpendicular vectors is equal to the
consisting both the vectors.
product of their magnitudes.
  5. Finding work done.
=
| A × B | AB=
sin 90° AB 6. Finding area of triangle and parallelogram.
7. Finding Torque.
8. Finding power.
SCAN CODE
SUMMARY
UNITS AND MEASUREMENTS DIMENSIONS AND SIGNIFICIENT

FIGURES
FUNDAMENTAL AND DERIVED UNITS
Dimensional and Dimensional Analysis:
Fundamental Unit:
get the unit of derived quantity.
• Dimensional analysis is a tool to find or check
Length Meter m relations among physical quantities by using
their dimensions.
Mass Kilogram kg By using dimensional analysis, we can
1. Convert a physical quantity from one system of
Time Second s unit to another.
2. Check the dimensional consistency of equations
Electric Current Ampere A 3. Deduce relation among physical quantities.
Limitations of Dimensional Analysis
Temperature Kelvin K
● In some cases, the constant of proportionality
also possesses dimensions. In such cases, we
Amount of Substance Mole mol
cannot use this system.
● If one side of the equation contains addition or
Luminous Intensity Candela Cd
subtraction of physical quantities, we cannot use
this method to derive the expression.
Supplementary Units:
ERROR ANALYSIS
Systematic Errors
Plane angle Radian rad Systematic error is consistent, repeatable error
associated with faulty equipment or a flawed
Solid angle Steradian sr experiment design. These errors are usually caused by
measuring instruments that are incorrectly calibrated.
System of Units: ● These errors cause readings to be shifted one

way (or the other) from the true reading.
Now, Let’s learn about some common terms used
during, measurements and error analysis.
Accuracy and Precision
● Accuracy is an indication of how close a
measurement is to the accepted value.
● An accurate experiment has a low systematic
error.
● Precision is an indication of the agreement
among a number of measurements.
SCAN CODE
● A precise experiment has a low random error Types of Vectors

• If N division of vernier scale are equal in length (i) Zero Vector
to (N -1) MS divisions, then: (ii) Unit Vector
1MS (iii) Position Vector
L.C. = 1MS − 1VS ⇒ L.C. =
N (iv) Co-initial Vector
• Least count of a screw gauge (v) Like and Unlike Vectors
Pitch
L.C. = (vi) Coplanar Vector
N
(vii) Collinear Vector
(viii) Displacement Vector
BASIC MATHEMATICS • When a vector is multiplied by a scalar quantity,

then the magnitude of the vector changes in
accordance with the magnitude of the scalar but
BASIC ALGEBRA the direction of the vector remains unchanged.
Quadratic Equation • A unit vector is a vector that has a magnitude
of 1.
A quadratic equation is an equation of second degree,
• Any vector can become a unit vector on dividing
meaning it contains at least one term that is squared.
it by the vector's magnitude.
The standard form of quadratic equation is • A vector representing the straight line distance
ax 2 + bx + c =0 where a ≠ 0 and the direction of any point or object with
respect to the origin, is called position vector.
Discriminant of a Quadratic equation: Polygon Law:
Discriminant of a quadratic ax + bx + c =
2
0 equation • It states that if number of vectors acting on a
is represented by D. particle at a time are represented in magnitude and
direction by the various sides of an open polygon
D= b 2 − 4ac
taken in same order, their resultant vector R is
−b ± b 2 − 4ac represented in magnitude and direction by the
The roots are given by x =
2a closing side of polygon taken in opposite order.
Binomial Expansion
Addition of vectors:
A binomial is a polynomial with two terms.
Components to get the magnitude R of the resultant,
There are a few similarities between the sine and
use the Pythagorean theorem:
cosine graphs they are:
• Both have the same curve which is shifted along =
R Rx2 + Ry2
the x-axis.
• Both have an amplitude of 1 To get the direction of the resultant;
Have a period of 360o or 2𝜋𝜋 radians  Ry 
θ = tan −1  
 Rx 
SCALARS & VECTORS AND VECTOR
OPERATIONS
Vectors
• Scalar and Vector
• Representation and Properties of Vectors
• Types of Vectors
Negative Vector:
A negative vector is a vector that has the opposite
direction to the reference positive direction.
SCAN CODE
Addition of vectors: Properties of Cross Product:

Law of Parallelogram of vector addition. Thus, the • Vector product is anti - commutative i.e.,
   
magnitude of A × B =− B × A
  • Vector product is distributive over addition i.e.,
a + b is a 2 + b 2 + 2ab cos θ       
( )
A× B + C = A× B + A× C
• Vector of two parallel or antiparallel vectors is a
null vector. Thus
  
=
A × B AB sin ( 0° or 180
=° ) nˆ 0
• Vector product of a vector with itself is a null
vector.
b sin θ
Its angle with a is 𝛼𝛼 where tan=
DE   
α =
AE a + b cos θ A=× A AA sin=0° n 0
Vector Subtraction: i × i = j × j = k × k = 0

a ax i + a y j
=    
 • ( a×b = ) (
− b×a )
b bx i + by j
=       
    • ( )
a× b + c = a×b + a×c
( ) (
a − b = a + −b = ax i + a y j + −bx i − by j ) i × i = j × j = k × k = 0
•
= ( ax − bx ) i + ( a y − by ) j
• i × j =k j × i =−k
Scalar Product or Dot Product
j × k =i k × j =−i
    •
a ⋅b = a b cos θ
• k × i =j i × k =− j
0 ≤θ ≤π 
• Dot product give us a scalar quantity. • If a =a1 i + a2 j + a3 k and =b1 i + b2 j + b3 k , then
• i j k
Angle between vectors,
   
a ⋅b a × b =a1
cos θ =   a2 a3
a b b1 b2 b3
Applications of Vector Product

• Torque τ : The torque acting on a particle is
equal to the vector product of its position vector
    
• Dot product is commutative.
   
( )
( r ) and force vector F . Thus r = r × F
b ⋅ a = a ⋅b 
• Angular momentum L : The angular
• Dot product is distributive over addition or
momentum of a particle is equal to the cross
subtraction. 
       (r )
( )
product of its position vector and linear
a⋅ b ± c = a ⋅b ± a⋅c   

momentum ( p ) . Thus L= r × p
Cross Product:
    • Instantaneous velocity v : The instantaneous
a ×b =a b sin θ nˆ 0° ≤ θ ≤ 180°
velocity of a particle is equal to the cross product

n̂ is the unit vector in direction normal to the a and b of its angular velocity (ω ) and the position

vector ( r ) . Thus   
v= ω × r
SCAN CODE
Solved Examples
Example - 1 Ans. (d)

The unit of surface tension in SI system is Sol. Because 1 Newton = 105 Dyne.
(a) Dyne / cm2 (b) Newton/m
Example – 5
(c) Dyne/cm (d) Newton/m2
The
equation of a wave is given by
Ans. (b)
x 
F =Y A sin ω  − k  where ω is the angular velocity
Sol. From the formula of surface tension T = v 
l
and v is the linear velocity. The dimension of k is
By substituting the S.I. units of force and length, we
(a) LT (b) T
will get the unit of surface tension = Newton/m.
-1
(c) T (d) T2
Example – 2 Ans. (b)
The unit of absolute permittivity is Sol. According to principle of dimensional homogeneity
[ k ] =  L 
(a) Farad – meter (b) Farad / meter x
=  LT =
−1  [T ]
(c) Farad/meter2 (d) Farad v  
Ans. (b)
Example – 6
C
Sol. C 4πε 0 R ∴ ε=
From the formula =
4π R E, m, L and G denote energy, mass, angular
0
momentum and gravitational constant respectively,

By substituting the unit of capacitance and radius:
unit of ε 0 = Farad / meter. El 2
then the dimension of is
m5 G 2
Example – 3 (a) Angle (b) Length
If =
x at + bt , where x is the dis
2
(c) Mass (d) Time
tance travelled by the body in kilometre while t the Ans. (a)
time in seconds, then the units of b are Sol. [E]= energy = [ML2T-2], [m] = mass
(a) km/s (b) km-s = [M], [l] = Angular momentum
2 2
(c) km/s (d) km-s = [ML2T-1]
Ans. (c)
[G] = Gravitational constant
Sol. From the principle of dimensional homogeneity
= [M-1L3T-2]
[ x ]= bt 2  ⇒ [b]=  2 
x
Now substituting dimensions of given expression
t 
2
∴ Unit of b = km/s2  El 2   ML2T −2  ×  ML2T −1 
 5 2= 2
Example – 4 m G   M 5  ×  M −1 L3T −2 
Which relation is wrong? =  M 0 L0T 0 

(a) 1 Calorie = 4.18 Joules
The given expression is dimensionless. As angle is
(b) 1Å =10–10 m
also dimensionless the answer is (a).
(c) 1 MeV = 1.6 × 10–13 Joules
(d) 1 Newton =10-5 Dynes
Example – 7 Example – 10
Each edge of a cube is measured to be 7.203 m. The The SI unit of universal gas constant (R) is
volume of the cube up to appropriate significant
(a) Watt K-1 mol-1 (b) Newton K-1 mol-1
figures is
(c) Joule K-1 mol-1 (d) Erg K-1 mol-1
(a) 373.714 (b) 373.71
Ans. (c)
(c) 373.7 (d) 373
Sol. Ideal gas equation PV = nRT
Ans. (c)
( 7.023)= ∴[ R
[ P ][V=]  ML−1T −2   L3   ML2T −2 
Volume= a= ]
3 3
Sol. 373.715m3 = =
[ nT ] [ mole][ K ] [ mole] × [ K ]
In significant figures volume of cube will be
373.7m3 because its edge has four significant So the unit will be Joule K-1 mol-1.
figures.
Example – 11
Example – 8
 a 
Each edge of a cube is measured to be 5.402 cm. The The equation  P + 2  (V − b ) =
constant. The units
 V 
total surface area and the volume of the cube in
of a is
appropriate significant figures are:
(a) Dyne × cm5 (b) Dyne × cm4
(a) 175.1cm 2 ,157cm 2
(c) Dyne × cm3 (d) Dyne × cm2
2 3
(b) 175.1cm ,157.6cm Ans. (b)
2 2
(c) 175cm ,157cm Sol. According to the principle of dimensional
homogeneity
(d) 175.08cm 2 ,157.639cm3
[ P ] = 
a 
Ans. (b) 2 
 
V
Sol. Total surface area
[a]
⇒= [ P ] V=
2
  ML T  =
−1 −2
L6   ML5T −2 
6 × ( 5.402 ) =
= 175.09cm 2 =
2
175.1cm 2
or unit of a = gm × cm5 × sec −2 = Dyne × cm 4
(Upto correct number of significant figure)
Total volume Example – 12
= (=
5.402 ) =
3 3 3
175.64 cm 175.6cm Suppose we employ a system in which the unit of
mass equals 100 kg, the unit of length equals 1 km
(Upto correct number of significant figure).
and the unit of time 100 s and call the unit of energy
Example – 9 eluoj (joule written in reverse order), then
V (a) 1 eluoj = 104 joule (b) 1 eluoj = 10-3 joule
The resistance R = where V= 100 ± 5 volts and
i (c) 1 eluoj = 10-4 joul (d) 1 joule = 103 eluoj
i = 10 ± 0.2 amperes. What is the total error in R
(a) 5% (b) 7% Ans. (a)
(c) 5.2% (d)

5
%
Sol. [ E ] =  ML2T −2 
2
[100kg ] × [1km] × [100sec]
−2
1eluoj =
2
Ans. (b)
V  ∆R  ∆V ∆I = 100kg × 106 m 2 × 10−4 sec −2
Sol. R = ∴ × 100  = × 100 + × 100
I  R  max V I = 104 kgm 2 × sec −=
2
104 Joule
5 0.2
= × 100 + × 100 =( 5 + 2 ) % =7%
100 10
X = 3YZ2 find dimension of Y in (MKSA) system, if A physical parameter a can be determined by
X and Z are the dimension of capacitance and measuring the parameters b, c, d and e using the
magnetic field respectively relation a = bα c β / d γ eδ . If the maximum errors in
the measurement of b, c, d and e are b1 %, c1 %, d1 %
(a) M −3 L−2T −4 A−1 (b) ML−2
and e1 % , then the maximum error in the value of a
(c) M −3 L−2T 4 A4 (d) M −3 L−2T 8 A4 determined by the experiment is
Ans. (d) (a) ( b1 + c1 + d1 + e1 ) %
Sol. X = 3YZ 2
(b) ( b1 + c1 − d1 − e1 ) %
∴ [Y ]=
[ X ]=  M L T A 
−1 −2 4 2
(c) (α b1 + β c1 − γ d1 − δ e1 ) %
 Z 2
 MT −2 A−1 
2
(d) (α b1 + β c1 + γ d1 + δ e1 ) %
=  M L T A 
−3 −2 8 4
Ans. (d)
Example – 14 Sol. a = bα c β / d γ eδ
 ∆a 
Dimensions of
1
, where symbols have their So maximum error in a is given by  × 100 
µ0ε 0  a  max
usual meaning, are ∆b ∆c ∆d ∆e
=α ⋅ × 100 + β ⋅ × 100 + γ . × 100 + δ ⋅ × 100
(a)  LT −1  (b)  L−1T  b c d e
(c)  L−2T 2  (d)  L2T −2 

= (α b1 + β c1 + γ d1 + δ e1 ) %
Ans. (d)
Example – 17
Sol. We know that velocity of light
1 1 Unit of Stefan's constant is
C= ∴ = C2
µ0ε 0 µ0ε 0 (a) Js-1 (b) Jm −2 s −1 K −4
(c) Jm-2 (d) Js
 1  −1 2
 = LT  = L T 
2 −2
∴ So  Ans. (b)
 µ0ε 0 
Q Q
Sol. Stefan's formula = σ T 4 ∴ σ=
At AtT 4
Example – 15
Joule
If the value of resistance is 10.845 ohms and the ∴ unit of σ
= = Jm −2 s −1 K −4
m × sec× K 4
2
value of current is 3.23 amperes, the potential

Example – 18
difference is 35.02935 volts. Its value in significant
number would be In C.G.S. system the magnitude of the force is 100
dynes. In another system where the fundamental
(a) 35 V (b) 35.0 V
physical quantities are kilogram, metre and minute,
(c) 35.03 V (d) 35.025 V the magnitude of the force is
Ans. (b) (a) 0.036 (b) 0.36
Sol. Value of current (3.23 A) has minimum significant (c) 3.6 (d) 36
figure (3) so the value of potential difference Ans. (c)
V(= IR) has only 3 significant figure. Hence its value Sol. n1 = 100, M1 = g, L1 = cm, T1 = sec and M2 = kg,
be 35.0 V.
L2 = meter, T2 = minute, x = 1, y = 1,z = - 2
By substituting these values in the following
conversion formula
x
 M   L  T 
y z
 2π ct   2π x 
n2 = n1  1   1   1  i.e.,  =  =
0 0 0
 M LT
 λ   λ 
 M 2   L2   T2 
1 −2
So (i) unit of c t is same as that of λ
 gm   cm   sec 
1
n2 = 100       (ii) unit of x is same as that of λ

 kg   meter   minute 
 2π ct   2π x  x
1 −2 (iii)   =  and (iv) is unit less. It is not
 gm   cm   sec 
1
n2 = 100  3  λ   λ  λ
  2   
10 gm  10 cm   60sec  c
the case with .
= 3.6kg − metre / s 2 λ
Conversion of 1 MW power on a new system having The potential energy of a particle varies with distance
basic units of mass, length and time as 10kg, 1dm A x
x from a fixed origin as U = , where A and B
and 1 minute respectively is x2 + B
(a) 2.16 × 1012 unit (b) 1.26 × 1012 unit are dimensional constants then dimensional formula
for AB is
(c) 2.16 × 1010 unit (d) 2 × 1014 unit
(a) ML7/ 2T −2 (b) ML11/ 2T −2
Ans. (a)
(c) M 2 L9/ 2T −2 (d) ML13/ 2T −3
Sol. [ P ] =  ML2T −3  Ans. (b)
Using the relation Sol. From the dimensional homogeneity
 x  = [ B ] ∴ [ B ] =  L 
x y z
 M   L  T  2 2
n2 = n1  1   1   1 
 M 2   L2   T2  As well as
−3
[ A]  x1/ 2  [ A]  L1/ 2 
1
 1kg   1m   1s 
2
= 1× 106       [U ] = 2 ⇒  ML T  =
2 −2
10kg  1dm  1min   x  + [ B ]  L2 
[As 1 MW =106 W]
−3 ∴ [ A] =
 ML7/ 2T −2 
 1kg  10dm   1sec 
2
= 10 6
   
10kg   1dm   60sec  Now [=
AB ]  ML7/ 2T −2  × =
 L2   ML11/ 2T −2 
= 2.16 × 1012 unit
Example – 22
Example – 20 If L, C and R denote the inductance, capacitance and
The equation of the stationary wave is resistance respectively, the dimensional formula for
 2π ct   2π x  C2LR is
y = 2a sin   cos  , which of the
 λ   λ  (a)  ML−2T −1 I 0  (b)  M 0 L0T 3 I 0 
following statements is wrong
(c)  M −1 L−2T 6 I 2  (d)  M 0 L0T 2 I 0 
(a) The unit of ct is same as that of λ
(b) The unit of x is same as that of λ Ans. (b)
(c) The unit of 2π c / λ is same as that of 2π x / λ t  2 2 R  2  R 

Sol. C 2 LR  =
= C L  ( LC )   
(d) The unit of c / λ is same as that of x / λ  L   L 
Ans. (d) and we know that frequency of LC circuits is given

1 1
2π ct 2π x by f =
Sol. Here, as well as are dimensionless 2π LC
λ λ
(angle)
L Example – 25
i.e., the dimension of LC is equal to T 2  and  
R The length of a cylinder is measured with a meter rod
gives the time constant of LR circuit so the having least count 0.1 cm. Its diameter is measured
L with vernier callipers having least count 0.01 cm.
dimension of is equal to [T].
R Given that length is 5.0 cm. and radius is 2.0 cm. The
By substituting the above dimensions in the given percentage error in the calculated value of the
volume will be
 2 R 
formula ( LC )    =
2
= T 2  T −1  T 3  (a) 1% (b) 2%
  
L
(c) 3% (d) 4%
Example – 23 Ans. (c)
If velocity (V), force (F) and energy (E) are taken as Sol. Volume of cylinder V = π r 2 l
fundamental units, then dimensional formula for Percentage error in volume
mass will be
∆V 2∆r ∆l
−2 0 0 2 × 100 = × 100 + × 100
(a) V F E (b) V FE V r l
(c) VF −2 E 0 (d) V −2 F 0 E  0.01 0.1 
= 2 × × 100 + × 100 
Ans. (d)  2.0 5.0 
Sol. Let M = V a F b E c (1 2 ) % =
=+ 3%
Putting dimensions of each quantities in both side
[ M ] =  LT −1  Example – 26
a b c
 MLT −2   ML2T −2 
 
26 If the Vectors P = ai + a j + 3k and Q = ai − 2 j − k
Equating powers of dimensions. We have
are perpendicular to each other. Find the value of a?
b + c = 1, a + b + 2c = 0 and  
−a − 2b − 2c =0 Sol. If vectors P and Q are perpendicular
 
Solving these equations, a =
−2, b =
0 and c = 1 ⇒ P .Q =0
So M = V −2 F 0 E  ⇒ a 2 − 2a − 3 =0
⇒ a ( a − 3 ) + 1( a − 3 ) =
0
Example – 24
If there is a positive error of 50% in the measurement ( )( )
⇒ ai + a j + 3k . ai − 2 j − k =
0
of velocity of a body, then the error in the
⇒ a 2 − 3a + a − 3 =0
measurement of kinetic energy is
⇒ a =−1,3
(a) 25% (b) 50%
(c) 100% (d) 125%
Example – 27
Ans. (c)
Find the component of 3i + 4 j along i + j ?
1
Sol. Kinetic energy E = mv 2  
2   A.B
Sol. Component of A along B is given by hence
∆E  ∆m 2∆v  B
∴ × 100=  +  × 100 required component
E  m v 
=
Here, ∆m 0 and
∆v
= × 100 50% =
(=
3i + 4 j ) . ( i + j ) 7
v 2 2
∆E
∴ × 100 =2 × 50 =100%
E
Example – 28 = (12 − 2 ) i − ( −6 − 4 ) j + ( 3 + 12 ) k
 
Find angle between A= 3i + 4 j and =
B 12i + 5 j ? =10i + 10 j + 15k
 
Sol. =
We have cos
 
A.B
θ =
(3i + 4 j ) .(12i + 5 j ) ⇒ a × b= 102 + 102 + 15=
2
= 5 17
425
AB 32 + 42 122 + 52 1   5 17
(i) Area of ∆OAB= a×b = sq.units
36 + 20 56 56 2 2
cos θ
= = =θ cos −1
5 × 13 65 65 (ii) Area of parallelogram formed by OA and OB as
 
adjacent sides = a × b = 5 17 sq.units
Example – 29
  Example – 32
Two vectors A and B are inclined to each other at

an angle θ. Find a unit vector which is perpendicular
  The torque of a force F =−3i + j + 5k acting at the

point r = 7i + 3 j + k is
to both A and B
 
  A× B
=
Sol. n ⇒ n
A × B AB sin θ = (a) 14i − 38 j + 16k (b) 4i + 4 j + 6k
AB sin θ
 
Here n is perpendicular to both A and B (c) −21i + 4 j + 4k (d) −14i + 34 j − 16k
Ans. (a)
  
Example – 30 Sol. The torque is defined as τ = r × F
A particle under constant force i + j − 2k gets i j k
 
displaced from point A(2, -1, 3) to B(4, 3, 2). Find r × F =7 3 1
the work done by the force
−3 1 5
Sol. Force =i + j − 2k
Displacement =i 3 1 + j 1 7 + k 7 3
 5 −3 −3 1
( ) ( ) ( 2i + 4 j − k )
1 5
= d = AB = 4i + 3 j + 2k − 2i − j + 3k =
= i (15 − 1) + j ( −3 − 35 ) + k ( 7 − ( −9 ) )
Work done = F .d = ( i + j − 2k ) . ( 2i + 4 j − k )
=14i − 38 j + 16k
=1× 2 + 1× 4 + ( −2 ) × ( −1) = 2 + 4 + 2 Thus the answer is (a)
= 8 units
Example – 33

Example – 31
The vector from origin to the points A and B are
( )
A force F = 3i + 2 j + k N acts on a particle. As a
  result the particle move with a constant velocity
a =3i − 6 j + 2k and b = 2i + j − 2k respectively. 
Find the area of
= ( )
v 2i + j m/s. The power applied by the force is
(i) the triangle OAB (a) 4W (b) 6W
(ii) The parallelogram formed by OA and OB as (c) 8W (d) 16 W
adjacent sides. Ans. (c)
  
Sol. Given OA =a =3i − 6 j + 2k and Sol. Power P = F .V

OB = b = 2i + j − 2k
i j k
( )(
= 3i + 2 j + k . 2i + j )
  = ( 3 × 2 + 2 × 1 + 1× 0 )
( )
∴ a × b = 3 −6 2
2 1 −2 = 8 N-m/s = 8 W
Hence correct answer is (c).
Show that the vectors If A= 3iˆ + 4 ˆj and B= 7iˆ + 24 ˆj , the vector having
a = 3i − 2 j + k , b =i − 3 j + 5k , c = 2i + j − 4k form a the same magnitude as B and parallel to A is
right triangle.
(a) 5i + 20 j (b) 15i + 10 j
Sol. We have
 
( ) ( )
b + c = i − 3 j + 5k + 2i + j − 4k = 3i − 2 j + k = a (c) 20i + 15 j (d) 15i + 20 j
  Ans. (d)
⇒ a, b, c are coplanar
B = 7 2 + ( 24 ) = 625 =25
2
Sol.
Hence no two of these vectors are parallel, therefore,
‘the given vectors form a triangle. 3iˆ + 4 ˆj
 Unit vector in the direction of A will be Aˆ =
( )( )
a. c = 3i − 2 j + k . 2i + j − 4k 5
= 3 × 2 − 2 ×1 − 4 ×1 = 0  3iˆ + 4 ˆj 
= 25 
So required vector =  15iˆ + 20 ˆj
Hence the given vectors form a right angled triangle.  5 
EXERCISE - 1 : BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

NOTE:
F
Important dimensional formulae for this Exercise 4. The surface tension is   , then the dimensions of

Dimension of Inductance  M L T A 
1 2 2 2
surface tension are
(a) [MLT–2] (b) [MT–2]
Dimension of Resistance  M L T A 
1 2 3 2
(c) [M0L0T0] (d) None of these
Dimension of Capacitance  M L T A 
1 2 4 2
1
5. If S = ft3 , where S is displacement and t is time then
3
Dimension of Voltage  M L T A 
1 2 3 1
find the dimension of f.

Dimension of Permitivity   M L T A 
1 3 4 2 (a) [M0L–1T3] (b) [MLT–3]
(c) [M0L1T–3] (d) [M0L–1T–3]
Dimension of Permeability   M LT A 
1 1 2 2
a
6. In the equation Snth = u + (2n – 1), the letters have their
Dimension of Magnetic field B  M L T A 
1 0 2 1 2
usual meanings. The dimensional formula of Snth is
Dimension of Gravitational constant G  M L T A 
1 3 2 0
(a) [ML0T] (b) [ML–1T–1]
(c) [M LT ]
0 –1
(d) [M0LT0]
Dimesnion formula for Young’s modulus Y  M L T A 
1 2 1 0
7. The equation of alternating current is I = I0e–t/CR, where t is
time, C is capacitance and R is resistance of coil, then the
Dimension of Coefficient of viscosity   M L T 
1 1 1
dimensions of C R is
(a) [MLT–1] (b) [M0LT]
Dimension of Electric field E  M L T A 
1 1 -3 -1
(c) [M L T]
0 0
(d) None of these
8. Taking frequency f, velocity v and density  to be the
Units & Measurements fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula for
momentum will be
Single Choice Questions (a) [  v4 f –3] (b) [  v3 f –1]
Fundamental and Derived Units, Dimensions & Significant (c) [  v f 2] (d) [  2v2 f 2]
Figures
9. In the equation y = a sin(t + kx), the dimensional formula
1. The unit of momentum is of  is
(a) N s (b) Ns –1 (a) [M0L0T–1] (b) [M0LT–1]
(c) N m (d) N m –1 (c) [ML T ]
0 0
(d) [M0L–1T0]
2. If the acceleration due to gravity is 10 ms–2 and the units 10. The expression [ML–1T–1] represents
of length and time are changed in kilometre and hour (a) momentum (b) force
respectively, the numerical value of acceleration is (c) pressure (d) coefficient of viscosity
(a) 360000 (b) 72000
(c) 36000 (d) 129600 11. The magnetic force on a moving point charge is
  
3. If L denotes the inductance of an inductor through which F  q(v  B ).
a currect I is flowing, then the dimensional formula of LI2
Here, q = electric charge
is 
(a) [MLT–2] v = velocity of the point charge
(b) [ML2T–2] 
B = magnetic field
(c) [M2L2T–2]
Dimension of B is
(d) not expressible in terms of M,L,T (a) [MLT–1A] (b) [MLT–2A–1]
(c) [MT–2A–1] (d) None of these
12. The time dependence of a physical quantity P is given by (a) v2 –1 p–1 (b) v2  g 
P  P0 e  t where  is a constant and t is time. Then
2 (c) v2 g p (d) g–1  
20. The velocity v (in cms ) of a particle is given in terms of
–1
constant  is
–2
time t (in sec) by the equation.
(a) Dimensionless (b) Dimension of T
2
(c) Dimensions of P (d) Dimension of T b . The dimensions of a, b and c are
v  at 
13. The dimensional formula of coefficient of permittivity for t c
1 q1 q 2 a b c
free space (0) in the equation F = , where
4 0 r2 (a) [L ]
2
[T] [LT2]
symbols have their usual meanings, is (b) [LT2] [LT] [L]
(a) [ML3A–2T–4] (b) [M–1L–3T4A2] (c) [LT–2] [L] [T]
(c) [M–1L–3A–2T–4] (d) [ML3A2T–4] (d) [L] [LT] [T2]
14. In the relation y = r sin (  t – kx), the dimensions of  /k 21. Consider a new system of units in which C (speed of light
are in vacuum), h (Planck’s constant) and G (gravitational
(a) [M0L0T0] (b) [M0L1T–1] constant) are taken as fundamental units. Which of the
following would correctly represent mass in this new
(c) [M0L0T1] (d) [M0L1T0]
system ?
15. The expression for centripetal force depends upon mass
of body, speed of the body and the radius of circular path. hC GC
Find the expression for centripetal force. (a) (b)
G h
mv 2 mv 2
(a) F  (b) F  hG
2r 3 r (c) (d) hGC
C
mv 2 m2 v2 22. If F = 6arbvc
(c) F  (d) F 
r2 2r
16. The damping force of an oscillating particle is observed to where F = viscous force
be proportional to velocity. The constant of proportionality  = coeffficient of viscosity
can be measured in r = radius of spherical body
(a) kg s –1 (b) kg s v = terminal velocity of the body
(c) kg m s –1 (d) kg m –1 s–1
Find the values of a, b and c.
17. If p represents radiation pressure, C represents speed of
(a) a = 1, b = 2,c = 1 (b) a = 1, b = 1,c = 1
light and q represents radiation energy striking a unit area
(c) a = 2, b = 1,c = 1 (d) a = 2, b = 2,c = 2
pre second, then non–zero integers a, b and c are such
that paqbCc is dimensionless, then 23. A gas bubble from an explosion under water oscillates
(a) a = 1, b = 1, c = – 1 (b) a = 1, b = –1, c = 1 with a time period T, depends upon static pressure p,
(c) a = –1, b = 1, c = 1 (d) a = 1, b = 1, c = 1 density of water  and the total energy of explosion E.
18. If I is the moment of inertia and the angular velocity, Find the epression for the time period T. (where, k is a
what is the dimensional formula of rotational kinetic energy dimensionless constant)
(a) T=kp -5/6 ρ1/2 E1/3 (b) T=kp -4/7 ρ1/2 E1/3
1 
I 
2 (c) T=kp -5/6 ρ1/2 E1/2 (d) T=kp -4/7 ρ1/3 E1/2
(a) [ML2T–1] (b) [M2L–1T–2] 24. If E, m, J and G represent energy, mass, angular momentum
(c) [ML T ]
2 –2
(d) [M2L–1T–2] and gravitational constant respectively, then the
19. The velocity v of water waves may depend on their dimensional formula of EJ2/m5G2 is
wavelenght (), the density of water (p) and the acceleration (a) [MLT–2] (b) [M0L0T]
due to gravity(g). The method of dimensions gives the (c) [M0L2T0] (d) dimensionless
relation between these quantities as
25. Given X = (Gh / c3)1/2, where G, h and c are gravitational 32. The percentage errors in the measurement of mass and
constant, Planck’s cosntant and the velocity of light speed are 2% and 3% respectively. How much will be the
respectively. Dimensions of X are the same as those of maximum error in the estimate of kinetic energy obtained
(a) mass (b) time by measuring mass and speed?
(c) length (d) acceleration (a) 11% (b) 8%
26. The thrust developed by a rocket–motor is given by
(c) 5% (d) 1%
F = mv + A(p1 – p2), where m is the mass of the gas ejected
per unit time, v is velocity of the gas, A is area of cross– 33. Error in the measurement of radius of sphere is 2%. The
section of the nozzle, p1, p2 are the pressures of the exhaust error in the measurement of volume is
gas and surrounding atmosphere. The formula is (a) 1% (b) 5%
dimensionally
(c) 3% (d) 6%
(a) Correct
(b) Wrong 34. If there is a positve error of 50% in the measurement of
(c) Sometimes wrong, sometimes correct speed of a body, then the error in the measurement of
(d) Data is not adequate kinetic energy is
(a) 25% (b) 50%
ky
27. What is the unit of k in the relation U = 2 where (c) 100% (d) 125%
y  a2
U represents the potential energy, y represents the 35. The radius of the sphere is (4.3 ± 0.1)cm. The percentage
displacement and a represents the maximum displacement error in its volume is
ie, amplitude?
(a) m s–1 (b) m s 0.1 0.1100
(a) × 100 (b) 3 
(c) J m (d) J s–1 4.3 4.3
28. The wavelength associated with a moving particle depends
1 0.1100 1 0.1100
upon power p th of its mass m, q th power of its velocity v (c)  (d) 
3 4.3 3 4.3
and rth power of Planck’s constant h. Then the correct set
of values of p, q and r is 36. In an experiment, we measure quantities a, b and c. Then x
(a) p = 1, q = –1, r = 1 (b) p = 1, q = 1, r = 1
(c) p = –1, q = –1, r = –1 (d) p = –1, q = –1, r = 1 ab 2
is calculated from the formula, x = . The percentage
c3
29. If 3.8 × 10–6 is added to 4.32 × 10–5 giving due regard to errors in a, b, c are ± 1%, ± 3%, and ± 2% respectively. The
significant figures, then the result will be percentage error in x can be
(a) 4.58 × 10–5 (b) 4.7 × 10–5 (a) ±1% (b) ±4%
(c) 4.5 × 10–5 (d) None of these
(c) 7% (d) ±13%
30. A cube has a side of length 1.2 × 10–2 m. Calculate its
volume 37. If X = A×B and X, A and B are maximum absolute
(a) 1.7 × 10–6 m3 (b) 1.73 × 10–6 m3 errors in X, A and B respectively, then the maximum relative
(c) 1.70 × 10 m
–6 3
(d) 1.732 × 10–6 m3 error in X is given by
Error Analysis (a) X = A + B (b) X = A – B

31. The pressure on a square plate is measured by measuring
 X  A B X A B
the force on the plate and the lenght of the sides of the (c)   (d)  
X A B X A B
F
plate by using the formula p = . If the maximum errors 38. A wire has a mass (0.3 ± 0.003)g, radius (0.5 + 0.005)mm
2
in the measurement of force and length are 4% and 2% and length (6 ±0.06) cm. The maximum precentage error in
respectively, then the maximum error in the measurement the measurement of its density is
of pressure is (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 1% (b) 2% (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) 8% (d) 10%
39. A public park, in the form of a square, has an area of 47. A vector is not changed if
(100±0.2) m2. The side of park is (a) it is rotated through an arbitrary angle
(a) (10 ± 0.01) m (b) (10 ± 0.1) m (b) it is multipled by an arbitrary scalar
(c) (10.0 ± 0.1) m (d) (10.0 ± 0.2) m (c) it is cross multiplied by a unit vector
Basic Algebra (d) it is slid parallel to itself.
40. Identify the quadratic equation from the following. 48. The x and y components of a force are 2 N and –3N. The
1 force is
(a) m   1, m  0
m (a) 2iˆ  3jˆ N (b) 2iˆ  3jˆ N
1
(b) m 
2
 1, m  0 (c) 2iˆ  3jˆ N (d) 3iˆ  2ˆj N
m
49. A force is inclined at 60° to the horizontal. If its rectangular
1 component in the horizontal direction is 50 N, then
(c) x   1, x  0
2
x magnitude of the force in the vertical direction is

(d) x 2  2 x  1  0 (a) 25 N (b) 75 N
1 (c) 87 N (d) 100 N
41. Find the value of a for which m  is a root of equation.
3 50. One of the rectangular components of a velocity of 60 kmh–
  is 30 km h–1. The other rectangular component is
1
am 2  3  2 m 1  0
(a) (b) 2 (a) 30 km h–1 (b) 30 3 Km h 1
2
(c) 6 (d) 5 (c) 30 2 km h 1 (d) zero
42. The sides of two square plots are  2x  1 m and
51. If 0.5 î  0.8 ˆj  ckˆ is a unit vector, then the value of c is
 5x  4  m . The area of the second square plot is 9 times
(a) 0.11 (b) 0.22
the area of the first square plot. Find the side of the larger
plot. (c) 0.33 (d) 0.89
(a) 50 m (b) 20 m
(c) 26 m (d) 39 m 52. What is the unit vector along î  ˆj ?
   
6 6
2 1  2 1 î  ˆj
43. The value of will be
(a)
2
(b)  
2 î  ˆj
(a) –198 (b) 198
(c) 99 (d) –99 (c) î  ˆj (d) k̂
If 1  ax   1  8x  24x  .... then the value of a and n
n 2
44.
53. What is the numerical value of vector 3iˆ  4jˆ  5kˆ ?
is
(a) 2, 4 (b) 2, 3 (a) 3 2 (b) 5 2
(c) 3, 6 (d) 1, 2 (c) 7 2 (d) 9 2
Scalars and Vectors
45. Which one of the following is a scalar quantity ? Vector Operations
(a) Displacement (b) Momentum  
54. Two forces F1 and F2 are acting at right angles to each
(c) Acceleration (d) Work
other. Then their resultant has a magnitude
46. Which one of the following is not the vector quantity ?
(a) F1  F2 (b) F12  F22
(a) Torque (b) Displacement
(c) Velocity (d) Speed F1  F2
(c) F12  F22 (d)
2
55. The resultant of two forces, each P, acting at an angle  is 

62. The magnitude of the X and Y components of A are 7 and
 
 
(a) 2 P sin (b) 2 P cos 6. Also the magnitudes of X and Y components of A  B
2 2 
are 11 and 9 resepectively. What is the magnitude of B ?
(c) 2 P cos  (d) P 2 (a) 5 (b) 6
56. Two forces, each equal to F, act as shown in figure. Their (c) 8 (d) 9
resultant is  
63. If vectors A and B have an angle  between them, then
ˆ B
value of | A ˆ | will be :
 
(a) 2 cos (b) 2 tan
2 2
F 
(a) (b) F (c) 2sin (d) none of these
2 2
(c) 3F (d) 5F   
64. If the resultant of the vectors î  2ˆj  kˆ , î  ˆj  2kˆ and
     
57. Given R  A  B and R = A = B. The angle between A and
 C is a unit vector along the y-direction, then C is
B is
(a) 2iˆ  kˆ (b) 2iˆ  kˆ
(a) 60° (b) 90°
(c) 120° (d) 180° (c) 2iˆ  kˆ (d) 2iˆ  kˆ
58. If the magnitude of the sum of the two vectors is equal to 65. The simple sum of two co-initial vectors is 16 units. Their
the difference of their magnitudes, then the angle between vectors sum is 8 units. The resultant of the vectors is
vectors is perpendicular to the smaller vector. The magnitudes of the
two vectors are :
(a) 0° (b) 45°
(a) 2 units and 14 units (b) 4 units and 12 units
(c) 90° (d) 180°
(c) 6 units and 10 units (d) 8 units and 8 units
 
59. Two vectors a and b are at an angle of 60° with each other..     
66. Two vectors A and B are such that A  B  C and
  2 2 2
Their resultant makes an angle of 45° with a . If | b | = 2 A +B =C .
  
unit, then | a | is If  is the angle between positive direction of A and B
then the correct statement is
(a) 3 (b) 3 1
2
(c) (d) (a)  =  (b)  
3 1 3/2 3
   
60. Given that A  B  C  0. Two out of the three vectors are (c)  = 0 (d)  
2
equal in magnitude. The magnitude of the third vector is
67. Three forces of magnitudes 6 N, 6 N and 72 N act at a
2 times that of the other two. Which of the following can
corner of a cube along three sides as shown in figure.
be the angles between these vectors ? Resultant of these forces is
(a) 90°, 135°, 135° (b) 45°, 45°, 90°
(c) 30°, 60°, 90° (d) 45°, 90°, 135°
  
61. Given A  î  2jˆ  3kˆ . When a vector B is added to A , we

get a unit vector along X–axis. Then, B is
(a)  2jˆ  3kˆ (b) î  2ˆj
(c) î  3kˆ (d) 2jˆ  3kˆ (a) 12 N along OB (b) 18 N along OA
(c) 18 N along OC (d) 12 N along OE
68. A particle undergoes three successive displacements given by  

75. Two vectors A and B are inclined to each other at an angle
  
S1  2 m north–east, S2  2 m due south and S3  4 m, . Which of the following is the unit vector perpendicular
 
30° north of west, then magnitude of net displacement is : to both A and B ?
(a) 14  4 3 (b) 14  4 3  
AB ˆ B
A ˆ
(a)   (b)
(c) 14 (d) none of these AB sin 
69. The magnitude of resultant of three vectors of magnitude  
AB ˆ B
A ˆ
1, 2 and 3 whose directions are those of the sides of an
(c) (d)
equilateral triangle taken in order is : AB sin  ABcos 
(a) zero (b) 2 2 unit  
76. If A  2iˆ  3jˆ  4kˆ and B  4iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ , then angle
(c) 4 3 units (d) 3 unit  
between A and B is

70. For what value of a, A  2iˆ  ajˆ  kˆ will be perpendicular to –1
(a) sin (25/29)
–1
(b) sin (29/25)

–1 –1
(c) cos (25/29) (d) cos (29/25)
B  4iˆ  2jˆ  kˆ
77. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular to their vector
(a) 4 (b) zero differences. In that case, the forces
(c) 3.5 (d) 1 (a) are not equal to each other in magnitude
  (b) cannot be predicted
71. Projection of P on Q is
  (c) are equal to each other
ˆ
(a) P  Q (b) P̂  Q (d) are equal to each other in magnitude
   78. The area of the parallelogram represented by the vectors,
ˆ
(c) P  Q (d) P  Q  
 A  4iˆ  3jˆ and B  2iˆ  4ˆj as adjacent side is
72. The component of vector A  a x î  a y ˆj  a z kˆ along the (a) 14 units (b) 7.5 units
 
direction of î  ˆj is
(c) 10 units

(d) 5 units

79. The angle between A and B is . The value of the triple
(a) (ax – ay + az) (b) (ax + ay)
  
product A   B  A  is
a x  ay 
(a) A B
2
(b) zero
(c) (d) (ax – ay + az)
2 2
(c) A B sin 
2
(d) A B cos 
  
73. If A and B denote the sides of a parallelogram and its area 80. A vector F1 is along the positive Y–axis. If its vector product
 
1   with another vector F2 is zero, then F2 could be
is AB (A and B are the magnitude of A and B
2
  (a) 4jˆ (b) ˆj  kˆ
respectively), the angle between A and B is
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) ˆj  kˆ (d) 4 î
(c) 45° (d) 120°  
81. If the vectors A  2iˆ  4ˆj and B  5iˆ  pjˆ are parallel to
     
74. Given, C  A  B and D  B  A . What is the angle 
  each other, the magnitude of B is
between C and D ?
(a) 5 5 (b) 10
(a) 30° (b) 60°
(c) 15 (d) 2 5
(c) 90° (d) 180°
  Numerical Value Type Questions

ˆ B
82. Given  is the angle between A and B . Then | A ˆ | is
86. To find the distance d over which a signal can be seen
equal to clearly in foggy conditions, a railways engineer uses
(a) sin  (b) cos  dimensional analysis and assumes that the diatance
(c) tan  (d) cot  depends on the mass density  of the flog, intensity (power/
 
83. A vector A points vertically upwards and B point towards area) S of the light from the signal and its frequency f. the
 
North. The vector product A  B is engineer find that d is proportional to S1/ n . The value of n
(a) zero is
(b) along East 87. The value of gravitation constant is
(c) along West
G  6.67  10 11 N  m 2 / kg 2 in SI units. In CGS
(d) vectically downwards
  system of units, its value is n  10 8 dyne  cm 2 / g 2 ,
84. If A  2iˆ  3jˆ  6kˆ and B  3iˆ  6ˆj  2kˆ then vector
  where is.
perpendicular to both A and B has magnitude k times that
88. The radius of a sphere is measured to be  7.50  0.85 cm
 
of 6 î  2ˆj  3kˆ . That k is equal to . Suppose the percentage error in its volume is x. The value
of x, to the nearest x, is ________.
(a) 1 (b) 4
(c) 7 (d) 9 V
  89. The resistance R  , where V   50  2  V and
I
85. Given P  3jˆ  4kˆ and Q  2jˆ  5kˆ . The magnitude of the
scalar product of these vector is I   20  0.2  A . The percentage error in R is ‘x’%. The
(a) 20 (b) 23 value of ‘x’ to the nearest integer is ________.
(c) 26 (d) 5 33 90. The acceleration due to gravity is found upto an accuracy
of 4% on a planet. The energy supplied to a simple pendulum
to known mass ‘m’ to undertake oscillations of time period
T is being estimated. If time period is measured to an
accuracy of 3%, the accuracy to which the energy measured
is known as .......%

(where T  2 )
g
EXERCISE - 2 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS

NOTE: 3. In an experiment to determine the period of a simple
Important dimensional formulae for this Exercise pendulum of length 1 m, it is attached to different spherical
bobs of radii r1 and r2. The two spherical bobs have uniform
1 2 2 2
mass distribution. If the relative difference in the periods,
is found to be 5  104 s, the difference in radii, r1  r2 is
1 2 3 2
best given by :    (r1 , r2 )  (2017)

1 2 4 2
(a) 1 cm (b) 0.05 cm

1 2 3 1
(c) 0.1 cm (d) 0.01 cm
4. The relative error in the determination of the surface area
1 3 4 2
of a sphere is  . Then the relative error in the determination
of its volume is : (2018)
1 1 2 2
3 
(a)  (b) 
1 0 2 1
2 3

1 3 2 0
5
(c)  (d) 
2
1 2 1 0
5. The percentage errors in quantities P, Q, R and S are 0.5
percent, 1 percent, 3 percent and 1.5 percent respectively
1 1 1
P3Q 2
in the measurement of a physical quantity A = . The
Dimension of Electric field E  M L T A 
1 1 -3 -1 
RS
Units and Measurements maximum percentage error in the value of A will be :
1. The following observations were taken for determining (2018)
surface tension T of water by capillary method : (a) 6.0 percent (b) 7.5 percent
diameter of capillary, D  1.25  10 m . 2 (c) 8.5 percent (d) 6.5 percent
6. The density of a material in the shape of a cube is
rise of water, h  1.45  102 m .
determined by measuring three sides of the cube and its
Using g  9.80m/ s 2 and the simplified relation mass. If the relative errors in measuring the mass and length
are respectively 1.5% amd 1% the maximum error in
rhg determining the density is : (2018)
T 103 N/ m , the possible error in surface tension
2 (a) 4.5% (b) 6%
is closest to : (2017) (c) 2.5% (d) 3.5%
(a) 0.15% (b) 1.5% 7. Expression for time in terms of G (universal gravitational
(c) 2.4% (d) 10% constant), h (planck constant) and c (speed of light) is
2. A physical quantity P is described by the relation proportional to: (2019)
P  a1/2 b2 c3 d 4 hc5 c3
(a) (b)
If the relative errors in the measurement of a, b, c and d G Gh
respectively, are 2%, 1%, 3% and 5%, the relative error in
P will be : (2017) Gh Gh
(a) 8% (b) 12% (c) (d)
c5 c3
(c) 32% (d) 25%
8. The diameter and height of a cylinder are measured by a (a) M 0 L2 T 4 (b) M 2 LT 4

meter scale to be 12.6  0.1cm and 34.2  0.1cm , (c) MLT 2 (d) M 2 L2 T 2
respectively. What will be the value of its volume in
appropriate significant figures? (2019) 14. Let l , r , c and v represent inductance, resistance,
capacitance and voltage, respectively. The dimension of
(a) 4264  81cm 3 (b) 4264.4  81.0 cm 3
l
(c) 4260  80 cm 3 (d) 4300  80 cm 3 in SI units will be (2019)
rcv
9. If speed (V), acceleration (A) and force (F) are considered
(a)  LA  (b)  A 
2 1
as fundamental units, the dimension of Young’s modulus
will be: (where dimension of Young’s modulus is
(c)  LTA  (d)  LT 
2
 ML1T 2  ) (2019)
(a) V 2 A 2 F2 (b) V 2 A 2 F2 0

15. In SI unit, the dimensions of 0 is: (2019)
(c) V 4 A 2 F (d) V 4 A 2 F
10. If surface tension (S), Moment of inertia (I) and Planck’s (a) ML3 TA 1 (b) M 1 L1T 2 A
constant (h), were to be taken as the fundamental units,
(c) ML3/ 2 T 3 A (d) M 1 L2 T 3 A 2
then dimensional formula for linear momentum would be;
(where dimension of h is  ML T  )
2 1
(2019) 16. In the formula X  5YZ 2 , X and Z have dimensions of
capacitance and magnetic field, respectively. What are the
(a) S1/ 2 I 3/ 2 h 1 (b) S1/ 2 I1/ 2 h 1 dimensions of Y in SI units? (2019)
(a)  M L T A  (b)  M L T A 
3 2 8 4 1 2 4 2
(c) S1/ 2 I1/ 2 h 0 (d) S3/ 2 I1/ 2 h 0
11. In the measurement of a cube, the mass and edge length
(c)  M L T A  (d)  M L T A 
2 0 4 2 2 3 6 3
are measured as 10.00  0.10  kg,  0.10  0.01 m ,

respectively. The error in the measurement of density (in 17. Which of the follwoing combinations has the dimension
kg m-3 ) is: (2019) of electrical resistance? ( 0 is the permittivity of vaccum
(a) 0.10 kg / m 3 (b) 0.31kg / m 3
and 0 is the permeability of vaccum) (2019)
(c) 0.07 kg / m 3 (d) 0.01kg / m 3
0 0
12. The area of a square is 5.29 cm 2 . The area of 7 such (a) (b)
0 0
squares taking into account the significant figures is:
(2019)
0 0
(a) 37 cm 2 (b) 37.030 cm 2 (c) (d)
0 0
(c) 37.03cm 2 (d) 37.0 cm 2
13. The force of interaction between two atoms is given by B2
18. The dimension of , where B is magnetic field and
  x2 
20
 
F   e   kt  where x is the distance, k is the Boltzmann
0 is the magnetic permeability of vaccum, is (2019)
constant and t is temperature and  and  are two (a) ML1T 2 (b) ML2 T 2
constants. The dimension of  is: (where dimension for (c) MLT3K1 (d) ML2 T 1
Boltzmann constant is  M L T K  )
1 2 2 1
(2019)
23. If speed V, area A and force F are chosen as fundamental

19. The dimension of stopping potential V0 in photoelectic
units, then the dimension of Young’s modulus will be
effect in units of Planck’s constant (h), speed of light (c), (2020)
and gravitational constant (G) and Ampere (A) is (2020)
(a) FA 2 V3 (b) FA 2 V 2
(a) h 2 / 3 c 5 / 3 G 1/ 3 A 1 (b) h 2 c1/ 3 G 3/ 2 A 1
(c) FA 1V 0 (d) FA 2 V1
(c) h 0 G 1c 5 A 1 (d) h 2 / 3 c 1/ 3 G 4 / 3 A 1
24. If momentum (P), area (A) and time (T) are taken to be the
20. A simple pendulum is being used to determine the value fundamental quantities then the dimensional formula for
of gravitational acceleration at a certain place. The length energy is: (2020)
of the pendulum is 25.0 cm and a stop watch with 1 sec
(a)  P AT  (b)  PA T 
1/ 2 1 1/ 2 1
resolution measures the time taken for 40 oscillations to
be 50 sec. The accuracy in g is (2020)
(c)  P A T  (d)  P AT 
1 1/ 2 1 2 2
(a) 5.40% (b) 3.40%
(c) 4.40% (d) 2.4% 25. Amount of solar energy received on the earth’s surface
per unit area per unit time is defined a solar constant.
hc5 Dimension of solar constant is: (where solar constant
21. A quantity f is given by f  where c is speed of
G Energy
 ) (2020)
light, G is universal gravitational constant and h is the Time  Area
Planck’s constant. Dimension of f is that of (2020)
(a) ML0T-3 (b) MLT-2
(a) area (b) energy
(c) M2L0T-1 (d) ML2T-1
(c) volume (d) Momentum
26. Dimensional formula for thermal conductivity is (here
22. For the four sets of three measured physical quantities as
given below. Which of the following options is correct? Q
(2020) K denotes the temperature): (where K  ) (2020)
AT
(i) A1  24.36, B1  0.0724, C1  256.2
(a) z 
C
L
R
(b) MLT 2 K 2
(ii) A 2  24.44, B2  16.08, C 2  240.2 (c) MLT 2 K (d) MLT 3 K
(iii) A 3  25.2, B3  19.2812, C3  236.183 A quantity x is given by  IFv / WL  in terms of moment

2 4
27.
(iv) A 4  25, B4  236.191, C 4  19.5 of inertia I, force F, velocity v, work W and Length L. The
dimensional formula for x is same as that of: (2020)
(a) A1  B1  C1  A3  B3  C3
(a) Coefficient of viscosity
 A 4  B4  C 4  A 2  B2  C 2 (b) Energy density
(c) Force constant
(b) A1  B1  C1  A 2  B2  C2
(d) Planck’s constant
 A 3  B3  C3  A 4  B4  C4 28. A physical quantity z depends on four observables a,b,c
2
(c) A1  B1  C1  A3  B3  C3 a 2b 3
and d, as z  . The percentages of error in the
 A 2  B2  C 2  A 4  B4  C 4 c d3
measurement of a,b,c and d are 2%, 1.5%, 4% and 2.5%
(d) A 4  B4  C 4  A1  B1  C1 respectively. The percentage of error in z is: (2020)
(a) 16.5 % (b) 12.25 %
 A3  B3  C3  A 2  B2  C2
(c) 13.5 % (d) 14.5 %
1 E L (a)  a    i  ,  b    ii  ,  c    iv  ,  d    iii 
29. The quantities x  0 0
, y
B and
z are
CR
(b)  a    iii  ,  b    ii  ,  c    iv  ,  d    i 
defined where C-capacitance, R-Resistance, L-length, E-
Electric field, B-magnetic field and 0 , 0 -free space (c)  a    ii  ,  b    iii  ,  c    iv  ,  d    i 
permitivity and permeability respectively. Then: (Where (d)  a    iii  ,  b    iv  ,  c    ii  ,  d    i 

dimesion of E is  M L T A  .
1 1 3 1
(2020) 34. If e is the electronic charge, c is the speed of light in free
(a) Only y and z have the same dimension 2
1 e
(b) x,y and z have the same dimension space and h is Planck’s constant, the quantity
4 0 hc
(c) Only x and y have the same dimension
(d) Only x and z have the same dimension has dimensions of: (2021)
30. The density of a material in SI unit of 128 kgm3 . In new (a)  MLT 
0
(b)  LC 
1
unit system, in which the unit of length is 25 cm and the

(c)  MLT  (d)  M L T 
1 0 0 0
unit of mass is 50 g, the numerical value of density (in new
unit system) of the material is: (2020)
35. In a typical combustion engine the work done by a gas
31. The density of a solid metal sphere is determined by
  x2
measuring its mass and its diameter. The maximum error in molecule is given by W   2  e kT , where x is the
 x  displacement, k is the Boltzmann constant and T is the
the density of the sphere is   % . If the relative errors
 100 
temperature. If  and  are constants, dimensions of 
in measuring the mass and the diameter are 6.0% and 1.5%
respectively, the value of x is____. (2020) will be: (2021)
32. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum is (a)  M LT 
0 0
(b)  M LT 
2 2
L
T  2 . Measured value of ‘L’ is 1.0 m from meter (c)  MLT 
2
(d)  MLT 
1
g
scale having a minimum division of 1 mm and time of one 36. If ‘C’ and ‘V’ represent capacity and voltage respectively
complete oscillation is 1.95 s measured from stopwatch of then what are the dimensions of  where CN   ?
0.01s resolution. The percentage error in the determination (2021)
of ‘g’ will be: (2021)
(a)  M L I T  (b)  M L I T 
1 3 2 7 3 4 3 7
(a) 1.03% (b) 1.33%
(c) 1.13% (d) 1.30%
(c)  M L I T  (d)  M L I T 
2 4 3 7 2 3 2 6
33. Match LIst-I with List-II:

List-I List-II 37. In order to determine the Young’s Modulus of a
wire of radius 0.2 cm (measured using scale of least count
(i)  MLT 
1
(a) h (Planck’s constant) = 0.001 cm) and length 1 m (measured
using a scale of least count = 1 mm), a weight of mass 1 kg
(ii)  ML T 
2 1
(b) E (kinetic energy) (measured using a scale of least count =1 g) was hanged
to get the elongation of 0.5 cm (measured using a scale of
(iii)  ML T 
2 2
(c) V (electric potential) least count 0.001 cm). what will be the fractional error in
the value of Young’s modulus determined by this
(iv)  ML I T 
2 1  3 experiment? (2021)
(d) P (linear momentum)
(a) 0.14% (b) 1.4%
Choose the correct answer from the options given below:
(2021) (c) 9% (d) 0.9%
38. The time period of simple pendulum is given by
l
(a)
2

1 ˆ ˆ
a k i  (b)
2

1 ˆ ˆ
a i k 
T  2 . The measured value of the length of
g
pendulum is 10 cm known to a 1 mm accuracy. The time for (c)
1 ˆ ˆ
2

a j i  (d)
2

1 ˆ ˆ
a jk 
200 oscillations of the pendulum is found to be 100 second  
using a clock of 1 s resolution. The percentage accuracy 43. Two vectors A and B have equal magnitudes. The
 
in the determination of ‘g’ using this pendulum is ‘x’. The
value of ‘x’ to the nearest integer is, (2021)
 
magnitude of A  B is ‘n’ times the magnitude of
 
(a) 4%
(c) 3%
(b) 5%
(d) 2%
 A  B . The angle between A and B is: (2019)
39. Suppose you have taken a dilute solution of oleic acid in

1  n  1  1  n  1 
2
such a way that its concentration becomes 0.01 cm3 of (a) cos  2  (b) cos  
oleic acid per cm3 of the solution. Then you make a film of  n  1  n  1
this solution (monomolecular thickness) of area 4 cm2 by
1  n  1 
2
considering 100 spherical drops of radius 1  n  1 
(c) sin   (d) sin  
 n  1
2
1  n  1
 3 3
 
3
  10 cm . The thickness of oleic acid layer will   
 40  44. The sum of two forces P and Q is R , such that R  P .
be x 1014 m .  
The angle  (in degree) that the resultant of 2 P and Q
Where x is______. (2021) 
will make with Q is______ (2020)
Basic Mathematics 45. In an octagan ABCDEFGH of equal sides, what is the sum
40. Two forces P and Q, of magnitude 2F and 3F, respectively, of
are at an angle  with each other. If the force Q is doubled,       
AB  AC  AD  AE  AF  AG  AH ,
then their resultant also gets doubled. Then, the angle  
is: (2019) If, AO  2iˆ  3jˆ  4kˆ (2021)
(a) 120 (b) 60

(c) 90 (d) 30
   
41. Let A1  3, A 2  5 and A1  A 2  5 . The value of
   
 2A  3A  . 3A  2A  is:
1 2 1 2 (2019)
(a) -106.5 (b) -99.5
(a) 16iˆ  24ˆj  32kˆ (b) 16iˆ  24jˆ  32kˆ
(c) -112.5 (d) -118.5
42. In the cube of side ‘a’ shown in the figure, the vector from (c) 16iˆ  24ˆj  32kˆ (d) 16iˆ  24ˆj  32kˆ
the central point of the face ABOD to the central point of
the face BEFO will be: (2019)
EXERCISE - 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

NOTE: 4. The value of 0.99 – 0.989 is
Important dimensional formulae for this Exercise (a) 0.001 (b) 0.010 × 10–1
1 2 2 2 (c) 0.01 × 10–1 (d) 0.1 ×10–3
5. If f = x2 , then the relative error in f is
1 2 3 2
2x (x ) 2
(a) (b)
1 2 4 2
x x
1 2 3 1
x
(c) (d) ( x) 2
x
1 3 4 2
6. A student measures the time period of 100 oscillations of

a simple pendulum four times. The data set is 90 s, 91s, 95
1 1 2 2
s and 92 s. If the minimum division in the measuring clock

is 1 s, then the reported mean time should be :
1 0 2 1
(a) 92 ± 5.0 s (b) 92 ± 1.8 s

1 3 2 0
(c) 92 ± 3 s (d) 92 ± 2 s
7. A physical quantity is represented by X = MaLbT–c . If
1 2 1 0
percentage errors in the measurements of M, L and T are
and respectively, then total percentage error is
1 1 1
(a) (a + b – c)% (b) (a + b + c)%

1 1 -3 -1 
(c) (a – b – c)% (d) 0%
8. The lenght , breadth b and thickness t of a block are
Single Choice Questions
measured with the help of a metre scale. Given l = 15.12 ±
1. The value of universal gas constant is R = 8.3 J/K – mol.
0.01 cm, b = 10.15 ± 0.01 cm, t = 5.28 ± 0.01cm.
The value of R in atmosphere litre per kelvin mol
The percentage error in volume is nearly.
(a) 8.19 (b) 0.00819
(c) 81.9 (d) 0.0819 (a) 0.68% (b) 0.28%
2. In the equation X = 3YZ , X and Z have dimensions of
2
(c) 0.37% (d) 0.48%
capacitance and magnetic induction respectively. In MKSQ 9. The specific resistance  of a circular wire of radius r,
system, the dimensional formula of Y is
(a) [M–3L–2T–2Q–4] (b) [ML–2]  r2R
resistance R and lenght  is given by   .

(c) [M–3L–2Q4T8] (d) [M–3L–2Q4T4]
Given, r = (0.24 ± 0.02) cm, R = (30 ± 1)  and
n2  n1  = (4.80 ± 0.01) cm. The percentage error in  is nearly
3. The number of particles given by n = – D are
x2  x1
(a) 7% (b) 9%
crossing a unit area perpendicular to x–axis in unit time, (c) 13% (d) 20%
where n1 and n2 are the number of particles per unit volume
for the values x 1 and x 2 of x respectively. Then the 10. Given, potential difference V = (8±0.5) volt and currect
dimensional formula of diffusion constant D is I = (2±0.2)A. the value of resistance R is
(a) [M0LT0] (b) [M0L2T–4] (a) 4 ± 16.25% (b) 4 ± 6.25%
(c) [M LT ]
0 –3
(d) [M L T ] 0 2 –1
(c) 4 ± 10% (d) 4 ± 8%
  
1 1 1 17. Given c  a  b . The angle which a makes with c is
11. The focal length of a mirror is given by f  u  v where u
(a) 0° (b) 45°
and v represent object and image distances respectively. (c) 90° (d) 180°
The maximum relative error in f is    
18. If P  Q = 0, then | P  Q | is
f u v  
(a)  
f u v (a) | P | |Q | (b) zero
f 1 1 (c) 1 (d) PQ
(b)  
f u / u v / v
 
19. Given r  4jˆ and p  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ . The angular momentum is
f u v  (u  v)
(c)   
f u v uv (a) 4iˆ  8k
ˆ (b) 8iˆ  4kˆ
f u v u v (c) 8jˆ (d) 9kˆ
(d)    
f u v uv uv
12. If x = a – b, the the maximum percentage error in the 20. The magnitude of the vector product of two vectors is3
measurement of x will be times their scalar product. The angle between the two
vectors is
 a+b   a b  (a) 90° (b) 60°
(a)    100% (b)    100%
 a-b   a b 
(c) 45° (d) 30°
 a b   a b 
(c)     100% (d)     100% More than one correct options
 a-b a b  a-b a b
21. In a system of units if force (F), acceleration (A) and time
A (T) are taken as fundamental units then which of the
13. If v   Bt 2  Ct 3 where v is velocity, t is time and A,
t following cannot be dimensional formula of energy. {Given
[energy] =  ML T  , [force]   ML T  }
2 2 1 2
B and C are constants, then the dimensional formula of B
is
(a) FA2T (b) FAT 2
(a) [M0LT0] (b) [ML0T0]
(c) [M0L0T] (d) [M0LT–3] (c) F 2 AT (d) FAT
14. The maximum static friction on a body is F =  Here, 22. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant are not
N = normal reaction force on the body = coefiicient of
(a) M 2 L2T 2 (b) M 1 L3T 2
static friction.
The dimensions of  are (c) ML1T 2 (d) ML2T 2
(a) [MLT–2] (b) [M0L0T0]  
23. If A  2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ and B  iˆ  ˆj  kˆ are two vectors, then
(c) Dimensionless (d) None of these
the unit vector
   
15. If A  B  B  A, then the angle between A and B is :
  ˆj  kˆ 

(a)  (b) /3 (a) perpendicular to A is  
 2 
(c) /2 (d) /4
   2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ 
16. Given A  4iˆ  6ˆj and B  2iˆ  3jˆ . Which of the following 
(b) parallel to A is  
 6 
is correct ?
    
(a) A  B  0 (b) A  B  24   ˆj  kˆ 

(c) perpendicular to B is  
  2 
|A| 1  
(c)   (d) A and B are anti-parallel iˆ  ˆj  kˆ
|B| 2 
(d) parallel to A is
3
    Integer Type Questions

24. If  v1  v2  is perpendicular to  v1  v2  then
26. The acceleration due to gravity is found upto an accuracy
 
(a) v1 is perpendicular to v2 of 4% on a planet. The energy supplied to a simple pendulum
  to know mass ‘m’ to undertake oscillations of time period T
(b) v1  v2 is being estimated. If time period is measured to an accuracy
 of 3%, the accuracy to which E is known as ……… %
(c) v1
27. Two force P and Q acting at a point are such that if P is
 
(d) The angle between v1 and v2 can have any value reversed, the direction of the resultant is turned through
  
  90o, then P : Q equals:
25. If vectors A and B are given by A  5iˆ  6 ˆj  3kˆ and
  
B  6iˆ  2 ˆj  6kˆ . Which of the following is/are correct? 28. Two vectors A and B have magnitudes A = 3.00 and B =
 
  3.00. Their vector product is A  B  5.00kˆ  2.00iˆ . The
(a) A and B are mutually perpendicular
      29
(b) product of A  B is the same B  A
angle between A and B is such that sin   , where k
  k
(c) the magnitude of A and B are equal
is:
 
(d) the magnitude of A  B is zero

29. The X and Y components of vector A have numerical
   
values 6 and 6 respectively and that of A  B 
A B   
have numerical values 10 and 9. What is the magnitude of

B?
 
30. Two forces F1  5iˆ  10 ˆj  20kˆ and F2  10iˆ  5 ˆj  15kˆ act
 
on a single point. The angle between F1 and F2 is nearly..
EXERCISE - 4 : PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS
NOTE: 2. A student performs an experiment to determine the Young’s

Important dimensional formulae for this Exercise  FL 
modulus  Y 
A 
of a wire , exactly 2 m long, by Searle’ss
1 2 2 2 
method. In a particular reading, the student measures the
1 2 3 2
extension in the length of the wire to be 0.8 mm with an
uncertainly of 0.005mm at a load of exactly 1.0 kg. The
1 2 4 2
student also measures the diamter of the wire to be 0.4 mm
with an uncertainty of  0.01mm . Take, g = 9.8 ms–2 (exact).
1 2 3 1
The Young’s modulus obtained from the reading is :

1 3 4 2 (2007)
(a) (2  0.3) × 1011 Nm–2 (b) (2  0.2) × 1011 Nm–2
1 1 2 2
(c) (2  0.1) × 1011 Nm–2 (d) (2  0.5) × 1011 Nm–2
3. Student I, II and III perform an experiment for measuring
1 0 2 1
the acceleration due to gravity (g) using a simple

pendulum. They use different lengths of the pendulum
1 3 2 0
and/or record time for different number of oscillations.

The observations are shown in the table.
1 2 1 0
Least count for length = 0.1 cm.

1 1 1 Least count for time = 0.1 s.
Particular Length Number of Total time Time
1 1 -3 -1 
student of the oscillations for (n) period
pendulum (n) oscillations (s)
(cm) (s)
1. A student performs an experiment for determination of
I 64.0 8 128.0 16.0
 42   II 64.0 4 64.0 16.0
g   2  , where   1m, and he commits an error of
 T 
  III 20.0 4 36.0 9.0
 . For T he takes the time on n oscillations with the stop
watch of least count T and he commits a human error of If E I, E II and E III are the percentage errors in g, i.e.
0.1 s. For which of the following data, the measurement of  g 
g will be most accurate? (2006)   100  , for students I, II and III, respectively..
 g 
(a)   0.5mm, T  0.1s, n  20
(The time period of simple pendulum is given as
(b)   0.5mm, T  0.1s , n  50

(c)   0.5mm, T  0.01s, n  20 T  2
g ) (2008)
(d)   0.1mm, T  0.05s, n  50
(a) EI = 0 (b) EI is minimum
(c) EI = EII (d) EII is maximum
4. A student performed the experiment of determination of (a) due to the errors in the measurement of d and l are the
focal length of a concave mirror by u–v method using an same.
optical bench of length 1.5 m. The focal length of the mirror (b) due to the error in the measurement of d is twice that
used is 24 cm. The maximum error in the location of the due to the error in the measurement of l
image can be 0.2 cm. The 5 sets of (u, v) values recorded (c) due to the error in the measurement of l is twice that
by the student (in cm) are (42, 56), (48, 48), (60, 40), (66, 33), due to the error in the measurement of d
(78, 39). The data set(s) that cannot come from experiment
(d) due to the error in the measurement of d is four times
and is(are) incorrectly recorded, is (are) : (We know the
that due to the error in the measurement of l
1 1 1 8. Match the List I with List II and select the correct answer
mirror formula for a spherical mirror   ) (2009)
v u f using the codes given below the lists: (2013)
(a) (42, 56) (b) (48, 48) List-I List-II
(c) (66, 33) (d) 78, 39) (P) Boltzmann constant 1. [ML2T–1]
5. A student uses a simple pendulum of exactly 1m length to (Q) Coefficient of viscosity 2. [ML–1T–1]
determine g, the acceleration due to gravity. He uses a (R) Planck’s constant 3. [MLT–3K–1]
stop watch with the least count of 1s for this and records (S) Thermal conductivity 4. [ML2T–2K–1]
40s for 20 oscillations. For this observation, which of the
Codes:
following statement(s) is/are correct? (The time period of
P Q R S
 (a) 3 1 2 4
simple pendulum is given as T  2 g ) (2010)
(b) 3 2 1 4
(a) Error T is measuring T, the time period is 0.05 s (c) 4 2 1 3
(b) Error T in measuring T, the time period is 1 s (d) 4 1 2 3
(c) percentage error in the determination of g is 5% 9. In the following ‘I’ refers to current and other symbols
have their usual meaning. Choose the option that
(d) percentage error in the determination of g is 2.5%
corresponds to the dimensions of electrical conductivity
6. To find the distance d over which a signal can be seen
clearly in foggy conditions, a railway engineer uses   1
where  R   and    (2016)
dimensional analysis and assumes that the distance  A  
depends on the mass density  of the fog, intensity (power/
(a) ML-3 T-3 I2 (b) M1 L3 T3 I
area) S of the light from the signal and its frequency f. The
engineer finds that d is proportional to S1/n. (c) M L T I
-1 -3 3 2
(d) M–1 L–3 T 3 I
The value of n : (2011) 10. A length-scale () depends on the permittivity () of a
(a) 2 (c) 3 dielectric material, Boltzmann constant (kB), the absolute
(c) 1 (d) 1 temperature (T), the number per unit volume (n) of certain
charged particles, and the charge (q) carried by each of
 4 MLg  the particles. Which of the following expression(s) for 
7. In the determination of Young’s modulus  Y  
 d 2  is(are) dimensionally correct? (2016)
by using Searl’s method, a wire of length L = 2m and
diameter d = 0.5 mm is used. For a load M = 2.5 kg, an  nq 2   k T 
(a)    k T  (b)    nq 2 
B
extension l = 0.25 mm in the length of the wire is observed.
 B   
Quantities d and l are measured using a screw gauge and
a micrometer, respectively. They have the same pitch of
0.5 mm. The number of divisions on their circular scale is    
100. The contributions to the maximum probable error of  q2   q2 
  2    1 
the Y measurement: (2012) (c)  3 
(d)  3 
 n k B T   n k B T 
11. In an experiment to determine the acceleration due to 14. Sometimes it is convenient to construct a system of units
gravity g, the formula used for the time period of a periodic so that all quantities can be expressed in terms of only one
physical quantity. In one such system, dimensions of
7 R  r different quantites are given in terms of a quantity X as
motion is T  2 . The values of R and r are
5g
follows:  position    X  ;  speed    X  ;
0 
measured to be  60  1 mm and 10  1 mm, respectively..

In five successive measurements, the time period is found acceleration    X   ; linear momentum
to be 0.52 s, 0.56 s, 0.57 s,0.54 s and 0.59 s. The least count
of the watch used for the measurement of time period is   X q  ;  force  X r  ( (2020)
0.01 s. Which of the following statement(s) is(are) true?
(2016) (a)   p  2  (b) p  q  r  
(a) The error in the measurement of r is 10%
(c) p  q  r   (d) p  q  r  
(b) The error in the measurement of T is 3.57%
   
(c) The error in the measurement of T is 2%
(d) The error in the determined value of g is 11%
15. A physical quantity S is defined as S  E  B   0 ,
 
12. A person measures the depth of a well by measuring the where E is electric field, B is magnetic field and 0 is
time interval between dropping a stone and receiving the 
sound of impact with the bottom of the well. The error in the permeability of free space. The dimensions of S are
his measurement of time is T = 0.01s and he measures the the same as the dimensions of which of the following
depth of the well to be L = 20 m. Take the acceleration due quantity (ies)? (2021)
to gravity g = 10 ms –2 and the velocity of sound is
300 ms–1. Then the fractional error in the measurement, Energy Force
(a) Ch arg e  Current (b) Length  Time
L
, is closet to: (2017)
L
Energy Power
(a) 1% (b) 5% (c) (d)
Volume Area
(c) 3% (d) 0.2%
 
13. Two vectors A and B are defined as
 
 
A  ai and B  a cos ti  sin t j , where a is a constant
    
and   rads 1 . If A  B  3 A  B at time t =  for
6
the first time, the value of  , in seconds, is _______.
(2018)
Find Answer Key and Detailed Solutions at the end of this book
UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC

MATHEMATICS
Please share your valuable feedback by
scanning the QR code.
MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE 62
02
SCAN CODE
Chapter
MOTION 02
IN A STRAIGHT LINE 63
While studying this chapter

1. IMPORTANT TERMS
• We will treat the object as point mass object
1.1 Mechanics
• An object can be considered as a point mass object if
It is the branch of Physics, which deals with the study of
during the course of motion, it covers distances much
motion of physical objects. Mechanics can be broadly
greater than its own size.
classified into following branches:
• We shall confine ourselves to the study of rectilinear
1.1.1 Statics motion
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study • Rectilinear motion is the study of motion of objects
of physical objects at rest. along a straight line.
1.1.2 Kinematics
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with study of
3. POSITION, DISTANCE, DISPLACEMENT
motion of physical bodies without taking into account
the factors, which causes motion. 3.1 Position
1.1.3 Dynamics • Position of an object is always defined with respect to
It is the branch of mechanics, which deals with the study some reference point which we generally refer to as
of motion of physical bodies taking into account the origin.
factors which causes motion.
3.2 Distance
• It is the actual path traversed by the body during the
2. STATES OF OBJECTS course of motion.
• SI unit is ‘metre’.
2.1 Rest
• Dimension is [M0L1T0]
• An object is said to be at rest if it does not change its
position with respect to the surrounding.
3.3 Displacement
• The white board in the classroom is at rest with
• It is the shortest path joining initial and final position
respect to the classroom
of the object.
2.2 Motion • SI unit is ‘metre’
• An object is said to be in motion if it changes its • Dimension is [M0L1T0]
position with respect to the surroundings. • It is a vector quality.
• When we walk, run or ride a bike we are in motion
with respect to the ground. 3.4 Difference between Distance and Displacement
Distance Displacement
2.3 Rest and Motion are Relative
It is the actual path It is the difference
Rest and motion depend upon the observer. The object
traversed by the object between the initial and
in one situation may be at rest whereas the same object
during the course of the final positions
in another situation may be in motion.
motion. ∆x = x2 − x1 where, x2
For example, the driver of a moving car is in motion with
respect to an observer standing on the ground whereas, and x1 are final and
the same driver is at rest with respect to the man initial position
(observer) in the passenger’s seat. respectively.
It is a scalar quantity. It is a vector quantity.
SCAN CODE
Distance Displacement • SI unit of velocity is m/s, although km/hr is used in

The distance travelled by The displacement of an many everyday applications
an object during the object may be positive, • Dimension is [M0L1T-1]
course of motion is never negative or, zero during
negative or zero and is the course of motion. 5.2 Average speed
always positive
• It is defined as the total path length travelled divided
Distance is never less Magnitude of the by the total time interval during which the motion has
than the magnitude of displacement can be less taken place.
displacement. Distance ≥ than or equal to the
• SI unit is m/s.
|Displacement|. distance travelled during
• Dimension [M0L1T-1]
the course of motion.
The distance depends The magnitude of
upon the path travelled displacement is 5.3 Difference between Speed and Velocity
independent of the path
Speed Velocity
taken by an object
during the course of It is defined as the total It is defined as the
motion path length travelled change in position or
divided by the total time displacement divided by
interval during which the time intervals, in
NOTE: the motion has taken which displacement
If the motion of an object is along a straight line and in place. occurs.
the same direction, the magnitude of displacement is
It is a scalar quantity. It is a vector quantity.
equal to the total path length.
It is always positive It may be positive,
during the course of the negative or zero during
4. SCALAR AND VECTOR QUANTITIES motion. the course of the motion.
4.1 Scalar Quantities It is greater than or It is less than or equal to

The physical quantities which have only magnitude but equal to the magnitude the speed.
no direction, are called scalar quantities. of velocity.
Example:
mass, length, time, distance, speed, work, temperature.
6. INSTANTANEOUS VELOCITY AND
4.2 Vector Quantities INSTANTANEOUS SPEED
The physical quantities which have magnitude as well as
direction, are called vector quantities. 6.1 Instantaneous Velocity
Example: • It is velocity at an instant of time t. The velocity at an
displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, momentum, instant is defined as the limit of the average velocity
torque as the time interval ∆t becomes infinitesimally small.
∆x
• Instantaneous velocity = lim = dx/dt
∆t → 0 ∆t
5. AVERAGE VELOCITY AND AVERAGE SPEED • The quantity on the right-hand side of equation is the
5.1 Average Velocity differential coefficient of x with respect to t and is
denoted by dx/dt.
• It is defined as the change in position or displacement
divided by the time intervals, in which displacement • SI unit is m/s
occurs. • Dimension is [M0L1T-1]
SCAN CODE
6.2 Instantaneous Speed • If the velocity of an object is vo at t = 0 and v at time

• Instantaneous speed or speed is the magnitude of t, we have
velocity at any particular instant of time. v − v0
• a=
• SI unit is m/s t −0
• Dimension is [M0L1T-1] or, v = vo + at — This is first equation of
motion
 other equations of motion are:
7. ACCELERATION
1
• =
S v 0 t + at 2
7.1 Average Acceleration 2
The average acceleration over a time interval is defined • v – u = 2aS
2 2
as the change of velocity divided by the time interval: v +v

• S = 0 t
v 2 – v1  2 
a=
t 2 – t1  In all the above equations, the acceleration is
assumed to be constant.
where, v2 and v1 are velocities at time t2 & t1.
It is the average change of velocity per unit time.
8. KINEMATICS EQUATIONS
SI unit is m/s2.
Dimension is [M0L1T-2]. 8.1 Equations of Uniformly Accelerated Motion
If a body starts with velocity (u) and after time t its
7.2 Instantaneous Acceleration velocity changes to v, if the uniform acceleration is a and
• Instantaneous acceleration is defined in the same way the distance travelled in time t is s, then the following
as the instantaneous velocity: relations are obtained, which are called equations of
uniformly accelerated motion.
∆v
a = lim (i) v = u + at
∆t → 0 ∆t
= dv / dt (for very small interval of time) at 2
(ii) =
s ut +
2
• SI unit is m/s2
(iii) v2 = u2 + 2as
• Dimension is [M0L1T-2]
(iv) Distance travelled in nth second
• When the acceleration is uniform, obviously,
a
instantaneous acceleration equals the average S n= u + ( 2n –1)
acceleration over that period 2
• Since velocity is a quantity having both magnitude If a body moves with uniform acceleration and velocity
and direction, a change in the velocity may involve changes from u to v in a time interval while traversing
either or both of these factors. certain path, then the velocity at the mid point of its path
is:
• Acceleration, therefore, may result from a change in
the speed(magnitude), a change in direction or u 2 + v2
changes in both. 2
• Like velocity, acceleration can also be positive,
negative or zero.
9. VERTICAL MOTION UNDER GRAVITY
NOTE: If an object is falling freely (u = 0) under gravity, then

equations of motion
We will restrict ourselves to the study of constant
acceleration for this chapter. In this case average (i) v = u + gt
acceleration equals the constant value of acceleration (ii) h = ut + 1/2(gt2)
during the interval.
(iii) v2 = u2 + 2gh
SCAN CODE
NOTE: Now let’s say x1 approaches to x2 then ∆x → 0 or it

will be very-very small, we write it dx. In that way, y
If an object is thrown upward then g is replaced by – g
approaches to y2 and ∆y → 0 , written as dy.
in above three equations.
It thus follows that dy
So, rate of change of y with respect to x = (at one
u dx
(i) Time taken to reach maximum height T = point)
g
Graphically it is tangent of curve on given point.
(ii) Maximum height reached by the body
u2
hmax =
2g
(iii) A ball is dropped from a building of height h and it
reaches after t seconds on earth. From the same
building if two balls are thrown (one upwards and
other downwards) with the same velocity u and
they reach the earth’s surface after t1, and t2
seconds respectively, then Fig. 2.2
dy
t = t1t2 = slope of tangent on curve between y and x at one
dx
(iv) When a body is dropped freely from the top of the
point.
tower and another body is projected horizontally
Mathematically that is called differentiation of y with
from the same point, both will reach the ground at
dy
the same time. respect to x =
dx
10. CALCULUS
10.1 Differentiation of a Function
If we say y as a function of x then we write
y = f (x)
x = Independent variable
In physics, first we will study the linear motion of an
y = Dependent variable.
object where position of object is represented by x
In physics we study variation of a quantity y with which changes with time t, then
respect to quantity x and we also study rate at which y
changes when x changes.
and that is equal to velocity (magnitude of velocity)

dx
v=
dt
dx
Fig. 2.1 v =
One simple way to see variation of y with x dt
∆y Above expression will give speed.
Rate of change of y with change in x =
∆x Similarly, when velocity changes with time then we say
∆y dv
Graphically one can see that = tan θ = a ⇒ acceleration
∆x dt
SCAN CODE
so, we can define 10.6 Integration

Velocity ⇒ that is rate of change of position with Integration of a function. Let y = f (x)
respect to t.
Acceleration ⇒ that is rate of change of velocity with
respect to t.
10.2 Double Differentiation
If x = f ( t )
dx
v= = x= f ′ ( t )
dt
Fig. 2.3
dv d  dx  d 2 x
a= =  = x= f ′′ ( t )
=  Area of shaded region of curve is
dt dt  dt  dt 2
dA = ydx
Total area bounded by curve y = f (x)
10.3 Standard Rules and Formulae of x =b b
Differentiation =A ∑
= dA ∫ dA
x=a a
n −1
=1. y x=y nx n
That is called area of graph with integration from a to
2. y = c ⇒ y = cx 0
y = 0 b.
a = lower limit of integration
= =
3. y sin x y cos x
b = upper limit of integration
4. y = cos x y = − sin x b
= =
5. y tan x y sec x 2 ∫ ydx = Definite Integral
a
6. y = cot x y = − cosec 2 x
∫ ydx = Indefinite Integral (without limit)
1
= n ( x)
7. y = y Integration is reverse process of differentiation in which
x we find a function for which the given function is the
=8. y e=
x
y e x derivative of function.
(Exponential Function)
10.7 Formulae
=9. y a=
x
y a x n ( x ) x n +1
1. ∫ x=
n
dx +c
n +1
1
10.4 Rules of Differentiation 2. ∫= dx n ( x ) + c
x
f1 ( x ) + f 2 ( x )
1. y = f1′( x ) + f 2′ ( x )
y =
3. ∫ sin xdx =
− cos x + c
2. y ( x)
cf= y cf ′ ( x )
4. ∫ cos =
xdx sin x + c
=3. y f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x )=y f1 ( x ) f 2′ ( x ) + f1′( x ) f 2 ( x )
tan xdx n ( sec x ) + c
5. ∫=
f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x ) f1′( x ) − f1 ( x ) f 2′ ( x )
=
4. y =
f2 ( x )  f 2 ( x ) 
2
6. ∫ e x dx= e x + c
10.5 Chain Rule 10.8 Rules of Integration
y = f ( x ) Now if we want to differentiate with respect 1. ∫ dx= x + c

to third variable say z. 2. ∫ cf ( x ) dx = c ∫ f ( x ) dx
dy dy dz
= × 3. ∫  f ( x ) + g ( x )  dx = ∫ f ( x ) dx + ∫ g ( x ) dx
dx dz dx
SCAN CODE
NOTE:
Like differentiation, rules of substitution are also
applicable to integration as well, in a similar way.
10.9 Applications in Physics

t2
x2 − x1= ∫ vdt=
t1
Change in position or displacement.
Fig. 2.5
dx
x2 t2
θ 2 < θ1
v = ⇒ ∫ dx =∫ vdt
dt x1 t1
tan θ 2 < tan θ1
dy dy
(Area under the curve of v and t graph is displacement) <
v t
dx 2 dx 1
2
dv
a = ⇒ ∫ dv =∫ adt Slope decreasing that means first derivative is
dt u t1
decreasing that means second derivative will be
t2 negative.
v −=
u ∫ adt= Change in velocity.
d2y
t1 <0
dx 2
(Area under the curve of a and t graph is change in
velocity) NOTE:
(i) Increasing graph with decreasing slope will be
11. INCREASING AND DECREASING FUNCTION concave downward.
(ii) Increasing graph, with increasing slope will be
11.1 Increasing function concave upward.
Suppose y = f (x) and if on ↑ in x, y also ↑ the
function is increasing function. There are two types of
possible graphical variations. 11.2 Decreasing function
On increasing value of x, y decreases. These also have
two types of graphs.
Fig. 2.4
θ 2 > θ1 Fig. 2.6
tan θ 2 > tan θ1 π
θ1 > θ 2 >
dy dy 2
>
dx 2 dx 1 tan θ 2 > tan θ1
Slope increasing that means first derivative is also d2y
2 Slope is negative but increasing so >0
d y dx 2
increasing so second derivative should be +ve >0
dx 2
SCAN CODE
dy d2y
< 0, 2 > 0 NOTE:
dx dx
If the graph is parabola, then second derivative will be
constant
x = at 2 + bt + c if a > 0
x =
2at + b 
x > 0 and constant
=
x 2a if a < 0

x < 0 and constant
So if acceleration is constant then x and t graph will be
parabola.
Fig. 2.7
θ1 > θ 2
tan θ1 > tan θ 2
Slope is decreasing and negative so second derivative is 12. MAXIMA AND MINIMA OF A FUNCTION
negative.
11.3 Application in Physics
Fig. 2.10
12.1 Maxima
Fig. 2.8
(Condition to locate and check point of maxima)
dy d2y
= 0 <0
dx dx 2 x1
12.2 Minima
(Condition to locate and check point to minima)
dy d2y
= 0 >0
dx dx 2 x2
Fig. 2.9
SCAN CODE
12.3 Point of Inflexion

Concavity change of a function at A is known as the 13. GRAPHS
point of inflexion.
13.1 Uniform Motion
• In a uniform motion a body covers equal distance
in equal intervals of time.
• Velocity is constant during the course of motion.
• Acceleration is zero during the course of motion.
If we try to represent the same on the number line with
x, v, a on the Y-axis and t on the X-axis then we will
have,
13.2 Non-uniform Motion

2.11 • In a non-uniform motion, a body covers unequal
distances in equal intervals of time.
dy
≠0 • Uniformly accelerated motion
dx
• Accelerated motion
d2y • Magnitude of velocity increases or decreases with
=0
dx 2 time
displacement – time graph velocity – time graph acceleration – time graph

velocity = slope of x – t graph acc = slope of v – t graph
(i) x v a
t t t
Nature of slope: Nature of slope: zero Nature of slope of a – t: zero

positive Magnitude of slope: constant Magnitude of slope: constant
Magnitude of slope:
constant
(ii) x v a
t t
t
Nature of slope: nature of slope: zero nature of slope: zero

negative magnitude of slope: constant magnitude of slope: Constant
magnitude of slope:
constant
SCAN CODE
Displacement – Time Graph Velocity – Time Graph Acceleration – Time Graph

Velocity = slope of x – t graph acc = slope of v – t graph
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Nature of slope: positive Nature of slope: positive

Slope of a - t graph
Magnitude of slope: Increasing Magnitude of slope: constant
da
gives jerk, i.e., =
J = 0
dt
(iv)
Nature of slope: positive Slope of a - t graph

Nature of slope: negative
Magnitude of slope: decreasing  da
Magnitude of slope: constant gives jerk, i.e., =
J = 0
dt
(v)
Nature of slope: negative Nature of slope: negative Nature of slope: zero

Magnitude of slope: decreasing Magnitude of slope: constant
(vi)
Nature of slope: negative Nature of slope: positive Nature of slope: zero

Magnitude of slope: decreasing Magnitude of slope: constant
SCAN CODE
Solved Examples
Example - 1 total distance d + d

= =
Velocity of a particle at some instant is total time t1 + t 2
( )
v = 3iˆ + 4ˆj + 5kˆ m / s .
2d 2v1 v 2
= =
Find speed of the particle at this instant. ( d / v1 ) + ( d / v 2 ) v1 + v 2
Sol. Magnitude of velocity vector at any instant of time is
the speed of particle. Example - 4
Hence,
A ball is thrown upwards from the ground with an
speed = v or v = ( 3) + ( 4 ) + ( 5 ) = 5 2m / s
2 2 2
initial speed of u. The ball is at a height of 80 m at
two times, the time interval being 6s. Find u. Take g
Example - 2 = 10 m/s2.
In one second, a particle goes from point A to point Sol.

B moving in a semicircle. Find the magnitude of the
average velocity.
Here, u =u m / s, a =−g =−10m / s 2 and s =80 m .
1
Substituting the values in =
s ut + at 2 ,
AB 2
Sol. v av = m/s
∆t
We have 80 = ut − 5t 2 or 5t 2 − ut + 80 = 0
2.0
= = m / s 2m / s
1.0 u + u 2 − 1600 u − u 2 − 1600
Or t = and
10 10
Example - 3
Now, it is given that
A particle travels first half of the total distance with u + u − 1600 u − u − 1600
2 2
constant speed v1 and second half with constant − =

6
10 10
speed v 2 . Find the average speed during the complete
Or
journey.
u 2 − 1600
= 6 or u 2 − 1600
= 30 or u 2 − 1600
= 900
Sol. 5
∴ u2 = 2500 or u =
±50m / s
Ignoring the negative sign, we have u = 50 m / s
d d
=t1 = and t 2
v1 v2
Average speed
Example - 5 Sol. In 1-D motion, average velocity can be written as

∆s X f − X i X 2 sec − X 0 sec
Velocity-time equation of a particle moving in a v= = =
∆t ∆t 2−0
av
straight line is v = (10 + 2t + 3t ) (SI units)
2
 2 ( 2 )2 + 4 ( 2 ) − 6  −  2 ( 0 )2 + 4 ( 0 ) − 6 
Find: =   
(a) Displacement of particle from the mean position 2
at time t = 1s, if it is given that displacement is = 8m / s
20 m at time t = 0.
Example - 8
(b) Acceleration-time equation.
Sol. (a) The given equation can be written as, A particle travels first half of the total time with
speed v1 and second half time with speed v 2 . Find
v=
ds
dt
= (10 + 2t + 3t ) or ds = (10 + 2t + 3t ) dt
2 2
the average speed during the complete journey.
Sol.
Or
∫ (10 + 2t + 3t ) dt or s − 20=
s 1
∫
1
ds= 2
10t + t 2 + t 3 
20 0 0
Or s = 20 + 12 = 32m
=d1 v=
1 t and d 2 v2 t
(b) Acceleration-time equation can be obtained by
differentiating the given equation w.r.t. time. Average speed
total distance d1 + d 2 v1 t + v 2 t v1 + v 2
= (10 + 2t + 3t 2 ) or a =2 + 6t
dv d = = = =
Thus, a =
dt dt total time t+t 2t 2
Example - 6 Example - 9
s-t graph of a particle in motion is as shown below. A ball is thrown upwards from the top of a tower 40
m high with a velocity of 10 m/s. Find the time when
it strikes the ground. Take g = 10m / s 2 .
Sol.
(a) State, whether the given graph represents a

uniform motion or not.
(b) Find velocity of the particle.
Sol. (a) v = slope of s-t graph. Since, the given s-t graph
is a straight line and slope of a straight line is always
constant. Hence, velocity is constant. Therefore, the
In the problem, u =
+10m / s, a =
−10m / s 2
given graph represents a uniform motion.
And s = −40m (at the point where stone strikes the
10
(b) v = slope of s-t graph =
− = −2m / s ground)
5
1
Substituting in =
s ut + at 2 , we have
Example - 7 2
A particle is moving along x-axis. Its X-coordinate −40 = 10t − 5t 2
varies with time as, X = 2t 2 + 4t − 6 . Or 5t 2 − 10t − 40 =

0
Here, X is in metres and t in seconds. Find average Or t 2 − 2t − 8 =0

velocity between the time interval t = 0 to t = 2s. Solving this, we have t = 4s and – 2s.
Taking the positive value t = 4s.
Example - 10 (b) Differentiating eq. (ii) w.r.t. time t, we get the

dv
Displacement-time equation of a particle moving acceleration =a = 6t
along x-axis is x = 20 + t 3 − 12t (SI units) dt
(a) Find, position and velocity of particle at time t = As acceleration is a function of time, the motion
0. is non-uniformly accelerated.
(b) State whether the motion is uniformly (c) Substituting v = 0 in eq. (ii), we have
accelerated or not. =
0 3t 2 − 12
(c) Find position of particle when velocity of particle Positive value of t comes out to be 2s from this
is zero.
equation. Substituting t = 2s in eq. (i), we have
Sol. (a) x = 20 + t 3 − 12t … (i)
x =20 + ( 2 ) − 12 ( 2 ) or x =4m
3
At t = 0, x = 20 + 0 − 0 = 20m
Velocity of particle at time t can be obtained by
differentiating eq. (i) w.r.t. time
dx
i.e., =
v = 3t 2 − 12 … (ii)
dt
At t = 0, v =−
0 12 =
−12m / s

Distance and Displacement 7. A body moves over one fourth of a circular arc in a
circle of radius R. The magnitude of distance
1. A body moves 6 m north, 8 m east and 10m
travelled and displacement will be respectively
vertically upwards, what is its resultant displacement
from initial position (only magnitude) πR πR
(a) ,R 2 (b) ,R
2 4
(a) 10 2 m (b) 10 m
R
10 (c) π R, (d) π R, R
(c) m (d) 10 × 2m 2
2
8. An aeroplane moves 400 m towards the north,
2. An athlete completes one round of a circular track of 300 m towards west and then 1200 m vertically
radius R in 40 seconds. If he/she continues to move upwards, then the difference between total distance
along the circular track, then what will be his and magnitude of resultant displacement from initial
displacement at the end of 2 minutes 20 seconds position:
(a) Zero (b) 2R (a) 600 m (b) 1800 m
(c) 2 π R (d) 7 π R (c) 1500 m (d) 1300 m
3. A boy stops after travelling 3 km towards east and
then goes 4 km towards north along a plane road.
The resultant displacement of the boy is (only Speed and Velocity
magnitude) 9. If a car covers 2/5th of the total distance with
v1 speed and 3/5th distance with v2 then average
(a) 7 km (b) 4 km
speed is
(c) 5 km (d) 15 km
1 v1 + v2
4. If the displacement of a particle is zero, then what (a) v1v2 (b)
2 2
can we say about its distance covered
2v1v2 5v1v2
(a) It must be zero (c) (d)
v1 + v2 3v1 + 2v2
(b) It cannot be zero
10. A person completes half of his journey with speed v1
(c) It is negative
and rest half with speed v2. The average speed of the
(d) It may or may not be zero person is
5. The location of a particle has changed. What can we v1 + v2 2v1v2
say about the displacement and the distance covered (a) = (b) =
2 v1 + v2
by the particle
v1v2
(a) Both cannot be zero (c) = (d) = v1v2
v1 + v2
(b) One of the two may be zero
(c) Both must be zero 11. A car moving on a straight road covers one third of
the distance with a speed of 20 km/hr and the rest
(d) If one is positive, the other is negative and vice
with a speed of 60 km/hr. The average speed is
versa
(a) 40 km/hr (b) 80 km/hr
6. A man goes 10 m towards North, then 20 m towards
east then his displacement is: [take 5 = 2.236 ] 2
(c) 46 km/hr (d) 36 km/hr
3
(a) 22.36 m (b) 25 m
(c) 25.5 m (d) 30 m
12. A car travels first half of the distance between two 17. Assertion: A negative acceleration of a body can be
places with a speed of 30 km/h and the remaining associated with a ‘speeding up’ of the body.
half with a speed of 50 km/h. The average speed of Reason: Increase in speed of a moving body is
the car is: independent of its direction of motion.
(a) 45 km/h (b) 42.8 km/h (a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
(c) 37.5 km/h (d) 48 km/h Reason is the correct explanation of the
13. Mark the correct statements: Assertion
(a) The magnitude of instantaneous velocity of a (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the
particle is equal to instantaneous speed. Reason is not the correct explanation of the
(b) The magnitude of average velocity in an interval Assertion
is equal to its average speed in that interval. (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
(c) It is possible to have a situation in which the (d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
speed of a particle is always zero but the average 18. Assertion: Straight line motion is the natural
speed is not zero. tendency of the body.
(d) It is possible to have a situation in which the Reason: Motion in a straight line is an example of
speed of the particle is never zero but the motion in one dimension.
average speed in an interval is zero.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the
14. Of the following situations, which one is Reason is the correct explanation of the
impossible? Assertion
(a) A body is having zero velocity and non–zero (b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the
acceleration Reason is not the correct explanation of the
(b) A body is having constant acceleration and Assertion
variable velocity (c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false
(c) A body is having constant speed and variable
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
acceleration
19. Assertion: A body can have acceleration even if its
(d) A body is having constant velocity and variable
velocity is zero at a given instant of time.
acceleration
Reason: A body is at rest when it reverses its
15. A body covers first one-third of the distance with a
direction of motion.
velocity 20 m/s, the second one-third with a velocity
of 30 m/s and last one-third with a velocity of (a) If both assertion and reason are correct and
40 m/s. The average velocity is nearly: reason is the correct explanation of assertion
(a) 28 m/s (b) 38 m/s (b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is
not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) 18 m/s (d) 8 m/s
(c) If assertion is true but reason is false
Acceleration (d) If both assertion and reason are false

16. Assertion: A positive acceleration of a body can be 20. Assertion: A body with constant acceleration
associated with a ‘slowing down’ of the body. always moves along a straight line.
Reason: Acceleration is a vector quantity. Reason: A body with constant acceleration may not
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are true, and the speed up.
Reason is the correct explanation of the (a) If both assertion and reason are correct and
Assertion reason is the correct explanation of assertion
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are true, but the (b) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is
Reason is not the correct explanation of the not the correct explanation of assertion.
Assertion (c) If assertion is true but reason is false
(c) Assertion is true, but Reason is false (d) If both assertion and reason are false
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are false
21. A positive acceleration always corresponds to the 29. A body sliding on a smooth inclined plane requires
speeding up and a negative acceleration always 4 seconds to reach the bottom starting from rest at
corresponds to the speeding down. the top. How much time does it take to cover one-
(a) True fourth distance starting from rest at the top
(b) False only when motion is uniform. (a) 1 s (b) 2 s
(c) True for non-uniform motion (c) 4 s (d) 16 s
(d) False 30. Body A starts from rest with an acceleration a1.
After 2s another body B starts from rest with an
Kinematic Equations acceleration a2. If they travel equal distances in 5 sec
22. A stone falls from a balloon that is descending at a after the start of A, the ratio a1 : a2 will be equal to :
uniform rate of 12m/s. The displacement of the (a) 9 : 25 (b) 5 : 7
stone from the point of release after 10sec is (c) 5 : 9 (d) 7 : 9
[take g = 9.8 ms-2]
(a) 490m (b) 610m Vertical Motion under Gravity
(c) 510m (d) 725m 31. If a body is thrown up with the velocity of 15 m/s
23. Find the total displacement of a body in 8 s starting then maximum height attained by the body is
from rest with an acceleration of 20 cm/s2: (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 64 m (b) 64 cm (a) 11.25 m (b) 16.2 m
(c) 640 cm (d) 0.064 m (c) 24.5 m (d) 7.62 m
24. A particle covers 150 m in 8th second starting from 32. A body falls from rest in the gravitational field of
rest, its acceleration is: the earth. The distance travelled in the fifth second
(a) 15 m/s2 (b) 20 m/s2 of its motion is (g = 10 m/s2)
(c) 10 m/s2 (d) 8 m/s2 (a) 25 m (b) 45 m
25. By what velocity a ball be projected vertically (c) 90 m (d) 125 m
upwards so that the distance covered in 6th second is 33. If a ball is thrown vertically upwards with speed u,
twice of that covered in 5th second? (g = 10 m/s2) the distance covered during the last t seconds of its
ascent is
(a) 40 m/s (b) 35 m/s 1 2 1 2
(a) gt (b) ut − gt
(c) 50 m/s (d) 60 m/s 2 2
26. A car accelerates from rest at constant rate for first (c) (u – gt)t (d) ut
10 s and covers a distance x. It covers a distance y in 34. A man drops a ball downwards from the roof of a
next 10 s at the same acceleration. Which of the tower of height 400 meters. At the same time
following is true? another ball is thrown upwards with a velocity
(a) x = 3y (b) y = 3x 50 meter/sec. from the bottom of the tower, then
(c) x = y (d) y = 2x they will meet at which height from the bottom of
27. A block starts accelerating at 5 m/s2 from rest on the the tower
frictionless surface. Calculate the distance travelled (a) 100 meters (b) 320 meters
by the block in the first 4 seconds? (c) 80 meters (d) 240 meters
(a) 20 m (b) 40 m 35. A particle is thrown vertically upwards. If its
(c) 80 cm (d) 120 m velocity at half of the maximum height is 10 m/s,
28. A block starts accelerating at 5 m/s2 from rest on the then maximum height attained by it is
frictionless surface. Calculate the distance travelled (Take g = 10 m/s2)
by the block in the first 4 seconds? (a) 8 m (b) 10 m
(a) 20 m (b) 40 m (c) 12 m (d) 16 m
(c) 80 m (d) 120 m
36. A body freely falling from the rest has a velocity ‘v’ 44. The water drops fall at regular intervals from a tap
after it falls through a height ‘h’. The distance it has 5 m above the ground. The third drop is leaving the
to fall down for its velocity to become double, is tap at the instant the first drop touches the ground.
(a) 2h (b) 4h How far above the ground is the second drop at that
instant?
(c) 6h (d) 8h
(a) 1.25 m (b) 2.50 m
37. By which velocity a ball be projected vertically
downward from a very tall building so that the (c) 3.75 m (d) 4.00 m
distance covered by it in 6th second is twice the 45. A stone is dropped from certain height which can
distance it covers in its 5th second (g = 10 m/s2) reach the ground in 5 s. If the stone is stopped after
(a) 10 m/s (b) 65 m/s 3 s of its fall and then allowed to fall again, then the
time taken by the stone to reach the ground for the
(c) 35 m/s (d) not possible
remaining distance is:
38. A body falls from rest, its velocity at the end of first
(a) 3 s (b) 4 s
second is (g = 32 ft/sec)
(c) 2 s (d) none of these
(a) 16 ft/sec (b) 32 ft/sec
46. A ball is dropped from a bridge 122.5 m high. After
(c) 64 ft/sec (d) 24 ft/sec
the first ball has fallen for 2 s, a second ball is
39. A stone thrown upward with a speed u from the top thrown straight down after it, what must the initial
of a tower reaches the ground with a velocity 3u. velocity of the second ball, so that both the balls hit
The height of the tower is the surface of water at the same time?
(a) 3u2/g (b) 4u2/g (a) 26.1 m/s (b) 9.8 m/s
2 2
(c) 6u /g (d) 9u /g (c) 55.5 m/s (d) 49 m/s
40. A stone is shot straight upward with a speed of 47. A ball is thrown vertically upward with certain
20 m/sec from a tower 200 m high. The speed with speed it passes through the same point at 3 seconds
which it strikes the ground is approximately and 7 seconds from the start. The maximum height
(a) 60 m/sec (b) 65 m/sec achieved by the ball is:
(c) 70 m/sec (d) 75 m/sec (a) 500 (b) 250
41. A body projected vertically upwards with a velocity (c) 125 (d) 450
u returns to the starting point in 4 seconds. If 48. A stone is thrown vertically upwards. When stone is
g = 10 m/sec2, the value of u is at a height half of its maximum height, its speed is
(a) 5 m/sec (b) 10 m/sec 10 m/s; then the maximum height attained by the
stone is: (g = 10 m/s2)
(c) 15 m/sec (d) 20 m/sec
(a) 8 m (b) 10 m
42. A body is thrown vertically up from the ground. It
reaches a maximum height in 5 sec. After what time (c) 15 m (d) 20 m
it will reach the ground from the maximum height 49. A man throws balls with the same speed vertically
position upwards one after the other at an interval of 2 s.
(a) 1.2 sec (b) 5 sec What should be the speed of the throw so that more
than two balls are in the sky at any time?
(c) 10 sec (d) 25 sec
(Given: g = 9.8 m/s2)
43. From the top of a tower, a particle is thrown
vertically downwards with a velocity of 10 m/s. The (a) Any speed less than 19.6 m/s
ratio of the distances, covered by it in the 3rd and 2nd (b) Only with speed 19.6 m/s
seconds of the motion is (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(c) More than 19.6 m/s
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 7 : 5
(d) At least 9.8 m/s.
(c) 3 : 6 (d) 6 : 3
50. A body is released from the top of the tower H metre 56. A particle moves along a straight-line OX. At a time
high. It takes t second to reach the ground. Where is t (in seconds), the distance x (in metres) of the
the body t/2 s after release? particle from O is given by
3H x = 40 + 12t – t3
(a) At m from the ground
4 How long would the particle travel before coming to
H rest?
(b) At m from the ground
2 (a) 24 m (b) 40 m
H (c) 12 m (d) 16 m
(c) At m from the ground
6 57. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
H displacement at any time t is given by s = 3t3 + 7t2 +
(d) At m from the ground
4 14t + 5
The acceleration of the particle at t = 1s is:
Differential Calculus 2 2
(a) 18 m/s (b) 32 m/s
51. A particle moves along a straight line such that at
time t (in second) its displacement from a fixed 2 2
(c) 29 m/s (d) 24 m/s
point O on the line is 3t2 – 2. The velocity of the
58. A particle moves in space such that x = 2 sin pt
particle at t = 2 is:
where x, is measured in meter and t in second. The
(a) 8 m/s (b) 4 m/s
acceleration of the particle at t = 3 s is
(c) 12 m/s (d) 0
(a) 2m/s–2 (b) 1m/s-2
52. The velocity of a particle is v = vo + gt + ft2. If it’s
position is x = 0 at t = 0, then its displacement after (c) 0m/s–2 (d) π m/s–2
unit time (t =1) is 59. The displacement x of a particle varies with time t as
g f =x ae −α t + be β t , where a, b, α and β are positive
(a) v o +2g+3f (b) v o + +
2 3 constants. The velocity of the particle will:
g (a) go on decreasing with time
(c) v o +g+f (d) v o + +f
2 (b) be independent of α and β
53. The position x (in m) of a particle along x-axis at
time t (in sec) is given by x = 1 + t – t2. The distance (c) drop to zero when α = β
travelled by the particle in first 2 seconds is (d) go on increasing with time
(a) 1 m (b) 2 m 60. The displacement x of a particle moving along a
(c) 2.5 m (d) 3 m straight line at time t is given by
54. The displacement of a body at any time t after x = a0 + a1t + a2t2
starting is given by s = 15t – 0.4t2. The velocity of The acceleration of the particle is:
the body will be 7 m/s–1 after time:
(a) 4a2 (b) 2a2
(a) 20 s (b) 15s
(c) 2a1 (d) a2
(c) 10 s (d) 5 s
61. The displacement of body is given to be
55.
The position vector of a particle is: proportional to the cube of time elapsed. The

=r a cos ωt iˆ + a sin ω t ˆj magnitude of the acceleration of the body is:
The velocity of the particle is: (a) decreasing with time (b) increasing with time
(a) parallel to position vector (c) constant but not zero (d) zero
(b) perpendicular to position vector
(c) directed towards origin
(d) directed away from the origin
62. The position x of a particle with respect to time t Non-uniform Motion

along x-axis is given by = x 9t − t , where x is in
2 3
67. At any instant, the velocity and acceleration of a
metre and t is in second. What will be the position of particle moving along a straight-line is v and a. The
this particle when it achieves maximum speed along speed of the particle is increasing if
the +x direction?
(a) v > 0, a > 0 (b) v < 0, a > 0
(a) 32 m (b) 54 m
(c) v > 0, a < 0 (d) v > 0, a = 0
(c) 81 m (d) 24 m
68. Consider the acceleration, velocity and displacement
63. Temperature of a body varies with time as T = (T0 + of a tennis ball as it falls to the ground and bounces
at2 + b sint) K, where T0 is the temperature in Kelvin back. Directions of which of these changes in the
2 -2 process, (here consider the motion in y-direction):
at t = 0 sec, α= Ks & b = – 4 K, then rate of
π (a) Velocity only
change of temperature at t = p sec. is
(b) Displacement and velocity
(a) 8K (b) 8° C
(c) Acceleration, velocity and displacement
(c) 8 K/sec (d) 8° C/sec
(d) Displacement and acceleration
69. Of the following situations, which one is
Integral Calculus
impossible?
64. The acceleration of a particle is increasing linearly
(a) A body is having zero velocity and non–zero
with time t as bt. The particle starts from the origin
acceleration
with an initial velocity v0. The distance travelled by
the particle in time t will be: (b) A body is having constant acceleration and
variable velocity
1 1
(a) v0 t + bt 3 (b) v0 t + bt 3 (c) A body is having constant speed and variable
6 3
acceleration
1
(c) bt (d) v0 t + bt 2 (d) A body is having constant velocity and variable
2
acceleration
65. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f, at
70. The velocity of a particle moving on the x-axis is
 t
time t, given by= f f 0 1 −  , where f0 and T are given by v = x2 + x where v is in m/s and x is in m.
 T Find its acceleration in m/s2 when passing through
constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity. At the point x = 2 m
the instant when f = 0, the particle’s velocity (v) is
(a) 0 (b) 5
(c) 11 (d) 30
1
(a) f 0T (b) f 0T 2 71. A particle is moving along a straight-line path and
2
its displacement (x) at time t is given by
1
(c) f 0T 2 (d) f 0T x2 = at2 + 2bt + c (where a, b and c are constants)
2
the acceleration of the particle is:
66. The acceleration of a particle is increasing linearly
with time t as bt. The particle starts from the origin a (at + b) 2
(a) (b)
with an initial velocity v0. The distance travelled by x x3
the particle in time t will be:
a (at + b) 2 a (at + b) 2
(c) − (d) +
1
(a) v0 t + bt 3
1
(b) v0 t + bt 3 x x3 x x3
6 3
1 1
(c) v0 t + bt 2 (d) v0 t + bt 2
3 2
72. A particle moves along the X–axis according to the Graphs of Motion in a Straight Line
equation x = 6 t2, where x is in metres and t is in 76. The graph of displacement v/s time is
seconds. Then
(a) the acceleration of the particle is 6 m/s2
(b) the particle follows a parabolic path
(c) each second the velocity of the particle changes
by 12 m/s
(d) none of the above
73. An object starts from rest at x = 0 m when t = 0 s.
The object moves in the x direction with positive s(m) along y axis in question and t(s) along x axis in
velocity after t = 0 s. The instantaneous velocity and question
average velocity are related by
Its corresponding velocity-time graph will be
dx x
(a) <
dt t
dx x
(b) = V V
dt t
(a) (b)
dx x
(c) > t
dt t t
dx
(d) can be smaller than, greater than or equal
dt
x V
to V
t
(c) (d)
74. A particle moves in a straight line, according to the
t t
t
law x = 4a [t + asin   ], where x is its position in
a 77. A train moves from one station to another in 2 hours
meters, t in sec. & a is some constants, then the time. Its speed-time graph during this motion is
velocity is zero at shown in the figure. The maximum acceleration
during the journey is
(a) x = 4a2 p meters (b) t = p sec.
(c) t = 0 sec. (d) none
75. A point moves in a straight line so that its
displacement is x m at time t sec, given by x2 = t2 +
1. Its acceleration in m/s2 at time t sec is :
1 1 1
(a) (b) −
x x x2
t 1
(c) − (d)
x2 x3 (a) 140 km h–2 (b) 160 km h–2
(c) 100 km h–2 (d) 120 km h–2
78. The adjoining curve represents the velocity-time 80. The displacement-time graph for two particles A and
graph of a particle, its acceleration values along OA,
B are straight lines inclined at angles of 30 and 60
AB and BC in metre/sec2 are respectively
with the time axis. The ratio of velocities of vA : vB
is
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1: 3
(c) 3 :1 (d) 1 : 3
(a) 1, 0, – 0.5 (b) 1, 0, 0.5

(c) 1, 1, 0.5 (d) 1, 0.5, 0
79. Which of the following graph represents uniform
motion
s s
(a) (b)
t t
s s
(c) (d)
t t
EXERCISE – 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration at time
t = 0 is 5 ms–2 which varies with time as shown in Fig.
The maximum speed of the particle will be: (a) (b)
( 2015)
(c) (d)
(a) 7.5 ms–1 (b) 15 ms–1 5. Which graph corresponds to an object moving with a
(c) 30 ms–1 (d) 75 ms–1 constant negative acceleration and a positive velocity?
(2017)
2. Which of the following option correctly describes the
variation of the speed v and acceleration ‘a ’ of a point
mass falling vertically in a viscous medium that
(a) (b)
applies a force F = −kv, where ‘k ' is a constant, on the
body? (Graphs are schematic and not drawn to
scale) (2016)
(c) (d)
(a) (b)
6. An automobile, travelling at 40 km/h, can be stopped
at a distance of 40 m by applying brakes. If the same
automobile is travelling at 80 km/h, the minimum
stopping distance, in metres, is (assume no skidding):
(2018)
(c) (d) (a) 75 m (b) 100 m
(c) 150 m (d) 160 m
7. All the graphs below are intended to represent the
3. An object is dropped from a height h from the ground. same motion. One of them does it incorrectly. Pick it
Every time it hits the ground it loses 50% of its kinetic up. (2018)
energy. The total distance covered as t   is:
(2017)
(a) 3h (b) 
5 8
(c) h (d) h (a) (b)
3 3
4. A body is thrown vertically upwards. Which one of the

following graphs correctly represent the velocity vs
time? (2017)
(c) (d)
8. The velocity-time graphs of a car and a scooter are (a) (B), (C) (b) (A)
shown in the figure. (i) The difference between the (c) (A), (B), (C) (d) (A), (B), (D)
distance travelled by the car and the scooter in 15 s and
(ii) the time at which the car will catch up with the 11. The position of a particle as a function of time t, is
scooter are, respectively. (2018) given by x  t   at  bt 2  ct 3 where a, b and c are
constants. When the particle attains zero acceleration,
then its velocity will be: (2019)
b2 b2
(a) a  (b) a 
4c 3c
b2 b2
(c) a  (d) a 
c 2c
(a) 337.5 m and 25 s (b) 225.5 m and 10 s 12. A particle is moving with speed v  b x along
positive x-axis. Calculate the speed of the particle at
(c) 112.5 m and 15 s (d) 112.5 m and 22.5 s
time t   (assume that the particle is at origin at
9. A particle starts from the origin at time t = 0 and moves t = 0).
along the positive x-axis. The graph of velocity with
respect to time is shown in figure. What is the position (all quantities are measured in S.I unit)
of the particle at time t = 5s? (2019)
b 2 b 2
(a) (b)
4 2
b 2
(c) b2 (d)
2
13. A tennis ball is released from a height h and after freely
(2019) falling on a wooden floor it rebounds and reaches
h
(a) 10 m (b) 6 m height . The velocity versus height of the ball during
2
(c) 3 m (d) 9 m its motion may be represented graphically by: (graphs
10. A particle starts from origin O from rest and moves are drawn schematically and are not to scale)
with a uniform acceleration along the positive x-axis. (2020)
Identify all figures that correctly represents the
motion qualitatively
(a = acceleration, v = velocity, x = displacement, t =
time)
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(2019)
14. A small ball of mass m is thrown upward with velocity 19. The speed verses time graph for a particle is shown in
u from the ground. The ball experiences a resistive the figure. The distance travelled (in m) by the particle
force mkv2, where v is its speed. The maximum height during the time interval t = 0 to t = 5 s will
attained by the ball is: be________. (2020)
(2020)
1  ku 
2 2
1 ku
(a) tan 1 (b) ln 1  
k 2g 2k  g 
1  ku 2  1 ku 2
(c) ln  1   (d) tan 1
k  2g  2k g
15. A helicopter rises from rest on the ground vertically

upwards with a constant acceleration g. A food packet
is dropped from the helicopter when it is at a height h. 20. If the velocity-time graph has the shape AMB, what
The time taken by the packet to reach the ground is would be the shape of the corresponding acceleration-
close to [g is the acceleration due to gravity]: time graph? (2021)
(2020)
h  2h 
(a) t  3.4   (b) t   
g  3g 
2 h h
(c) t    (d) t  1.8
3 g g
(a)
16. The velocity (v) - time (t) graph of a body in a straight-
line motion is shown in the figure. The point S is at
4.333 seconds. The total distance covered by the body
in 6 s is: (2020)
(b)
37 49
(a) m (b) m
3 4
(c) 12 m (d) 11 m (c)
17. A ball is dropped from the top of a 100m high tower
1
on a planet. In the last s before hitting the ground, it
2
covers a distance of 19 m. Acceleration due to gravity
(in ms−2) near the surface on that planet is
(d)
(2020)
18. The distance x covered by a particle in one dimension
motion varies as with time t as x 2  at 2  2bt  c,
where a, b, c are constants. Acceleration of particle
depend on x as x–n, the value of n is
(2020)
21. An engine of a train, moving with uniform (a)

acceleration, passes the signal-post with velocity u and
the last compartment with velocity v. The velocity
with which middle point of the train passes the signal
post is: (2021)
v2  u 2 v2  u 2
(a) (b)
2 2
vu vu (b)

(c) (d)
2 2
22. A stone is dropped from the top of a building. When it
crosses a point 5 m below the top, another stone starts
to fall from a point 25 m below the top. Both stones
reach the bottom of building simultaneously. The
height of the building is: (2021)
(a) 50m (b) 35m
(c)
(c) 45m (d) 25m
23. A scooter accelerates from rest for time t1 at constant
rate at a1 and then retards at constant rate a2 for time t2
t
and comes to rest. The correct value of 1 will be
t2
(2021)
a1  a2 a1 (d)
(a) (b)
a1 a2
a2 a1  a2
(c) (d)
a1 a2
24. The velocity-displacement graph describing the

motion of a bicycle is shown in the figure.
25. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate  for

some time after which it decelerates at a constant rate
 to come to rest. If the total time elapsed is t seconds,
the total distance travelled is:
(2021)
2 2 4 2
(a) t (b) t
       
The acceleration-displacement graph of the bicycle's  
(c) t2 (d) t2
motion is best described by (2021) 2     4    
26. The velocity of a particle is v  v0  gt  Ft 2 . Its 28. The velocity - displacement graph of a particle is
position is x = 0 at t = 0; then its displacement after shown in the figure.
time (t = 1 s) is: (2021)
g F
(a) v0  g  F (b) v0  
2 3
g
(c) v0  F (d) v0  2 g  3F
2 The acceleration - displacement graph of the same
27. The position, velocity and acceleration of a particle particle is represented by: (2021)
moving with a constant acceleration can be (a)
represented by: (2021)
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(c)
(d)
(d)
EXERCISE – 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single Choice Questions. 6. A body moving with a uniform acceleration has
1. In 1.0 s, a particle goes from point A to point B, velocities of u and v when passing through points A
moving in a semicircle (as shown in the figure). The and B in its path. The velocity of the body midway
magnitude of the average velocity is between A and B is
u+v u 2 + v2
(a) (b)
2 2
(c) uv (d) None of these

7. A body starts from rest and is uniformly accelerated
for 30 s. The distance travelled in the first 10s is x1.
(a) 3.14 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s
next 10s is x2 and the last 10 s is x3. Then the ratio
(c) 1.0 m/s (d) zero x1 : x2 : x3 is:
2. A wheel with radius 45 cm rolls without slipping
(a) 1 : 2 : 4 (b) 1 : 2 : 5
along a horizontal floor as shown in figure. P is a dot
pointed on the rim of the wheel. At time t1, P is at the (c) 1 : 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 3 : 9
point of contact between the wheel and the floor. At 8. A bird flies for 4 s with a velocity of |t – 2| m/s in a
a later time t2, the wheel has rolled, through one–half straight line, where t = time in seconds. It covers a
of a revolution. What is the displacement of P during distance of
this interval? (a) 2 m (b) 4 m
(c) 6 m (d) 8 m
9. A particle travels 10 m in first 5 s and 10 m in next
3 s. Assuming constant acceleration what is the
distance travelled in next 2 s
(a) 8.3 m (b) 9.3 m
(a) 90 cm (b) 168 cm
(c) 10.3 m (d) None of above
(c) 40 cm (d) data insufficient
10. An object moves along the x–axis. Its x coordinate is
3. A particle moving in a straight line covers half the
given as a function of time as
distance with speed of 3 m/s. The other half of the
distance is covered in two equal time intervals with x = 7 t – 3t2
speed of 4.5 m/s and 7.5 m/s respectively. The where x is in metre and t is in second. Its average
average speed of the particle during this motion is speed over the interval t = 0 to t = 4 s is
(a) 4.0 m/s (b) 5.0 m/s (a) 5 m/s (b) – 5 m/s
(c) 5.5 m/s (d) 4.8 m/s
169 169
4. A 150 m long train is moving with a uniform (c) − ms (d) ms
24 24
velocity of 45 km/h. The time taken by the train to
11. A particle is moving with velocity of 4 m/s along +
cross a bridge of length 850 meters is
ve X direction, an acceleration of 1 m/s2 is acted on
(a) 56 sec (b) 68 sec the particle along –ve X direction. Find the distance
(c) 80 sec (d) 92 sec travelled by the particle in 10 s.
5. What determines the nature of the path followed by a (a) 10 m (b) 26 m
particle?
(c) 16 m (d) 8 m
(a) Velocity (b) Speed
(c) Acceleration (d) None of these
12. At a distance of 500 m from the traffic light, brakes 18. When a ball is thrown up vertically with velocity V0,
are applied to an automobile moving at a velocity of it reaches a maximum height of ‘h’. If one wishes to
20 m/s. The position of automobile relative to traffic triple the maximum height, then the ball should be
light 50 s after applying the brakes, if its acceleration thrown with velocity
is –0.5 m/s2, is
(a) 3V0 (b) 3V0
(a) 125 m (b) 375 m
(c) 9V0 (d) 3/2V0
(c) 400 m (d) 100 m
19. A stone is released from an elevator going up with an
13. A stone falls from a balloon that is descending at a
acceleration a. The acceleration of the stone after the
uniform rate of 12 m/s. The displacement of the
release is
stone from the point of release after 10 sec is
(a) a upward (b) (g–a) upward
(a) 490m (b) 510m
(c) (g–a) downward (d) g downward.
(c) 610m (d) 725m
20. A person standing near the edge of the top of a
14. Time taken by an object falling from rest to cover the building throws two balls A and B. The ball A is
height of h1 and h2 is respectively t1 and t2 then the thrown vertically upward with speed u and B is
ratio of t1 to t2 is thrown vertically downward with the same speed.
(a) h1 : h2 (b) h1 : h2 Find the difference in distance travelled when both
the balls strike the ground.
(c) h1 : 2h2 (d) 2h1 : h2
u2 u2
(a) (b)
15. The acceleration due to gravity on the planet A is 9 g 2g
times the acceleration due to gravity on planet B. A
man jumps to a height of 2m on the surface of A. 2u 2
(c) (d) 0
What is the height of jump by the same person on the g
planet B 21. An object is thrown in vertically upward direction.
(a) 18m (b) 6m During its rising
(c) 2m/3 (d) 2m/9 (a) its velocity is downward and acceleration is in
16. A body, thrown upwards with some velocity reaches upward direction
the maximum height of 50 m. Another body with (b) both velocity and acceleration are in upward
double the mass thrown up with double the initial direction
velocity will reach a maximum height of (c) both velocity and acceleration are in downward
(a) 100 m (b) 200 m direction
(c) 300 m (d) 400 m (d) velocity is in upward direction and acceleration
is in downward direction
17. From the top of a tower two stones, whose masses
are in the ratio 1:2 are thrown one straight up with an 22. As a rocket is accelerating vertically upwards at 9.8
initial speed u and the second straight down with the m/s2 near the earth’s surface, it releases a projectile.
same speed u. Then, neglecting air resistance Immediately after release, the acceleration (in m/s2)
of the projectile, is (Take g = 9.8 m/s2)
(a) The heavier stone hits the ground with a higher
speed (a) zero (b) 9.8 m/s2 up
(b) The lighter stone hits the ground with a higher (c) 9.8 m/s2 down (d) 19.6 m/s2 up
speed 23. A body falls freely from rest. It covers as much
distance in the last second of its motion as covered in
(c) Both the stones will have the same speed when
the first three seconds. The body has fallen for a time
they hit the ground.
of
(d) The speed can’t be determined with the given
(a) 3 s (b) 5 s
data.
(c) 7 s (d) 9 s
24. A balloon starts rising from the ground with an 30. A rocket is fired upwards from earth’s surface such
acceleration of 1.25 m/s2 after 8s, a stone is released that it creates an acceleration of 20ms −2 . If after 5
from the balloon. The stone will (g = 10 m/s2) sec, its engine is switched off then the maximum
(a) Reach the ground in 4 second height reached by rocket from earth’s surface is:
(b) Begin to move down after being released [assume acceleration due to gravity ( g = 10ms −2 )
(c) Have a displacement of 50 m remains constant]
(d) Cover a distance of 40 m in reaching the ground (a) 250m (b) 500m
25. A stone is released from a high-flying balloon that is (c) 750m (d) 1000m
descending at a constant speed of 10 m/s. After 20 s 31. A drag racing car starts from rest at t = 0 and moves
of dropping, the velocity of the stone would be [Take along a straight line with velocity given by v = bt2,
g = 10 m/s2] where b is a constant. The expression for the distance
(a) 190 m/s down (b) 210 m/s down travelled by the car from its position at t = 0, is
(c) 10 m/s down (d) 25 m/s up bt 2
(a) bt3 (b)
26. A particle is dropped under gravity from rest from a 3
height h(g = 9.8 m/sec2) and it travels a distance
bt 3
9h/25 in the last second, the height h is (c) (d) 2 bt
3
(a) 100 m (b) 122.5 m
32. A particle moves along a straight line such that its
(c) 145 m (d) 167.5 m displacement at any time t is given by:
27. A body A is projected upwards with a velocity of 98 s = (t3 – 3t2 + 2) m.
m/s. a second body B is projected upwards with the
The displacement when the acceleration becomes
same initial velocity but after 4 sec. Both the bodies
zero is:
will meet after
(a) 0 m (b) 2m
(a) 6 sec (b) 8 sec
(c) 3 m (d) – 2m
(c) 10 sec (d) 12 sec
33. The displacement of a particle after time t is given by
28. A particle is dropped vertically from rest from a
height. The time taken by it to fall through x = (k/b2) (1 – e–bt), where b is a constant. What is
successive distances of 1 m each will then be the acceleration of the particle?
(a) All equal, being equal to 2 / g second (a) ke–bt (b) –ke–bt
(b) In the ratio of the square roots of the integers i.e, k – bt – k – bt

(c) e (d) e
b2 b2
1: 2 : 3 ...
34. The velocity v and displacement r of a body are
(c) In the ratio of the difference in the square roots
related as v2 = kr, where k is a constant. What will be
of the integers i.e.
the velocity after 1 seconds? (Given that the
1 : ( 2 − 1) : ( 3 − 2) : ( 4 − 3)... displacement is zero at t = 0)
(d) In the ratio of the reciprocal of the square roots (a) k r (b) kr 3/ 2
1 1 1 1
of the integers i.e., : : : k 0
1 2 3 4 (c) r (d) Data is not sufficient
2
29. A stone is thrown vertically upward with an initial
35. The velocity of a particle moving along x–axis is
velocity v0. The distance travelled in time 4v0/3g is
given as v = x2 – 5x + 4 (in m/s) where x denotes the
2v02 v02 x–coordinate of the particle in metres. Find the
(a) (b) magnitude of acceleration of the particle when the
g 2g
velocity of particle is zero?
4v02 5v02 (a) 0 m/s2 (b) 2 m/s2
(c) (d)
3g 9g
(c) 3 m/s2 (d) none of these
36. Four particles are moving along X–axis. Their 40. Two particles A and B are moving along straight
coordinates (in metres) as function of time (in line, whose position–time graph is a shown in the
seconds) are given by figure below. Determine the instant (approximately)
x1 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t3 when both are moving with the same velocity.
x2 (t) = 3.5 + 2.7 t3

x3 (t) = 3.5 – 2.7 t2
x4 (t) = 3.4 – 2.4 t – 2.7 t2
Which of these particles is/are speeding up for t > 0?
(a) All the four (b) only 2
(c) only 2 and 3 (d) 2, 3 and 4 only (a) 17 s (b) 12 s
37. A particle is moving along X–axis whose (c) 6 s (d) no where
acceleration is given by a = 3x – 4, where x is the 41. A particle starts from rest. Its acceleration (a) versus
location of the particle. At t = 0, the particle is at rest time (t) is as shown in the figure. The maximum
at x = 4/3. The distance travelled by the particle in 5 speed of the particle will be
s is
(a) zero (b) 4m
(c) infinite (d) none of these
38. The displacement–time graph of a moving particle is
shown in figure. The instantaneous velocity of the
particle is negative at the point:
(a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s
(c) 550 m/s (d) 660 m/s
42. A body starts from rest moves along a straight line
with constant acceleration. The variation of speed v
with distance s is given by graph
V V
(a) (b)
(a) D (b) F
O s O s
(c) C (d) E
39. A lift is going up from the ground. The variation in V V
the speed of the lift is as given in the graph. What is
the height to which the lift takes the passengers? (c) (d)
O s O s
43. An object moving along a straight line has a constant
acceleration of 4 m/s2. The position–time graph for
this object has a slope that
(a) is constant
(b) decreases with time
(a) 3.6 m
(c) increases with time
(b) 28.8 m
(d) first increases and then decreases with time
(c) 36.0 m
(d) Cannot be calculated from the graph
44. For 3 particles A, B and C moving along x–axis, x–t 47. The velocity–displacement curve for an object
graph is as shown below. moving along a straight line is shown in the figure
below.
Mark out the correct relationships between their At which of the points marked, the object speeding
average velocities between the points P and Q. up?
(a) ν av , A > ν av , B =
ν av , C (b) ν=
av , A ν=
av , B ν av , C (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) ν av , A > ν av , B > ν av , C (d) ν av , A < ν av , B < ν av , C (c) 1 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 3
45. The acceleration of an object, starting from rest and

moving along a straight line is as shown in the figure More than one correct option
below. 48. Look at the graphs (a) to (d) carefully and indicate
which of these possible represents one dimensional
motion of a particle?
(a) (b)
Other than at t = 0, when is the velocity of the object
equal to zero?
(a) At t = 3.5 s
(b) During interval from 1s to 3s
(c) at t = 5 s
(c) (d)
(d) at no other time on this graph
49. A particle moving along a straight line with uniform
46. An elevator is moving upwards with constant
acceleration has velocities 7 m/s at P and 17 m/s at
acceleration. The broken curve shows the position y
Q. R is the midpoint of PQ. Then
of the ceiling of the elevator as a function of time t.
A bolt breaks loose and drops from the (a) the average velocity between R and Q is 15 m/s
ceiling.[assume that bolt sticks to the floor after (b) the ratio of time to go from P to R and that from
striking the lift surface] R to Q is 3: 2
(c) the velocity at R is 10 m/s
(d) the average velocity between P and R is 10 m/s.
50. A particle is projected vertically upwards with a
velocity u from a point O. When it returns to the
point of projection:
Which curve best represents the position of the bolt (a) its average velocity is zero
as a function of time? (b) its displacement is zero
(a) A (b) B (c) its average speed is u/2
(c) C (d) D (d) its average speed is u
51. Pick the correct statements: (a) In the motion between O and A the velocity is
(a) Average speed of a particle in a given time is positive, and acceleration is negative
never less than the magnitude of the average (b) Between A and B, the velocity and acceleration
velocity. are positive
(b) It is possible to have a situation in which (c) Between B and C, the velocity is negative, and
 acceleration is positive
dv d 
≠ 0 but v =0
dt dt (d) Between D and E, the acceleration is positive
55. Which of the following statements about distance are
(c) The average velocity of a particle is zero in a
true
time interval. It is possible that the instantaneous
velocity is never zero in the interval. (a) It cannot be negative
(d) The average velocity of a particle moving on a (b) It cannot be zero

straight line is zero in a time interval. It is (c) It can never be lesser than magnitude of
possible that the instantaneous velocity is never displacement
zero in the interval. (Infinite accelerations are not (d) It can never decrease with time
allowed) 56. If the displacement of a particle varies with time as
52. Which of the following statements are true for a x = t + 7, the
moving body? (a) velocity of the particle is inversely proportional
(a) if its speed changes, its velocity must change and to t
it must have some acceleration (b) velocity of particle varies linearly with t
(b) if its velocity changes, its speed must change, and (c) velocity of particle is proportional to t
it must have some acceleration
(d) the particle moves with a constant acceleration
(c) if its velocity changes, its speed may or may not
57. The displacement (x) of a particle depends on time
change, and it must have some acceleration
(t) as x = α t 2 – β t 3
(d) if its speed changes but direction of motion does
not change, its velocity may remain constant. (a) The particle will return to its starting point after
α
53. If velocity of the particle is given by v = x , where
β
x denotes the position of the particle and initially
particle was at x = 4, then which of the following are 2α
(b) The particle will come to rest after time
correct. 3β
(a) at t = 2 sec, the position of the particle is at x = 9 (c) The initial velocity of the particle was zero but its
2 initial acceleration was not zero
(b) Particle acceleration at t = 2 sec. is 1 m/s .
(c) Particle acceleration is 1/2 m/s2 throughout the α
(d) No net force will act on the particle at t =
motion. 3β
(d) Particle will never go in negative direction from 58. A particle moves with an initial velocity v0 and
its starting position.
retardation α v , where v is its velocity at any time t.
54. A particle has a rectilinear motion and the figure
v0
gives its displacement as a function of time. Which (a) The particle will cover a total distance
α
of the following statements are true with respect to
the motion? 1
(b) The particle will come a rest after time
α
(c) The particle will continue to move for a very long
time
(d) The velocity of the particle will become v0/2
1
after time
α
Integer Type Questions (a) A (b) B

59. A stone, thrown up is caught by the thrower after 6s. (c) C (d) D
How high (in metres) did it go [take g = 10m/s2] (e) E
60. A stone falls freely from rest and the total distance 65. Assertion: Plotting the acceleration–time graph from
covered by it in the last second of its motion is equal a given position–time graph of a particle moving
to the distance covered by it in the first five seconds along a straight line is possible.
of its motion. For how long (in seconds) the stone
Reason: From position–time graph the only sign of
remained in air?
acceleration can be determined but no information
61. A car moving in a straight line at 30 m/s slows
can be concluded about the magnitude of
uniformly to a speed of 10 m/s in 5 sec. Determine:
acceleration.
Displacement (in m) in the third second
(a) A (b) B
Assertion & Reason (c) C (d) D

(A) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true (e) E
and reason is the correct explanation of the
assertion. Match the following
(B) If both ASSERTION and REASON are true 66. Column I gives some graphs for a particle moving
but reason is not the correct explanation of along x–axis in positive x–direction. The variables v,
the assertion. x and t represent speed of particle, x–coordinate of
(C) If ASSERTION is true but REASON is particle and time respectively. Column II gives
false. certain resulting interpretation. Match the graphs in
(D) If ASSERTION is false but REASON is Column I with the statement in Column II.
true. Column-I Column-II
(E) If both ASSERTION and REASON are (a) v (p) Acceleration of
false. particle is
62. Assertion: Magnitude of average velocity is equal to uniform
average speed.
Reason: Magnitude of instantaneous velocity is x
equal to instantaneous speed. v - x graph
2
(a) A (b) B (b) v (q) Acceleration of
particle is
(c) C (d) D
nonuniform
(e) E
63. Assertion: When velocity of a particle is zero then
acceleration of a particle is also zero. x
v2 - x graph
Reason: Acceleration is equal to rate of change of v
(c) (r) Acceleration of
velocity.
particle is
(a) A (b) B directly
(c) C (d) D proportional to
(e) E ‘t’
t
64. Assertion: A particle moves in a straight line with v - t graph
constant acceleration. The average velocity of this (d) v (s) Acceleration of
particle cannot be zero in any time interval. particle is
directly
Reason: For a particle moving in straight line with
proportional to
constant acceleration, the average velocity in a time ‘x’.
t2
u+v 2
interval is , where u and v are initial and final v - t graph
2
velocity of the particle of the given time interval.
67. The equation of motion of the particle is described in Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 69 to Q. 73
column I. At t = 0, particle is at origin and at rest. PASSAGE
Match the column I with the statements in column II.
A car is moving on a straight road. The velocity of the car
Column-I Column-II varies with time as shown in the figure. Initially (at t = 0),
(a) x = (3t2 + 2t) m (p) velocity of particle the car was at x = 0, where, x is the position of the car at any
at t = 1 s is 8 m/s time ‘t’.
(b) v = 8t m/s (q) particle moves
with uniform
acceleration
(c) a = 16 t (r) particle moves
with variable
acceleration
(d) v = 6t – 3t2 (s) particle will
change its
direction some 69. The variation of acceleration (a) with time (t) will be
time best represented by:
a
68. A particle is projected vertically upwards with speed
20 m/s from top of a tower of height 20 m see the
(a)
figure. Match the statements in column–I with results
in column–II t
10 20 30 60 70
(b) t
10 20 30 50 60 70
Column–I Column–II a
(A) ratio of maximum height from (P) 0

ground (BD) to the initial 70
(c) t
height from ground (AD) is 10 20 30
(B) ratio of distance travelled in (Q) 1

1st second to the distance
a
travelled in 2nd second is.
(C) ratio of initial speed at A to (R) 2 (d)
t
the final on ground (D) is 10 20 30 60 70
greater than
(D) ratio of time taken from A to C (S) 3
and time taken from A to B is
70. The displacement time graph will be best represented Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 74 & 75
by: Passage
x(m)
Two particles A and B are moving along x–axis whose
position–time graphs are as shown in the figure below.
(a)
t(s)
10 20 30 60 70
(b)
74. For the time interval 0 to 5 s
(a) the particle A is speeding up while B is slowing
x(m) down
(b) both the particles are initially speeding up and
then slowing down
(c) (c) both the particles are initially slowing down and
(s)
then speeding up
10 20 30 60 70
(d) particle A is speeding up first and then slowing
x(m) down while particle B is slowing down first and
then speeding up
75. Mark the correct statement(s)
(a) Initial velocity of A is less than that of B.
(d)
(b) There is exactly one instant when both the
t(s)
10 20 30 60 70 particles have the same velocity.
71. The maximum displacement from the starting (c) There is no instant when both the particles have
position will be: same velocity.
(a) 200 m (b) 250 m (d) For time interval, 5 to 15 s average velocity of
(c) 160 m (d) 165 m both the particles are same.
72. Average speed from t = 0 to t = 70 s will be

16 24
(a) ms (b) ms
7 7
20
(c) ms (d) zero
7
73. Average acceleration from t = 10s to t =30 s is:
(a) 0 (b) 0.4
(c) 0.1 (d) 0.2
EXERCISE – 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. A particle is moving eastwards with a velocity of 3. A body starts from rest at time t = 0, the acceleration
5 m/s. In 10 s the velocity changes to 5 m/s time graph is shown in the figure. The maximum
northwards. The average acceleration in this time is velocity attained by the body will be
(1982)
(a) zero (2004)
1
(b) m/s2 towards north-east
2
1
(c) m/s2 towards north-west
2
1
(d) m/s2 toward north
2
2. A ball is dropped vertically from a height d above the
ground. It hits the ground and bounces up vertically (a) 110 m/s (b) 55 m/s
to a height d/2. Neglecting subsequent motion and air
(c) 650 m/s (d) 550 m/s
resistance, its velocity v varies with height h above
the ground as (2000) 4. A small block slides without friction down an
V inclined plane starting from rest. Let Sn be the
S
distance travelled from t = n – 1 to t = n. Then n
d Sn +1
h
is
(a)
(2004)
2n − 1 2n + 1
V (a) (b)
2n 2n − 1
2n − 1 2n
(b) (c) (d)
2n + 1 2n + 1
h
d
d
h
(c)
d
h
(d)
5. The velocity displacement graph of a particle moving

along a straight line is shown in figure. The most
suitable acceleration-displacement graph will be
(2005)
(a)
a
x
(b)
x
(c)
a
x
(d)
a
x

MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE MOTION 100
03
MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE
MOTION
SCAN CODE
Chapter
MOTION 03 AND RELATIVE MOTION
IN A PLANE 101
1. INTRODUCTION TO MOTION IN A PLANE 1.3 Instantaneous Velocity


 ∆v dr
=v lim=
∆t → 0 ∆t dt
1.1 Position Vector and displacement

 =
v v i+v j
ˆ
x
ˆ
y
The position vector r of a particle P located in a plane
with reference to the origin of an x-y coordinate system

is given by =
r xiˆ + yjˆ
Fig. 3.2
dx dy
where, vx = and v y =
dt dt
Fig. 3.1  
=
v v 2x + v 2y , v represents speed/magnitude of
Suppose the particle moves along the path as shown to
 velocity and
a new position P1 with the position vector r
vy
 tan θ =
=
r1 x1î + y1ˆj vx
change in position = displacement  vy 
or θ = tan −1  
 
( ) (
= r1 − r = x1î + y1ˆj − xiˆ + yjˆ )  vx 
(By vector addition) NOTE:

= ( x1 − x ) î + ( y1 − y ) ˆj The direction of instantaneous velocity at any point on
the path of an object is tangent to the path at that point
= ∆xiˆ + ∆yjˆ and is in the direction of motion.
from above figure we can see that
   1.4 Average Acceleration
∆ r = r1 − r 
 ∆v ∆v x ˆ ∆v y ˆ
a= = i+ j
1.2 Average Velocity ∆t ∆t ∆t
avg
 
 ∆ r ∆xiˆ + ∆yjˆ a = a î + a ˆj
v= =
avg x y
∆t ∆t
av
v = ∆v î + ∆v ˆj
avg x y
1.5 Instantaneous Acceleration

 dv dv x ˆ dv y ˆ
NOTE: =
a = i+ j
dt dt dt
 
Direction of the average velocity is same as that of ∆ r =
a a î + a ˆj
x y
SCAN CODE
2. PROJECTILE MOTION Horizontal axis Vertical axis

vx = ux + ax t Maximum height attained
2.1 Introduction
=
v x u cos θ by the particle
When a particle is projected obliquely from the earth’s
Method 1: Using time of
surface, it moves simultaneously in horizontal and It is independent of t ascent
vertical directions in a curved trajectory as depicted in and is constant
u sin θ
the diagram under. Motion of such a particle is called time of ascent, t =
g
projectile motion.
1
=
s y u y t + at 2
2
u sin θ
= u sin θ×
g
1 u 2 sin 2 θ
− g
2 g2
u 2 sin 2 θ
Fig. 3.3 H=
2g
2.2 Parameters in Projectile Motion
In this case a particle is projected at an angle θ with an Time of ascent = Maximum height attained
Time of descent by the particle
initial velocity u. For this particular case we will
At topmost point Method 2: Using third
calculate the following:
y=0 equation of motion
(a) time taken to reach A from O
⇒= 0 u sin θ − gt v 2y − u 2y =
2a y s y
(b) horizontal distance covered (OA)
u sin θ
(c) maximum height reached during the motion t1 = u 2 sin 2 θ
g H=
(d) velocity at any time ‘t’ during the motion 2g
u sin θ
Horizontal axis Vertical axis t 2 = T − t1 =
g
ux = u cos θ =u y u sin θ
ax = 0 T u sin θ
a y = −g t=
1 t=
2 =
(In the absence of any 2 g
external force ax is 1
=sy u y t + a y t 2
assumed to be zero) 2 2.3 Maximum Range
when the particle returns to
u 2 sin 2θ u2
same horizontal level, R= and R max =
vertical displacement is 0 g g
and time taken is called Range is maximum when sin 2θ is maximum
time of flight (T),
maximum value of sin 2θ = 1 or, θ = 45°
1
=0 u sin θT − gT 2
2
2.4 Analysis of Velocity in Case of a Projectile
2u sin θ 2u y
= T =
g g
sx = ux t + 1/2ax t2 vy = uy + ay t
x – 0 = u cosθ t It depends on time ‘t’
x = u cosθ × 2uy/g Its magnitude first
2u cos θ sin θ
2 decreases and then
x= becomes zero and then
g increases.
(2 cosθ sinθ = sin 2θ)
u 2 sin 2θ
x=
g
horizontal distance
covered is known as Fig. 3.4
Range From the above equations.
SCAN CODE
(i) v1x = v2x = v3x = v4x = ux = u cos θ Path of the projectile is a parabola
which means that the velocity along x-axis remains 2u 2 sin θ cos θ 2u 2 R
R= or =
constant g g sin θ cos θ
[as there is no external force acting along that direction] Substituting this value in the above equation we have,
(ii)  x
= x tan θ 1 − 
y
(a) magnitude of velocity along y-axis first decreases  R
and then it increases after the topmost point
(b) at topmost point magnitude of velocity is zero.
(c) direction of velocity is in the upward direction while
3. PROJECTILE MOTION FROM A HEIGHT
ascending and is in the downward direction while
descending. 3.1 Horizontal Direction:
(d) magnitude of velocity at A is same as magnitude of (i) Initial velocity ux = u

velocity at O; but the direction is changed (ii) Acceleration ax = 0
(e) angle which the net velocity makes with the
3.2 Vertical Direction:
horizontal can be calculated by
(i) Initial velocity uy = 0
v y velocity along y − axis
tan α
= = (ii) Acceleration ay = -g (downward)
v x velocity along x − axis
net velocity is always along the tangent.
2.5 Equation of Trajectory

Trajectory is the path traced by the body. To find the
trajectory we must find relation between y and x by
eliminating time.
[Ref. to the earlier diag.]
Horizontal Motion Vertical Motion Fig. 3.6

=
u x u cos θ =
u y u sin θ
The path traced by projectile is called its trajectory.
ax = 0 a y = −g After time t,
=
s x u cos=
θt x =
sy u y t + a y t 2 Horizontal displacement x = ut
x
t=  x  1
Vertical displacement y = − gt 2
u cos x =y u sin θ  
 u cos θ  2
1 x2 (Negative sign indicates that the direction of vertical
− g 2 displacement is downward.)
2 u cos 2 θ
gx 2 1 x2  x
=
y x tan θ − 2 ⇒= y bx − ax 2 =
So y =g 2  t  this is equation of a parabola
2 u  u
2u cos 2 θ
(i) This is an equation of a parabola Above equation is called trajectory equation.
(ii) Because the coefficient of x2 is negative, it is an
inverted parabola. The equations for this type motion will be:
● Time of flight
2h
Tf =
g
● Horizontal Range
Fig. 3.5
SCAN CODE
2h vy = 0
=
R u=
xt u
g y=0
● Trajectory Equation
1 x2  x
=y =g 2  t 
2 u  u
This is equation of parabola
● Along vertical direction
v=
2
y 02 + 2 ( h1 )( g )
v y = 2gh1
Along horizontal direction: Fig. 3.8

v=
x u=
x u
Projectile up an inclined plane
So, velocity
Motion along x-axis Motion along y-axis
v= v 2x + v 2y = u 2 + 2gh1 =
u x u cos θ =
u y u sin θ
ax =
−g sin α ay =
−g cos α
=
v x u cos θ − g sin αt =
v y u sin θ − g cos αt
4. PROJECTILE ON AN INCLINE 1
=
x u cos θt − g sin αt 2 1
=
y u sin θt − g cos αt 2
2 2
● Motion of a particle along upward the inclined
plane.
(i) Projectile up the plane
• Time of Flight
At point B displacement along y-direction is zero. So,
1
substituting the proper values in =
s y u y t + a y t 2 , we
2
get
1 2u sin θ
=0 u sin θt + ( −g cos α ) t 2 ⇒∴
= t 0 and
2 g cos α
2u sin θ
Fig. 3.7 t = 0, corresponds to initial point and t =
g cos α
ux = u corresponds to final point.
ax =
−g sin α 2u sin θ
Thus, T =
g cos α
u − ( g sin α ) t
vx =
• Range
1
ut − ( g sin α ) t 2
x=
2
Horizontal component of initial velocity is=
u x u cos θ
uy = 0
1
Range (R) =u x T − g sin αT 2
ay =
−g cos α 2
SCAN CODE
2u sin θ 1  2u sin θ 
2
ux = u
=u cos θ − g sin α  
g cos α 2  g cos α  ax =
+g sin α
u + ( g sin α ) t
v=
2u 2 sin θ cos θ 2u 2 sin 2 θ
= − sin α 1
g cos α g cos 2 α x= ut + ( g sin α ) t
2
 cos α cos θ − sin α sin θ  uy = 0
= 2u 2 sin θ  
 g cos 2 α  ay =
−g cos α
vy = 0
2u 2 sin θ cos(α + θ)
= y=0
g cos 2 α
C−D C+D
Using, sin C − sin D =
2sin   cos  ,
 2   2 
Range can also be written as,
u2
=R sin ( 2θ + α ) − sin α 
g cos 2 α 
This range will be maximum when
π π α
2θ + α= or θ= − and
2 4 2
u2
=
R max [1 − sin α ] Fig. 3.10
g cos 2 α
Here, also we can see that for α =0 , range is maximum Projectile down an inclined plane
π Motion along x-axis Motion along y-axis
at θ= or θ= 45°
4
=
u x u cos θ =
u y u sin θ
u2 u2 =
a x g sin α
=
And R max (1=− sin 0 ° ) =
a y g cos α
g cos 2 0° g =
v x u cos θ + g sin αt =
v y u sin θ − g cos αt
1 1
=
x u cos θt + g sin αt 2 =
y u sin θt − g cos αt 2
(ii) Projectile down the plane 2 2
● Motion of a particle along the downward inclined

plane.
Fig. 3.9
Fig. 3.11
SCAN CODE
Here, x and y-directions are down the plane and • In one dimension, since relative velocity is along
perpendicular to plane respectively as shown in figure. the line joining A and B, hence velocity of
approach /separation is simply equal to magnitude
Hence, u x = u cos θ, a x = g sin α
of relative velocity of A with respect to B.
uy =
u sin θ, a y =
−g cos α
Velocity of approach / separation in two dimensions
Proceeding in the similar manner, we get the following • It is the component of relative velocity of one
results: particle with respect to another, along the line
joining them.
2u sin θ u2
=
● T = ,R sin ( 2θ − α ) + sin α 
g cos α g cos 2 α  • If the separation is decreasing, we say it is velocity
of approach and if separation is increasing, then we
say it is velocity of separation.
5. RELATIVE MOTION
6. RIVER–BOAT PROBLEMS
Relative is a very general term. In physics we use
relative very often.
For e.g. In river–boat problems we come across the following
three terms:

v r = absolute velocity of river.

v br = velocity of boatman with respect to river and

v b = absolute velocity of boatman.
Fig. 3.12

Hence, it is important to note that v br is the velocity of
Case I: If you are stationary and you observe a car 
boatman with which he steers and v b is the actual
moving on a straight road then you say velocity of car
velocity of boatman relative to ground. Further
is 20 m/s which means velocity of car relative to you is   
v=b v br + v r
20 m/s or, velocity of car relative to the ground is 20
m/s. Now, let us derive some standard results and their
(As you are stationary on the ground.) special cases.
A boatman starts from point A on one bank of a river
Case II: If you go inside a car and observe you will 
with velocity v br in the direction shown in figure. River
find that the car is at rest while the road is moving 
is flowing along positive x–direction with velocity v r .
backwards. you will say:
velocity of car relative to the you is 0 m/s Width of the river is d. Then
  
Mathematically, velocity of B relative to A is v=b v r + v br
represented as
   Therefore, vbx = vrx + vbrx = vr – vbr sin θ
vBA = vB - v A
and vby = vry + vbry= 0 + vbr cosθ = vbr cosθ
This being a vector quantity direction is very important B
Velocity of Approach / Separation Vb

Vbr d
• It is the component of relative velocity of one Vr
particle with respect to another, along the line A
joining them.
Fig. 3.13
• If the separation is decreasing, we say it is velocity Now, time taken by the boatman to cross the river is:
of approach and if separation is increasing, then we
say it is velocity of separation.
SCAN CODE
Further, displacement along x–axis when he reaches on

the other bank (also called drift) is

Consider a man walking west with velocity v m ,
d 
or x   v r  v br sin   ...(ii) represented by OA . Let the rain be falling vertically
v br cos   
downwards with velocity v r , represented by OB as
shown in figure. To find the relative velocity of rain
Condition when the boatman crosses the river in 
shortest interval of time with respect to man (i.e., v rm .) bring the man at rest by

From eq. (i) we can see that time (t) will be minimum imposing a velocity  v m on man and apply this
when  = 0° i.e., the boatman should steer his boat velocity on rain also. Now the relative velocity of rain
perpendicular to the river current. with respect to man will be the resultant velocity of
   
Condition when the boatman wants to reach point

vr  OB  and 
vm  OC 
, which will be

B, i.e., at a point just opposite from where he started represented by diagonal OD of rectangle OBDC.
(shortest distance)
In this case, the drift (x) should be zero.  vrm  v2r  v2m  2vr vm cos90  v2r  v2m
x = 0
d
or  vr  vbr sin   0 or vr  vbr sin 
vbr cos 
vr  v 
or sin   or   sin  1  r 
v br  v br 
Hence, to reach point B the boatman should row at an
 vr 
angle   sin 1   upstream from AB.
 v br 
d d Fig. 3.14
t  
vb v  v2r
2
br If  is the angle which v rm makes with the vertical
direction, then
Since sin   1 So, if vr > vbr, the boatman can never
OD vm v 
reach at point B. Because if vr = vbr, tan    or   tan 1  m 
OB vr  vr 
sin = 1 or  = 90° and it is just impossible to reach at

B if  = 90°. Similarly, if vr > vbr, sin > 1, i.e., no such Here, angle  is the angle that vrm makes w.r.t vertical.
angle exists. Practically it can be realized in this manner
that it is not possible to reach at B if river velocity (vr) NOTE:
is too high.
In the above problem if the man wants to protect
himself from the rain, he should hold his umbrella in
the direction of relative velocity of rain with respect to
7. RELATIVE VELOCITY OF RAIN W.R.T THE
man i.e., the umbrella should be held making an angle 
MOVING MAN
(= tan–1 (vm/v)r) west of vertical.
SCAN CODE
Solved Examples
Example - 1
Sol. It is a one dimensional motion. So, let us choose the
Velocity and acceleration of a particle at time t = 0 are east direction as positive and the west as negative.

=
u ( 2iˆ + 3jˆ ) m / s and =a ( 4iˆ + 2ˆj) m / s 2 Now, given that
v A = velocity of Anoop = 1 m/s
respectively. Find the velocity and displacement of
particle at t = 2s. and v D = velocity of Dhyani = −2m / s
Sol. Here, acceleration =

a

( 4iˆ + 2ˆj) m / s 2
is constant.
Thus, v AD = velocity of Anoop with respect to Dhyani
= v A − v D = 1 − ( −2 ) = 3m / s
So, we can apply
1 Hence, velocity of Anoop with respect to Dhyani is
v= u + at and =
s ut + at 2 3 m/s due east.
2
Substituting the proper values, we get

( )
v = 2iˆ + 3jˆ + ( 2 ) 4iˆ + 2ˆj ( ) Example - 4
( )
Car A has an acceleration of 2 m/s2 due east and car B,
= 10iˆ + 7ˆj m / s 4 m/s2 due north. What is the acceleration of car B
with respect to car A?
( 2 ) ( 2iˆ + 3jˆ ) + ( 2 ) ( 4iˆ + 2ˆj)
 1
and =
2
s Sol.
2
= (12iˆ + 10ˆj) m
Therefore, velocity and displacement of particle
( )
at t = 2s are 10iˆ + 7ˆj m / s and 12iˆ + 10ˆj m ( )
respectively.
It is a two dimensional motion.
Therefore,
Example - 2
a BA = acceleration of car B with respect to car A
Velocity of a particle in x-y plane at any time t is = aB − aA

=
v ( )
2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj m / s
At t = 0, particle starts from the co-ordinates (2m, 4m).
Find acceleration of the particle at t = 1s.

 dv d
Sol. =
a =
dt dt
(
2tiˆ + 3t 2 ˆj )
= ( 2iˆ + 6tjˆ ) m / s 2 Here, a B = acceleration of car B
= 4m / s 2 (Due north)
At t = 1s,
And a A = acceleration of car A

=
a ( )
2iˆ + 6ˆj m / s 2 = 2m / s 2 (Due east)
a BA = ( 4) + ( 2) = 2 5m / s 2
2 2
Example - 3
−1  4 
  tan ( 2 )
−1
Anoop is moving due east with a velocity of 1 m/s and =
and α tan
=
Dhyani is moving due west with a velocity of 2 m/s. 2
What is the velocity of Anoop with respect to Dhyani? Thus, a BA is 2 5m / s 2 at an angle of α =tan −1 ( 2 )
from west towards north.
Example – 5
Car A and car B starts moving simultaneously in the

same direction along the line joining them. Car A
moves with a constant acceleration a = 4m / s 2 , while
car B moves with a constant velocity v = 1m / s . At
time t = 0, car A is 10 m behind car B. Find the time
when car A overtakes car B.
Sol.
Given,=
u A 0,=
u B 1m / s,=
a A 4m / s 2 and=
aB 0
Assuming car A to be at rest, we have
u AB =u A − u B =0 − 1 =−1m / s
a AB = a A − a B = 4 − 0 = 4m / s 2
Now, the problem can be assumed in simplified form w 30
(a) Time taken to cross the river, =
t = = 10s
as shown below. 3 3
(b) Drift along the river, x =( 6 )( t ) =6 × 10 =60m
Substituting the proper values in equation
1
=
s ut + at 2 ,
2
We get 10 =− t + ( 4 ) ( t 2 )
1 Example – 7
2
Or 2t − t − 10 =0
2 A man is walking with 3 m/s, due east. Rain is falling
vertically downwards with speed 4 m/s. Find the
1 ± 1 + 80
Or t = direction in which man should hold his umbrella, so
4 that rain does not wet him.
1 ± 81
= Sol. The man should hold his umbrella in the direction of
4 v rm or v r − v m
1± 9
=
4
Or t = 2.5 s and – 2s
Ignoring the negative value, the desired time is 2.5 s.
Example – 6
Width of a river is 30 m, river velocity is 2 m/s and

rowing velocity is 5 m/s at 37o from the direction of
river current
(a) Find the time taken to cross the river,
(b) Drift of the boatman while reaching the other
shore.
Sol.
OP = v r + ( − v m ) = v r − v m = v rm
3
⇒ tan θ =
4
3
⇒ θ= tan −1  = 37°
4
Example – 9
A river is 20 m wide. River speed is 3 m/s. A boat

starts with velocity perpendicular to river current.
Velocity of boat is 5 m/s. How far from the point
directly opposite to the starting point does the boat
reach the opposite bank?
Sol. Let the horizontal drift of the boat at the opposite bank
be L
Time taken by the boat to reach the opposite bank
d
t=
Vb
Therefore, man should hold his umbrella at an angle of 20

⇒ t= = 4s
37o east of vertical (or 37o from vertical towards east) 5
∴ L = Vw t = 3 × 4 = 12 m
Example – 8
Example – 10
A particle is moving in x-y plane. Its initial velocity
and acceleration are A river is flowing from west to east at a speed of 5

u= ( ) 
4iˆ + 8jˆ m / s and a = ( )
2iˆ − 4ˆj m / s 2 . metre/minute. A man on the south bank of the river,
capable of swimming at 10 metre/minute in still water,
Find the time when it crosses x-axis, wants to swim across the river in the shortest time. He
initial coordinates of particle are (4m, 10m). should swim in a direction,
 
Sol. Sol. Let v m and v r be velocities of the man and the river
current w.r.t. the ground.
The velocity of the man in still water is equal to the
relative velocity of the man w.r.t. water i.e.,
  
v m/=
r vm − vr
 
Let v m/ r and v m make angle α and θ with the north
direction.
Let d be the width of the river. The time taken by the
man to cross the river is given by
width of the river
t=
component of man velocity along north
d
Particle starts from point P. Components of its initial = 
v m cos θ
velocity and acceleration are shown in figure.
At the time of crossing the x-axis, its y-coordinate d
= 
should be zero or its y-displacement (w.r.t. initial point v m / r cos α
P) is – 10 m.
( PQ t v m=
=

cos θ t v m/ r cos α )
1
Using the equation, =
sy u y t + a y t 2 From above equation, t is minimum when denominator
2 
is maximum, Given, v m/ r = 10 metre/min, a constant.
1
−10 = 8t − × 4 × t 2 Thus, t become minimum when cos α =1
2
Solving this equation, we get positive value of time, i.e., α =0 . Hence, the man takes the shortest time
when he swims perpendicular to the river velocity i.e.,
t = 5s
towards north.

MOTION IN A PLANE 7. A body is thrown at angle 30° to the horizontal with
the velocity of 30 m/s. After 1 sec, its velocity will
Introduction to Motion in a Plane & Projectile Motion
be (in m/s) (g = 10 m/s2)
1. The co–ordinates of a moving particle at any time t
are given by x = αt3 and y = βt3. The speed of the (a) 10 7 (b) 700 10
particle at time t is given by (c) 100 7 (d) 40
(a) 3t α + β 2 2
(b) 3t 2
α +β
2 2
8. A projectile is fired at 30° to the horizontal. The
vertical component of its velocity is 80 ms–1. Its
(c) t 2 α 2 + β2 (d) α 2 + β2 time of flight is T. What will be the velocity of the
2. A particle has an initial velocity 3iˆ + 4ˆj and an projectile at t = T/2
acceleration of 0.4iˆ + 0.3jˆ . Its speed after 10 s is (a) 80 ms–1 (b) 80 3 ms–1
(a) 10 unit (b) 7 2 unit (c) (80/ 3 ) ms–1 (d) 40 ms–1
(c) 7 unit (d) 8.5 unit 9. For a given velocity, a projectile has the same range
R for two angles of projection. If t1 and t2 are the
3. A particle is moving with velocity=

v k yiˆ + xjˆ , ( ) times of flight in the two cases then
where k is a constant. The general equation for its (a) t1 t 2 ∝ R 2 (b) t1 t 2 ∝ R
path is
1 1
(a) y = x2 + constant (b) y2 = x + constant (c) t1 t 2 ∝ (d) t1 t 2 ∝
R R2
(c) xy = constant (d) y2 = x2 + constant
10. If for a given angle of projection, the horizontal
4. In a projectile motion, velocity at maximum height
range is doubled, the time of flight becomes
is
(a) 4 times (b) 2 times
u cos θ
(a) (b) u cos θ (c) 2 times (d) 1 / 2 times
2
u sin θ 11. A boy playing on the roof of a 10m high building
(c) (d) None of these throws a ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of
2
30o with the horizontal. How far from the throwing
5. Two projectiles A and B are projected with angle of
point will the ball be at the height of 10 m from the
projection 30° for the projectile A and 45° for the
ground?
projectile B. If R A and R B are the horizontal
1 3
ranges for the two projectiles, then (g = 10 m/s2, sin 30o = , cos 30° = )
2 2
(a) R A =R B
(a) 8.66 m (b) 5.20 m
(b) R A >R B
(c) 4.33 m (d) 2.60 m
(c) R A <R B 12. Which of the following sets of factors will affect the
(d) the information is insufficient to decide the horizontal distance covered by an athlete in a long–
relation of R A and R B jump event
6. Two bullets are fired with horizontal velocities of (a) Speed before he jumps and his weight
50 m/s and 100 m/s from two guns placed at a height (b) The direction in which he leaps and the initial
of 19.6 m. Which bullet will strike the ground first? speed
(a) First (c) The force with which he pushes the ground and
(b) Second his speed
(c) Simultaneously (d) The direction in which he leaps and the weight
(d) None of these
13. For a projectile, the ratio of maximum height (a) 3u 2 / 2g (b) u2/3g
reached to the square of flight time is (g = 10 ms–2)
(c) 3u2/2g (d) 3u2/g
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 5 : 2
21. A projectile is thrown from a point in a horizontal
(c) 5 : 1 (d) 10 : 1 plane such that its horizontal and vertical velocity
14. A cricketer can throw a ball to a maximum components are 9.8 m/s and 19.6 m/s respectively.
horizontal distance of 100 m. The speed with which Its horizontal range is
he throws the ball is (to the nearest integer) (a) 4.9 m (b) 9.8 m
(a) 30 ms–1 (b) 42 ms–1 (c) 19.6 m (d) 39.2 m
(c) 32 ms–1 (d) 35 ms–1 22. A ball thrown by one player reaches the other in 2
15. If two bodies are projected at 30° and 60° sec. the maximum height attained by the ball above
respectively, with the same speed, then the point of projection will be about
(a) Their ranges are same (a) 10 m (b) 7.5 m
(b) Their heights are same (c) 5 m (d) 2.5 m
(c) Their times of flight are same 23. If the initial velocity of a projectile be doubled.
(d) All of these Keeping the angle of projection same, the maximum
height reached by it will
16. A particle covers 50 m distance when projected with
an initial speed. On the same surface it will cover a (a) Remain the same (b) Be doubled
distance, when projected with double the initial (c) Be quadrupled (d) Be halved
speed 24. The maximum horizontal range of a projectile is 400
(a) 100 m (b) 150 m m. The maximum height attained by it will be
(c) 200 m (d) 250 m (a) 100 m (b) 200 m
17. The speed of a projectile at the highest point (c) 400 m (d) 800 m
1 25. Two bodies are projected with the same velocity. If
becomes times its initial speed. The horizontal
2 one is projected at an angle of 30° and the other at
range of the projectile will be an angle of 60° to the horizontal, the ratio of the
maximum heights reached is
u2 u2
(a) (b) (a) 3 : 1 (b) 1 : 3
g 2g
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1
u2 u2 26. If time of flight of a projectile is 10 seconds. Range
(c) (d)
3g 4g is 500 m. The maximum height attained by it will be
18. A projectile is projected with initial velocity (a) 125 m (b) 50 m
(6iˆ + 8j)m
ˆ / sec. If g = 10 ms–2, then horizontal (c) 100 m (d) 150 m
range is 27. At the top of the trajectory of a projectile, the
directions of its velocity and acceleration are
(a) 4.8 metre (b) 9.6 metre
(a) Perpendicular to each other
(c) 19.2 metre (d) 14.0 metre
(b) Parallel to each other
19. A projectile thrown with an initial speed u and angle
(c) Inclined to each other at an angle of 45°
of projection 15° to the horizontal has a range R. If
the same projectile is thrown at an angle of 45° to (d) Antiparallel to each other
the horizontal with speed 2u, its range will be 28. A man projects a coin upwards from the gate of a
(a) 12 R (b) 3 R uniformly moving train. The path of coin for the
man will be
(c) 8 R (d) 4 R
(a) Parabolic
20. The velocity at the maximum height of a projectile
is half of its initial velocity of projection u. Its range (b) Inclined straight line
on the horizontal plane is (c) Vertical straight line
(d) Horizontal straight line
29. In a projectile motion, the velocity 35. A ball is thrown from a point with a speed v0 at an
(a) Is always perpendicular to the acceleration angle of projection θ. From the same point and at the
same instant a person starts running with a constant
(b) Is never perpendicular to the acceleration
speed v0/2 to catch the ball. Will the person be able
(c) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for one to catch the ball? If yes, what should be the angle of
instant only projection?
(d) Is perpendicular to the acceleration for two (a) yes, 60° (b) yes, 30°
instants (c) no (d) yes, 45°
30. A particle is thrown upward with a speed u at an 36. A particle of mass m is projected with velocity v
angle θ with the horizontal. When the particle makes making an angle of 45° with the horizontal. When
an angle φ with the horizontal, its speed changes to the particle lands on the level ground the magnitude
 
v, then of the change in its momentum (p = mv) will be:
(a) v= u cos θ cos φ (b) v= u cos θ sec φ (a) 2 mv
=
(c) v u cos θ (d) v = u sec θ cos φ mv
(b)
2
31. A cricket ball is thrown with a velocity of 15 m/s at
an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The time of (c) mv 2
flight of the ball will be (g = 10 m/s2) (d) zero
(a) 1.5 s (b) 2.5 s 37. A particle is projected at 60° to the horizontal with a
(c) 3.5 s (d) 4.5 s  1 
kinetic energy  K = mu 2  . The kinetic energy at
32. A stone is thrown at an angle θ to the horizontal  2 
reaches a maximum height h. The time of flight of the highest point is
the stone is (a) K (b) zero
(a) (2h sin θ) /g (b) 2 (2h sin θ) /g K K

(c) (d)
4 2
(c) 2 (2h) /g (d) (2h) /g 38. A water fountain on the ground sprinkles water all
around it. If the speed of water coming out of the
33. Which of the following is largest, when the height fountain is v, the maximum area around the fountain
attained by the projectile is the largest that can get wet is:
(a) Range
v4 π v4
(a) π (b)
(b) Time of flight g2 2 g2
(c) Angle of projectile with vertical
v2 v2
(c) π (d) π
(d) None of these g2 g
 1  39. A boy can throw a stone up to a maximum height of
34. A ball whose kinetic energy is  E = mu 2  , is
 2  10 m. The maximum horizontal distance that the boy
projected at an angle of 45° to the horizontal. The can throw the same stone up to will be
kinetic energy of the ball at the highest point of its (a) 20 2 m (b) 10 m
flight will be
(c) 10 2 m (d) 20 m
E
(a) E (b) 40. The maximum range of a gun on horizontal terrain is
2
1.0 km. If g = 10ms −2 , what must be the muzzle
E
(c) (d) zero velocity of the shell?
2
(a) 400 m/s (b) 200 m/s
(c) 100 m/s (d) 50 m/s
Projectile Motion from a Height & Projectile on an

Incline (a) 1 km (b) 2 km
41. An aeroplane is moving with a horizontal velocity u (c) 4 km (d) 6 km
at a height h above the ground. If a packet is
47. A projectile is projected from the foot of an incline
dropped from it the speed of the packet when it
of angle 30o with a velocity 30 m/s. The angle of
reaches the ground will be
projection as measured from the horizontal is 60o.
(a) (u 2 + 2gh)1/ 2 (b) (2 gh)1/ 2 What would be its speed when the projectile is
parallel to the incline?
(c) (u 2 − 2 gh)1/ 2 (d) 2 gh
(a) 10 m/s (b) 2 3 m/s
42. A boy playing on the roof of a 10 m high building
throws a ball with a speed of 10 m/s at an angle of (c) 5 3 m/s (d) 10 3 m/s
30° with the horizontal. How far from the throwing
48. Find range of projectile on the inclined plane which
point will the ball be at the height of 10 m from the
is projected perpendicular to the inclined plane with
1
ground? [g = 10 m/s2, = sin 30° ,=
cos 30° 0.866 velocity 20 m/s as shown in figure:
2
]
(a) 5.20 m (b) 4.33 m
(c) 2.60 m (d) 8.66 m
43. An inclined plane is making an angle β with
horizontal. A projectile is projected from the bottom
of the plane with a speed u at an angle α with (a) 55 m (b) 75 m
horizontal then its maximum range R max is (c) 84 m (d) 100 m
49. Find time of flight of a projectile thrown
u2 u2
(a) R max = (b) R max = horizontally with speed 10ms −1 from a long-inclined
g (1 − sin β ) g (1 + sin β )
plane which makes an angle of θ= 45° with the
(c) R max =
u
(d) R max =
u horizontal (Take g = 10ms −2 )
g (1 − sin β ) g (1 + sin β )
(a) 2 sec (b) 2 2 sec
44. For a given velocity of projection from a point on
(c) 2 sec (d) none
the inclined plane, the maximum range down the
plane is three times the maximum range up the 50. The range of projectile on a downward inclined
incline. Then, the angle of inclination of the inclined plane is ……… the range on upward inclined plane
plane is for the same velocity of projection and angle of
projection.
(a) 30o (b) 45o
(a) less than (b) more than
(c) 60o (d) 90o
(c) equal to (d) none of these
45. A shell is fired from a gun from the bottom of a hill
along its slope. The slope of the hill is α= 30° and
the angle of the barrel to the horizontal β= 60° . The RELATIVE MOTION
initial velocity v of the shell is 21 m/sec. Then Relative Velocity in one & two Dimensions
distance of point from the gun at which shell will 51. A man projects a coin upwards from the gate of a
fall uniformly moving train. The path of coin for the
(a) 10 m (b) 20 m man will be
(c) 30 m (d) 40 m (a) Parabolic
46. The maximum range of rifle bullet on the horizontal (b) Inclined straight line
ground is 6 km its maximum range on an inclined of (c) Vertical straight line
30o will be (d) Horizontal straight line
52. A body is at rest at x = 0. At t = 0, it starts moving in 56. A small body is dropped from a rising balloon. A
the positive x-direction with a constant acceleration. person A stands on ground, while another person B
At the same instant another body passes through is on the balloon. Choose the correct statement:
x = 0 moving in the positive x-direction with a Immediately, just after the body is released.
constant speed. The position of the first body is (a) A and B, both feel that the body is coming
given by x1(t) after time t and that of the second (going) down.
body by x2(t) after the same time interval. Which of (b) A and B, both feel that the body is going up.
the following graphs correctly describes (x1 – x2) as (c) A feel that the body is coming down, while B
a function of time? feels that the body is going up.
(x1 – x2)
(d) A feel that the body is going up, while B feels
(x1 – x2)
that the body is going down.
57. A policeman moving on a highway with a speed of
30 kmh −1 fires a bullet at a thief's car speeding
(a) (b) away in the same direction with a speed of
t t
O O 192 kmh −1 . If the muzzle speed of the bullet is
(x1 – x2) (x1 – x2) 150 ms −1 with what speed does the bullet hit the
thief's car?
(a) 120 m/s (b) 90 m/s
(c) 125 m/s (d) 105 m/s
(c) (d)
t 58. A bird is flying towards north with a velocity
O t
O 40 km/h and a train is moving with a velocity
53. A bus starts from rest with an acceleration of 1 m/s2. 40 km/h towards east. What is the velocity of the
A man who is 48 m behind the bus starts with a bird noted by a man in the train?
uniform velocity of 10 m/s. Then the minimum time (a) 40 2 km h N − E (b) 40 2 km h S − E
after which the man will catch the bus:
(c) 40 2 km h N − W (d) 40 2 km h S − W
(a) 4 s (b) 10 s
(c) 12 s (d) 8 s
River-boat & Rain-man Problems
54. A 100 m long train at 15 m/s overtakes a man 59. A swimmer jumps from a bridge over a canal and
running on the platform in the same direction in swims 1 km upstream. After that first km, he passes
10 s. How long the train will take to cross the man if a floating cork. He continues swimming for half an
he was running in the opposite direction? hour and then turns around and swims back to the
(a) 7 s (b) 5 s bridge. The swimmer and the cork reach the bridge
(c) 3 s (d) 1 s at the same time. The swimmer has been swimming
at a constant speed. How fast does the water in the
55. A particle is moving eastwards with a velocity of
canal flow?
5 m/s. In 10s the velocity changes to 5 m/s
northwards. The average acceleration in this time is (a) 1.5 km/h (b) 2 km/h
(c) 4 km/h (d) 1 km/h
(a) zero
60. A river is flowing from east to west at a speed of
1
(b) ms −2 towards north 5 m/min. A man on south bank of river, capable of
2 swimming 10 m/min in still water, wants to swim
1 across the river in the shortest time; he should swim:
(c) ms −2 towards north–east
2 (a) due north
(b) due north-east
1
(d) ms −2 towards north–west (c) due north-east with double the speed of river
2
(d) none of the above
61. A steamer moves with velocity 3 km/h in and 66. A river is flowing from west to east at a speed of
against the direction of river water whose velocity is 5 m/min. A man on the south bank of the river,
2 km/h. Calculate the total time for total journey if capable of swimming at 10 m/min in still water,
the boat travels 2 km in the direction of steam and wants to swim across the river in the shortest time.
then back to its place: Finally, he will swim in a direction
(a) 2 hrs (b) 2.5 hrs
(a) tan −1 ( 2 ) E of N (b) tan −1 ( 2 ) N of E
(c) 2.4 hrs (d) 3 hrs
62. A boat crosses a river of width 1 km along the (c) 30°E of N (d) 60°E of N
shortest path in 15 minutes. If the speed of boat in 67. A boat which has a speed of 5 km/h in still water
still water is 5 km/hr, then what is the speed of the crosses a river of width 1 km along the shortest
river? possible path in 15 min. The velocity of the river
(a) 1 km/hr (b) 3 km/hr water in km per hour is
(c) 2 km/hr (d) 5 km/hr (a) 1 (b) 3
−1
63. Ship A is travelling with a velocity of 5 kmh due (c) 4 (d) 41
east. The second ship is heading 30° east of north.
68. Rain is falling vertically downwards with a speed of
What should be the speed of second ship if it is to
4 kmh −1 . A girl moves on a straight, horizontal road
remain always due north with respect to the first
ship? with a velocity of 3 kmh −1 . The apparent velocity of
rain with respect to the girl is
(a) 10 kmh −1 (b) 9 kmh −1
(a) 3 kmh −1 (b) 4 kmh −1
(c) 8 kmh −1 (d) 7 kmh −1
64. A man swims from a point A on one bank of a river (c) 5 kmh −1 (d) 7 kmh −1
of width 100 m. When he swims perpendicular to 69. A man is walking on a road with a velocity 3kmh −1 .
the water current, he reaches the other bank 50 m Suddenly rain starts falling. The velocity of rain is
downstream. The angle to the bank at which he
10 kmh −1 in vertically downward direction. The
should swim, to reach the directly opposite point B
on the other bank is relative velocity of the rain w.r.t. man is
(a) 7 kmh −1 (b) 13 kmh −1
(c) 13kmh −1 (d) 109 kmh −1

70. Rain is falling vertically with a velocity of 25 ms −1 .
A woman rides a bicycle with a speed of 10 ms −1 in
the north to south direction. What is the direction
(angle with vertical) in which she should hold her
(a) 10o upstream (b) 20o upstream
umbrella to safe herself from the rain?
(c) 30o upstream (d) 60o upstream
(a) tan −1 ( 0.4 ) (b) tan −1 (1)
65. A boat is sent across (perpendicular) a river with a
velocity of 8 kmh −1 . If the resultant velocity of the (c) tan −1 ( 3) (d) tan −1 ( 2.6 )
−1
boat is 10 kmh , the river is flowing with a velocity
(a) 6 kmh −1 (b) 8 kmh −1
(c) 10 kmh −1 (d) 128 kmh −1

EXERCISE – 2 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously from the 2. A car is standing 200 m behind a bus, which is also
edge of a cliff 240 m high with initial speed of at rest. The two start moving at the same instant but
10 m/s and 40 m/s respectively. Which of the with different forward accelerations. The bus has
following graph best represents the time variation of acceleration 2 m/s2 and the car has acceleration
relative position of the second stone with respect to 4 m/s2. The car will catch up with the bus after a
the first? (assume stones do not rebound after hitting time of: (2017)
the ground and neglect air resistance, take
g = 10 m/s2) (The figures are schematic and not (a) 110s (b) 120s
drawn to scale.)
(c) 10 2s (d) 15 s
(2015)
(a) 3. A man in a car at location Q on a straight highway is
moving with speed v. He decides to reach a point P
in a field at a distance d from the highway (from
point M) as shown in the figure. Speed of the car in
the field is half of that on the highway. What should
be the distance RM, so that the time taken to reach P
is minimum?
(2018)
(b)
d
(a) d (b)
2
(c) d d
(c) (d)
2 3
4. The position co-ordinates of a particle moving in a
3-D coordinate system is given by
x = a cos ωt
y = a sin ωt
and z = a ωt
The speed of the particle is: (2019)
(d)
(a) 2 aω (b) aω
(c) 3aω (d) 2aω

5. In a car race on straight road, car A takes a time t (a) R2 = 4 h1 h2 (b) R2 = 16 h1 h2

less than car B at the finish and passes finishing (c) R2 = 2 h1 h2 (d) R2 = h1 h2
point with a speed 'v' more than that of car B. Both 11. A particle is moving with a velocity
the cars start from rest and travel with constant
acceleration a1 and a2 respectively. Then 'v' is equal
=

( )
v K yiˆ + xjˆ , where K is a constant. The general
to: (2019) equation for its path is: (2019)

2 2
2a1 a 2 (a) y = x + constant (b) y = x + constant
(a) t (b) 2a1 a 2 t
a1 + a 2 2 2
(c) y = x + constant (d) xy = constant
a1 + a 2 12. Two guns A and B can fire bullets at speeds 1 km/s
(c) a1 a 2 t (d) t and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a
2
horizontal ground, they fire bullets in all possible
6. ( )
A particle moves from the point 2.0iˆ + 4.0ˆj m , at t directions. The ratio of maximum areas covered by
( )
= 0, with an initial velocity 5.0iˆ + 4.0ˆj ms −1 . It is
the bullets fired by the two guns, on the ground is:
(2019)
acted upon by a constant force which produces a (a) 1:16 (b) 1:2
( )
constant acceleration 4.0iˆ + 4.0ˆj ms −2 . What is the (c) 1:4 (d) 1:8
distance of the particle from the origin at time 2 s? 13. A body is projected at t = 0 with a velocity 10ms–1 at
(2019) an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The radius of
curvature of its trajectory at t = 1 s is R. Neglecting
(a) 15 m (b) 20 2m
air resistance and taking acceleration due to gravity
(c) 5 m (d) 10 2m g = 10 ms–2, the value of R is
7. The stream of a river is flowing with a speed of (2019)
2 km/h. A swimmer can swim at a speed of 4 km/h. (a) 10.3 m (b) 2.8 m
What should be the direction of the swimmer with (c) 2.5 m (d) 5.1 m
respect to the flow of the river to cross the river
14. A passenger train of length 60 m travels at a speed
straight? (2019)
of 80 km/h. Another freight train of length 120 m
(a) 90° (b) 150°
travels at a speed of 30 km/h. The ratio of time taken
(c) 120° (d) 60° by the passenger train to completely cross the freight
8. The position vector of a particle changes with time train when they are moving in same direction to that

according to the relation r ( t = ( )
) 15t 2 î + 4 − 20t 2 ˆj. when they are in the opposite directions is
What is the magnitude of the acceleration at t = 1 (in (2019)
proper units)? (2019) 11 5
(a) (b)
(a) 40 (b) 25 5 2
(c) 100 (d) 50 3 25
9. A shell is fired from a fixed artillery gun with an (c) (d)
2 11
initial speed u such that it hits the target on the
15. A person standing on an open ground hears the
ground at a distance R from it. If t1 and t2 are the
sound of a jet aeroplane, coming from north at an
values of the time taken by it to hit the target in two
angle 60o with ground level. But he finds the
possible ways, the product t1t2 is: (2019)
aeroplane right vertically above his position. If ‘v’ is
R R the speed of sound, speed of the plane is nv, where n
(a) (b)
4g g is:
R 2R (2019)
(c) (d)
2g g 3 2
(a) (b)
10. Two particles are projected from the same point with 2 3
same speed u such that they have the same range R,
1
but different maximum height, h1 and h2. Which of (c) 1 (d)
the following is correct? (2019) 2
−1  2 
16. Ship A is sailing towards north-east with velocity 3 −1
 =(c) θ sin
=   and v ms
=
v 30iˆ + 50ˆj km/hr, where î points east and ĵ  5 5
north. Ship B is at a distance of 80 km east and
−1  1  5 −1
150 km north of Ship A and is sailing towards west =(d) θ sin
=   and v ms
 5  3
at 10 km/hr. A will be at minimum distance from B
in: 20. A particle moves such that its position vector

(2019) r ( t )= cos ωtiˆ + sin ωt ˆj , where ω is a constant
(a) 4.2 hr (b) 2.6 hr and t is time. Then which of the following

statements is true for the velocity v ( t ) and
(c) 3.2 hr (d) 2.2 hr

17. A ball is thrown upward with an initial acceleration a ( t ) of the particle?
velocity V0 from the surface of the earth. The (2020)
  
motion of the ball is affected by a drag force equal (a) v and a both are perpendicular to r
mγv 2 (where m is mass of the ball, v is its   
(b) v and r both are parallel to r
instantaneous velocity and γ is a constant). Time   
(c) v is perpendicular to r and a is directed away
taken by the ball to rise to its zenith is: from the origin
(2019)   
(d) v is perpendicular to r and a is directed
1  γ  1  γ  towards the origin
(a) tan −1  V0  (b) sin −1  V0 
( γg) γg 21. A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 with an
 g   g  
initial velocity of u = 3iˆ from origin and moves in
1  γ  1  2γ  the x-y plane with a constant acceleration
(c) ln  V0  (d) tan −1  V0 
γg  g  2γ g  g  =

( )
a 6iˆ + 4ˆj m/s2. The x -coordinate of the particle
18. A plane is inclined at an angle α= 30° with respect at the instant when its y-coordinate is 32m is D
to the horizontal. A particle is projected with a speed meters. The value of D is: (2020)
u = 2ms −1 , from the base of the plane, as shown in (a) 60 (b) 50
figure. The distance from the base, at which the (c) 32 (d) 40
particle hits the plane is close to: (Take g = 10ms −2 ) 22. Train A and train B are running on parallel tracks in
the opposite directions with speeds of 36 km/hour
and 72 km/hour, respectively. A person is walking
in train A in the direction opposite to its motion with
a speed of 1.8 km/hour. Speed (in ms–1) of this
person as observed from train B will be close to :
(2019) (take the distance between the tracks as negligible)
(a) 20 cm (b) 18 cm (2020)

−1 −1
(c) 26 cm (d) 14 cm (a) 29.5 ms (b) 30.5 ms
19. The trajectory of a projectile near the surface of the (c) 31.5 ms −1 (d) 28.5 ms −1
earth is given as =
y 2x − 9x 2 . If it were launched 23. Starting from the origin at time t = 0, with initial
at an angle θ with speed v then (g = 10 ms–2): velocity 5 ĵms −1 , a particle moves in the x – y plane
(2019) with a constant acceleration of (10iˆ + 4ˆj) ms −2 . At
=(a) θ cos
= −1  1  5 −1 time t, its coordinates are ( 20 m, y 0 m ) . The values
  and v ms
 5 3
of t and y 0 are, respectively: (2020)
−1  2  3 (a) 5 s and 25 m (b) 2 s and 18 m
=(b) θ cos
=   and v ms −1
 5 5 (c) 2 s and 24 m (d) 4 s and 52 m
24. When a car is at rest, its driver sees rain drops 27. A mosquito is moving with a velocity
falling on it vertically. When driving the car with 
v= 0.5 t 2 î + 3 t ˆj + 9 kˆ m / s and accelerating in
speed v, he sees that rain drops are coming at an
uniform conditions. What will be the direction of
angle 60º from the horizontal. On further increasing
mosquito after 2s? (2021)
the speed of the car to (1 + β)v, this angle changes to
45º. The value of β is close to: (2020) 2
(a) tan −1   from y-axis
(a) 0.50 (b) 0.73 3
5
(c) 0.37 (d) 0.41 (b) tan −1   from x-axis
25. A particle is moving along the x-axis with its 2
coordinate with time t given by x(t)= −3t2 + 8t + 10 2
(c) tan −1   from x-axis
m. Another particle is moving along the y-axis with 3
its coordinate as a function of time given by
y = 5 − 8t3 m. At t = 1 s, the speed (in m/s) of the 5
(d) tan −1   from y-axis
second particle as measured in the frame of the first 2
particle is given as v . Then v(in m/s) is 28. A swimmer can swim with velocity of 12 km/h in
_________. (2020) still water. Water flowing in a river has velocity 6
km/h. The direction with respect to the direction of
26. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is
flow of river water he should swim in order to reach
y = αx − β x 2 where α and β are constants and x the point on the other bank just opposite to his
& y are respectively the horizontal and vertical starting point is. (Round off to the Nearest Integer)
distances of the projectile from the point of (Find the angle in degrees) (2021)
projection. The angle of projection θ and the
maximum height attained H are respectively given
by
(2021)
4α 2 α2
(a) tan −1 α, (b) tan −1 α,
β 4β
β α α2
2
(c) tan −1   , (d) tan −1 β,
α β 2β
EXERCISE – 3 : ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Single Choice Questions 7. A particle A is projected from the ground with an
1. There are two values of time for which a projectile is initial velocity of 10 m/s at an angle of 60° with
at the same height. The sum of these two times is horizontal. From what height h should another
equal to particle B be projected horizontally with velocity
(a) 3T/2 (b) 4T/3 5 m/s so that both the particles collide in ground at
(c) 3T/4 (d) T point C if both are projected simultaneously
(T = time of flight of the projectile) (g = 10 m/s2)
2. The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is B 5 m/s
y = ax – bx2, where a and b are constants and x and y
are respectively horizontal and vertical distance of
h
the projectile from the point of projection. The 10 m/s
maximum height attained by the particle and the 60°
angle of projection from the horizontal are A C
2 2 (a) 10 m (b) 30 m
b a
(a) , tan −1 ( b ) (b) , tan −1 ( 2a )
2a b (c) 15 m (d) 25 m
a 2
2a 2 8. A particle is projected at an angle of 60° above the
(c) , tan −1 ( a ) (d) , tan −1 ( a ) horizontal with a speed of 10 m/s. After some time
4b b
the direction of its velocity makes an angle of 30°
3. A particle moves in the x-y plane according to the
above the horizontal. The speed of the particle at this
law x = kt and y =kt (1 – at), where k and a are
instant is
positive constants and t is time. What is the equation
of trajectory of the particle? 5
(a) m/s (b) 5 3 m / s
αx 2 3
(a) y = kx (b) y= x −
k 10
(c) 5 m/s (d) m/s
αx 2 3
(c) y = (d) y = αx
k 9. In projectile motion, the modulus of rate of change
4. The equation of motion of a projectile is of speed
3
=y 12x − x 2 . Given that g =10 ms–2, what is the (a) is constant
4 (b) first increases then decreases
range of the projectile
(c) first decreases then increases
(a) 12.4 m (b) 16 m
(d) none of these
(c) 30.6 m (d) 36.0 m
5. A ball is dropped from the top of a tower in a high- 10. Two particles A and B are projected simultaneously
speed wind. The wind exerts a steady force on the from a point situated on a horizontal plane. The
ball. The path followed by the ball will be particle A is projected vertically up with a velocity
(a) Parabola (b) Circular arc uA while the particle B is projected up at an angle of
(c) Elliptical arc (d) Straight line 30° with horizontal with a velocity uB. After 5 sec
6. A particle is projected from the ground with an the particles were observed moving mutually
initial speed of u at an angle θ with horizontal. The perpendicular to each other. The velocity of
average velocity of the particle between its point of projection of the particle uA and uB respectively are
projection and highest point of trajectory is (a) 50 ms–1, 100 m/s
u u (b) 100 ms–1, 50 ms–1
(a) 1 + 2 cos 2 θ (b) 1 + cos 2 θ
2 2 (c) uA > 25 m/s and uB <50 m/s
u
(c) 1 + 3cos 2 θ (d) u cos θ (d) none of these
2
11. A projectile is fired at an angle of 30° to the 16. A projectile is thrown in the upward direction
horizontal such that the vertical component of its making an angle of 60° with the horizontal
initial velocity is 80 m/s. Its time of flight is T. Its direction with a velocity of 147 ms–1. Then the time
velocity at t = T/4 has a magnitude of nearly after which its inclination with the horizontal is 45°
(a) 200 m/s (b) 300 m/s is
(c) 140 m/s (d) 100 m/s (a) 15 s (b) 10.98 s
12. A particle A is projected vertically upwards. (c) 5.49 s (d) 2.745 s
Another particle B of same mass is projected at an
17. From the top of a tower of height 40 m a ball is
angle of 45°. Both reach the same height. The ratio
projected upwards with a speed of 20 m/s at an
of the initial kinetic energy of A to that of B is
angle of elevation of 30o. Then the ratio of the total
1
[given KE = mv 2 ] time taken by the ball to hit the ground to its time of
2 flight (time taken to come back to the same
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1 elevation) is (take g = 10 ms2)
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 :1 (a) 2:1 (b) 3:1
13. A body of mass m is thrown upwards at an angle θ (c) 3:2 (d) 4:1
with the horizontal with velocity v. While rising up 18. Three identical balls are thrown with same speed at
the velocity of the mass after t seconds will be angles of 15°, 45° and 75° with the horizontal
(a) (v cos θ) 2 + (v sin θ) 2 respectively. The ratio of their distances from the
point of projection to the point where they hit the
(b) (v cos θ − v sin θ) 2 − gt ground will be
(c) v 2 + g 2 t 2 − (2 v sin θ) gt (a) 1: 2 :1 (b) 1 : 2 : 1

(c) 2 : 4 : 3 (d) 1: 2 : 3
(d) v 2 + g 2 t 2 − (2 v cos θ) gt
19. A projectile is thrown at an angle of 40° with the
14. From the top of a tower 19.6 m high, a ball is horizontal and its range is R1. Another projectile is
thrown horizontally. If the line joining the point of
thrown at an angle 40° with the vertical and its range
projection to the point where it hits the ground
is R2. What is the relation between R1 and R2?
makes an angle of 45° with the horizontal, then the
initial velocity of the ball is (a) R1 = R2 (b) R1 = 2 R2
(a) 9.8 ms–1 (b) 4.9 ms–1 (c) R2 = 2 R1 (d) R1 = 4 R2/5
(c) 14.7 ms–1 (d) 2.8 ms–1 20. A cricketer hits a ball with a velocity 25 m/s at 60°
15. A particle is projected with a speed V from a point above the horizontal. How far (approximately)
O making an angle of 30° with the vertical. At the above the ground it passes over a fielder 50 m from
same instant, a second particle is thrown vertically the bat (assume the ball is struck very close to the
upwards with a velocity v from a point A. The two ground)
particles reach H, the highest point on the parabolic (a) 8.2 m (b) 9.0 m
V
path of particle simultaneously. Then ratio is (c) 11.6 m (d) 12.7 m
v
21. From a point on the ground at a distance 2 metres
from the foot of a vertical wall, a ball is thrown at an
angle of 45° which just clears the top of the wall and
afterward strikes the ground at a distance 4m on the
other side. The height of the wall is
2 3
(a) m (b) m
3 4
1 4
(a) 3 2 (b) 2 3 (c) m (d) m
3 3
2 3
(c) (d)
3 2
22. Two projectiles A and B are projected with same 28. A body is projected at an angle of 30° with the
speed and angle of projection 30° for the projectile horizontal with speed 30 m/s. What is the angle with
A and 45° for the projectile B. If RA and RB are the the horizontal after 1.5 seconds? Take g = 10 m/s2.
horizontal ranges for the two projectiles, then (a) 0° (b) 30°
(a) RA = RB (c) 60° (d) 90°
(b) RA > RB 29. From certain height, two bodies are projected
horizontally with velocities 10 m/s and 20 m/s. They
(c) RA < RB
hit the ground in t1 and t2 seconds. Then
(d) the information is insufficient to decide the
(a) t1 = t2 (b) t1 = 2 t2
relation of RA and RB
23. A projectile is projected at an angle of 15° to the (c) t2 = 2 t1 (d) t1 = 2 t 2
horizontal with some speed v. If another projectile is 30. A body is projected with velocity v1 from the point
projected with the same speed, then it must be
A as shown in figure. At the same time, another
projected at what angle (other than 15°) with the
body is projected vertically upwards from B with
horizontal so as to have the same range.
velocity v2. The point B lies vertically below the
(a) It is never possible (b) 12.5°
v2
(c) 75° (d) 65° highest point. For both the bodies to collide,
v1
24. A fielder in a cricket match throws a ball from the
should be
boundary line to the wicket keeper. The ball
describes a parabolic path. Which of the following
quantities remains constant during the ball’s motion
in air? (neglect air resistance)
(a) its kinetic energy
(b) its speed
(c) the horizontal component of its velocity (a) 2 (b) 0.5
(d) the vertical component of its velocity (c) 3/ 2 (d) 1
25. The height y and the distance x along the horizontal 31. An aeroplane is flying at a constant horizontal
plane of a projectile on a certain planet (with no velocity of 600 km/h at an elevation of 6 km
surrounding atmosphere) are given by y = (8t – 5) towards a point directly above the target on the
metre and x = 6t metre where t is in seconds. The earth’s surface. At an appropriate time, the pilot
velocity of projection is released a ball so that it strikes the target on the
(a) 8 m/sec earth. The ball will appear to be falling
(b) 6 m/sec (a) on a parabolic path as seen by pilot in the plane
(c) 10 m/sec (b) vertically along a straight path as seen by an
(d) not obtained from the data observer on the ground near the target
26. A body is projected horizontally with speed 20 m/s (c) on a parabolic path as seen by an observer on the
from top of a tower. What will be its speed nearly ground near the target
after 5 sec? Take g = 10 m/s2 (d) on a zig-zag path as seen by pilot in the plane
(a) 54 m/s (b) 20 m/s 32. Three particles A, B and C are thrown from the top
(c) 50 m/s (d) 70 m/s of a tower 100 m in height with the same speed
10 m/s. A is thrown straight up, B is thrown straight
27. A body is projected horizontally with speed 20 m/s
down, and C is thrown horizontally. They hit the
from top of a tower, what will be the displacement
ground with the speeds vA, vB and vC respectively.
of the body if it hits the ground after 5 sec and
doesn’t bounce (quote nearest integer) Then
(a) 100 m (b) 125 m (a) vA > vB = vC (b) vB > vC > vA
(c) 160 m (d) 225 m (c) vA = vB = vC (d) vA = vB > vC
33. A body is thrown horizontally with a velocity 39. A particle P is projected from a point on the surface
2 gh from the top of a tower of height h. It strikes of smooth inclined plane (see figure).
Simultaneously another particle Q is released on the
the level ground through the foot of the tower at a
smooth inclined plane from the same position. P and
distance x from the tower. The value of x is
Q collide on the inclined plane after t = 4 second.
(a) h (b) h/2 The speed of projection of P is nearly:
(c) 2h (d) 2h/3
34. Consider a boy on a trolley who throws a ball with
speed 20 m/s with respect to ground at an angle 37°
with vertical and trolley is moving with a speed
10 m/s in horizontal direction then what will be
maximum distance travelled by ball parallel to road :
(a) 20.2 m (b) 12 m (a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s
(c) 31.2 m (d) 62.4 m (c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s
35. Two men A and B, A standing on the extended floor 40. A ball is projected horizontally with a speed v from
nearby a building and B is standing on the roof of the top of a plane inclined at an angle 45° with the
the building. Both throw a stone towards each other. horizontal. How far from the point of projection will
Then which of the following will be correct. the ball strike the plane?
(a) stone will hit A, but not B
v2 v2
(b) stone will hit B, but not A (a) (b) 2
g g
(c) stone will not hit either of them, but will collide
with each other 2 v2  2 v2 
(c) (d) 2  
(d) none of these
g  g 
36. A particle is projected from a point (0, 1) on Y–axis 41. Position vector of a particle moving in x-y plane at

(assume + Y direction vertically upwards) aiming time t is: r = a (1 − cos ωt ) î + a sin ωt ˆj. The path of
towards a point (4, 9). It fell on ground along x axis the particle is
in 1 sec.
(a) a circle of radius a and centre at (a, 0)
Taking g = 10 m/s2 and all coordinate in metres.
(b) a circle of radius a and centre at (0, 0)
Find the x–coordinate of the point where it fell.
(c) an ellipse
(a) 3 (b) 4
(d) neither a circle nor an ellipse
(c) 2 (d) 2 5
42. A particle moves in x-y plane. The position vector
37. The position vector of a particle is given as

of particle at any time t=

is r { }
( 2t ) î + ( 2t 2 ) ˆj m.
( ) ( )
r = t 2 − 4t + 6 î + t 2 ˆj. The time after which the
The rate of change of θ at time t = 2 second. (where
velocity vector and acceleration vector becomes θ is the angle which its velocity vector makes with
perpendicular to each other is equal to positive x-axis) is
(a) 1 sec (b) 2 sec
2 1
(c) 1.5 sec (d) not possible (a) rad / s (b) rad / s
17 14
38. A particle is projected up an inclined plane with
4 6
initial speed v = 20 m/s at an angle θ =30o with (c) rad / s (d) rad / s
7 5
plane. The component of its velocity perpendicular
43. A particle has an initial velocity of 3iˆ + 4 ˆj and an
to plane when it strikes the plane is
acceleration of 0.4 î + 0.3 ˆj . Its speed after 10 s is:
(a) 10 3 m / s (b) 10 m/s
(a) 10 unit (b) 7 unit
(c) 5 3 m / s (d) data is insufficient
(c) 7 2 unit (d) 8.5 unit
44. Velocity and acceleration of a particle initially are u2 1

(a) 1 −

( ) 
( )
(b)
=
v 3iˆ + 4 ˆj m/s and a= − 6 î + 8 ˆj m/s2 v2 u2
1− 2
respectively. Initially particle is at origin. maximum v
x–coordinate of particle will be: u2 1
(c) 1 + (d)
(a) 1.5 m (b) 0.75 m v2 u2
1+ 2
(c) 2.25 m (d) 4.0 m v
  50. A river is flowing from West to East at a speed of
45. Let v and a denote the velocity and acceleration
respectively of a particle moving in a circular path 5 metres per minute. A man on the south bank of the
then, river, capable of swimming at 10 metres per minute
  in still water, wants to swim across the river in
(a) v . a < 0 all the time shortest time. He should swim in a direction
 
(b) v . a > 0 all the time (a) due North (b) 30° East of North
 
(c) v . a = 0 all the time (c) 30° West of North (d) 60° East of North
(d) (a),(b) & (c) all are possible depending upon the 51. A river is flowing from west to east at a speed of
direction of net acceleration. 20 m/min. A man on the south bank of the river,
capable of swimming at 10 m/min in still water,
46. A person walks up a stationary escalator in time t1. If
wants to swim across the river without any drift. He
he remains stationary on the moving escalator, then should swim in a direction:
it can take him up in time t2. How much time would
(a) due north
it take him to walk up the moving escalator.
(b) 30° east of north
t +t
(a) 1 2 (b) t1 + t 2 (c) 30° west of north
2
(d) zero drift is not possible
t t
(c) 1 2 (d) t1 + t 2 52. The rowing speed of a man relative to water is
t1 + t 2 5 km/h and the speed of water flow is 3 km/h. At
47. A horizontal wind is blowing with a velocity v what angle to the river flow should he head if he
towards north-east. A man starts running towards wants to reach a point on the other bank, directly
north with acceleration a. The time after which man opposite to starting point:
will feel the wind blowing towards east is : (a) 127° (b) 143°
v 2v (c) 120° (d) 150°
(a) (b)
a a 53. Two cars are moving in the same direction with the
same speed of 30 km/h. They are separated by 5 km.
v 2v
(c) (d) What is the speed of the car moving in the opposite
2a a
direction if it meets the two cars at an interval of
48. Two trains are each 50 m long starts moving parallel 4 minutes?
towards each other at speeds 10 m/s and 15 m/s (a) 15 km/h (b) 30 km/h
respectively, after how much time will they pass
(c) 45 km/h (d) 60 km/h
each other?
(a) 8s (b) 4s
Multiple Choice Questions
(c) 2s (d) 6s
54. An observer moves with a constant speed along the
49. On a calm day a boat can go across a lake and return line joining two stationary objects. He will observe
in time T0 at a speed v. On a rough day there is that the two objects.
uniform current at speed u to help the onward (a) have the same speed
journey and impede the return journey. If the time (b) have the same velocity
taken to go across and return on the rough day be T,
(c) move in the same direction
then T/T0 is:
(d) move in opposite direction
55. A particle is projected at an angle θ from ground (a) the particles will collide the plane with same
with speed u (g = 10 m/s2) speed
(a) if u = 10 m/s and θ = 30°, then time of flight (b) the times of flight of each particle are same
will be 1 sec. (c) both particles strike the plane perpendicularly
(b) if u = 10 3 m/s and θ = 60°, then time of flight (d) the particles will collide in mid-air if projected
will be 3 sec. simultaneously and time of flight of each particle
(c) if u = 10 3 m/s and θ = 60°, then after 2 sec is less than the time of collision.
velocity becomes perpendicular to initial 59. Choose the correct alternative(s)
velocity. (a) If the greatest height to which a man can throw a
(d) if u = 10 m/s and θ = 30°, then velocity never stone is h, then the greatest horizontal distance
becomes perpendicular to initial velocity during up to which he can throw the stone is 2h
its flight. (b) The angle of projection for a projectile motion
56. A particle leaves the origin with an initial velocity whose range R is n times the maximum height H

( )
u = 3iˆ m/s and a constant acceleration is tan–1 (4/n)

a= ( ) 
−1.0 î − 0.5 ˆj m/s2. its velocity v and position
(c) The time-of-flight T and the horizontal range R
of a projectile are connected by the equation

vector r when it reaches its maximum x-co- gT2 = 2R tan θ where θ is the angle of
ordinate are: projection

(a) v = −2ˆj

( )
(b) v = −1.5jˆ m / s (d) A ball is thrown vertically up. Another ball is
thrown at an angle θ with the vertical. Both of
=
(c)

r ( 4.5iˆ − 2.25jˆ ) m 
(d) =
r ( 3iˆ − 2ˆj) m them remain in air for the same period of time.
Then the ratio of heights attained by the two balls
57. In a projectile motion let tOA = t1 and tAB = t2. the
is 1 : 1.
horizontal displacement from O to A is R1 and from
60. Two particles A and B are located in x-y plane at
A to B is R2. Maximum height is H and time of
points (0, 0) and (0, 4 m). They simultaneously start
flight is T. If air drag is to be considered, then
moving with velocities.
choose the correct alternative (s)
 
y v A = 2ˆj m/s and v B = 2iˆ m/s. Select the correct
A alternative(s)
(a) the distance between them is constant
H
B (b) the distance between them first decreases and
x
O then increases
R1 R2
(c) the shortest distance between them is 2 2 m
(a) t1 will decrease while t2 will increase
(d) time after which they are at minimum distance is
(b) H will increase
1s
(c) R1 will decrease while R2 will increase
61. The co-ordinate of the particle in x-y plane are given
(d) T may increase or decrease
as x = 2 + 2t + 4t2 and y = 4t + 8t2 the motion of the
58. From an inclined plane two particles are projected particle is
with same speed at same angle θ , one up and other
(a) along a straight line
down the plane as shown in figure. Which of the
following statement(s) is/are correct? (b) uniformly accelerated
(c) along a parabolic path
(d) nonuniformly accelerated

62. River is flowing with a velocity v R = 4iˆ m/s. A boat Assertion & Reason

( )
is moving with a velocity v BR = −2iˆ + 4ˆj of m/s (A) If both Assertion and reason are true and reason is
the correct explanation of the assertion.
relative to river. The width of the river is 100 m
(B) If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not
along y-direction. Choose the correct alternative(s)
the correct explanation of the assertion.
(a) the boatman will cross the river in 25 s
(C) If assertion is true but reason is false.
(b) absolute velocity of boatman is 2 5 m/s
(D) If assertion is false but reason is true.
(c) drift of the boatman along the river current is 50
(E) If both assertion and reason are false.
m
(d) the boatman can never cross the river
68. Assertion: For a particle moving along a straight
line or in a plane, the average velocity vector over a
Numerical Value Type Questions
time interval can be equal to instantaneous velocity
63. A particle of mass m = 2 kg is projected along X–
–1
at the end of the interval, even if velocity of particle
axis with velocity V0 = 5 ms . It is acted on by a is not constant.
variable force acting along Y–axis as shown in   
r −r dr
figure. What is the magnitude of its velocity at 2 Reason: 2 1 =
–1 t 2 − t1 d t
seconds? (in ms )
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
(e) E
69. Assertion: Two stones are simultaneously projected
from level ground from same point with same
speeds but different angles with horizontal. Both
stones move in same vertical plane. Then the two
64. A man standing on a road has to hold his umbrella at
stones may collide in mid-air.
37° with the vertical to keep the rain away. He
throws the umbrella and starts running at 12 km/h. Reason: For two stones projected simultaneously
He finds that raindrops are hitting his head from same point with same speed at different angles
vertically. Find the speed (in km/hr) of raindrops with horizontal, their trajectories may intersect at
with respect to the moving man. some point.
 
65. V= A ( )
x î + 2 ˆj m/s and V= B ( )
3iˆ + 2 ˆj m/s find x
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
such that, the relative speed of A with respect to B
becomes 5 m/s. (e) E
66. A particle is projected up an inclined plane of 70. Assertion: In a plane to plane projectile motion, the
inclination β at an elevation α to the horizontal. angle between instantaneous velocity vector and
Find the ratio between tan α and tan β , if the acceleration vector can be anything between 0 to π
particle strikes the plane horizontally. (excluding the limiting case).
67. A train takes 2 minutes to acquire its full speed 60 Reason: In plane to plane projectile motion,
kmph from rest and 1 minute to come to rest from acceleration vector is always pointing vertical
the full speed. If somewhere in between two stations downwards. (neglect air friction).
1 km of the track be under repair and the limited (a) A (b) B
speed on this part be fixed to 20 kmph, find the late
(c) C (d) D
running of the train ( in sec) on account of this repair
work, assuming otherwise normal at running of the (e) E
train between the stations.
71. Assertion: Two particles of different mass, Paragraph Type Questions

projected with same velocity and angle of Using the following Comprehension, Solve Q. 75 to Q. 78
projection, the maximum height attained by both the Passage
particle will be same.
We know how by neglecting the air resistance, the
Reason: The maximum height of projectile is problems of projectile motion can be easily solved
independent of particle mass. and analysed. Now we consider the case of the
(a) A (b) B collision of a ball with a wall. In this case the
(c) C (d) D problem of collision can be simplified by
(e) E considering the case of elastic collision only. When
a ball collides with a wall, we can divide its velocity
72. Assertion: When a body is dropped or thrown
into two components, one perpendicular to the wall
horizontally from the same height, it would reach
and other parallel to the wall. If the collision is
the ground at the same time.
elastic, then the perpendicular component of
Reason: Horizontal velocity has no effect on the velocity of the ball gets reversed with the same
vertical direction. magnitude.
(a) A (b) B Vcos Vcos
(c) C (d) D
(e) E v Vsin Vsin
73. Assertion: In order to hit a target, a man should
point his rifle in the same direction as target. Velocity just Components of velocity Components of velocity
before collision just before collision just after collision
Reason: The horizontal range of the bullet is
independent of the angle of projection with The other parallel component of velocity will remain
horizontal. constant if wall is given smooth.
(a) A (b) B Now let us take a problem. Three balls ‘A’ and ‘B’
(c) C (d) D & ‘C’ are projected from ground with same speed at
same angle with the horizontal. The balls A, B and
(e) E
C collide with the wall during their flight in air and
all three collide perpendicularly with the wall as
Match the Column shown in figure.
74. A ball is projected from the ground with velocity v
such that its range is maximum. A C
B
Column–I Column–II
(A) Velocity at half of the (P) 3 v/2 75. Which of the following relation about the maximum
maximum height height H of the three balls from the ground during
their motion in air is correct:
v
(B) Velocity at the maximum (Q) (a) HA = HC > HB (b) HA > HB = HC
2
(c) HA > HC > HB (d) HA = HB = HC
height
76. If the time taken by the ball A to fall back on ground
(C) Change in its velocity when (R) v 2
is 4 seconds and that by ball B is 2 seconds. Then
it returns to the ground the time taken by the ball C to reach the inclined
v 5 plane after projection will be:
(D) Average velocity when it (S)
2 2 (a) 6 sec (b) 4 sec
reaches the maximum height (c) 3 sec (d) 5 sec
77. The maximum height attained by ball ‘A’ from the Paragraph Type Questions
ground is Using the following comprehension, solve Q. 79 & 80
(a) 10 m Passage
(b) 15 m An aircraft moving with a speed of 250 m/s is at a
(c) 20 m height of 6000 m, just overhead of an anti-aircraft
gun.
(d) insufficient information
79. If the muzzle velocity of the shell is 500 m/s, the
78. The maximum height attained by ball B from
firing angle θ should be
ground is:
(a) 20 m (b) 5 m
(c) 15 m (d) none of these
(a) 30o (b) 45o

(c) 60o (d) None of these
80. The time after which the aircraft is hit is:
(a) 20 3 s (b) 15 3 s
(c) 20 s (d) 10 3 s
EXERCISE – 4 : PREVIOUS YEAR JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

Single Choice Questions 3. A train is moving along a straight line with a constant
1. On a frictionless horizontal surface, assumed to be acceleration a. A boy standing in the train throws a
the x-y plane, a small trolley A is moving along a ball forward with a speed of 10 m/s, at an angle of
straight line parallel to the y-axis (see figure) with a 60° to the horizontal. The boy has to move forward
constant velocity of ( 3 −1 ) m/s. At a particular by 1.15 m inside the train to catch the ball back at the
initial height. The acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is.
instant when the line OA makes an angle of 45° with (2011)
the x-axis, a ball is thrown along the surface from the
4. A projectile is given an initial velocity of ( î + 2ˆj )
origin O. Its velocity makes an angle φ with the
x-axis and it hits the trolley. (2002) m/s, where î is a along the ground and ĵ is along the
y vertical. If g = 10 m/s2, the equation of its trajectory
A is (2013)
(a) y = x – 5x2 (b) y = 2x – 5x2
(c) 4y = 2x – 5x2 (d) 4y = 2x – 25x2
45°
5. Airplanes A and B are flying with constant velocity
x in the same vertical plane of angle 30° and 60° with
O
respect to the horizontal respectively as shown in
(a) The motion of the ball is observed from the frame
of the trolley. Calculate the angle θ made by the figure. The speed of A is 100 3 ms–1. At time t = 0s,
velocity vector of the ball with the x-axis in this an observer in A finds B at a distance of 500 m. This
frame. observer sees B moving with a constant velocity
perpendicular to the line of motion of A. If at t = t 0 ,
(b) Find the speed of the ball with respect to the
surface, if φ = 4θ/3. A just escapes being hit by B, to in seconds is:
(2014)
Assertion & Reason
(a) If Statement I is true. Statement II is true; Statement
II is the correct explanation for Statement I.
(b) If Statement I is true, Statement II is true; Statement
II is not a correct explanation for Statement I.
(c) If Statement I is true; Statement II is false. 6. A rocket is moving in a gravity free space with a
(d) If Statement I is false; Statement II is true. constant acceleration of 2ms–2 along + x direction
(see figure). The length of a chamber inside the
2. Statement–I: For an observer looking out through rocket is 4m. A ball is thrown from the left end of the
the window of a fast-moving train, the nearby objects chamber in + x direction with a speed of 0.3 ms–1
appear to move in the opposite direction to the train, relative to the rocket. At the same time, another ball
while the distant objects appear to be stationary. is thrown in -x direction with a speed of 0.2ms–1 from
its right end relative to the rocket. The time in
Statement–II: If the observer and the object are
  seconds when the two balls hit each other is:
moving at velocities v1 and v 2 respectively with
(2014)
reference to a laboratory frame, the velocity of the
 
object with respect to the observer is v 2 − v1 .
(2008)
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
7. A ball is projected from the ground at an angle of 45° 9. A projectile is thrown from a point O on the ground
with the horizontal surface. It reaches a maximum at an angle 45° from the vertical and with a speed
height of 120 m and returns to the ground. Upon 5 2m / s . The projectile at the highest point of its
hitting the ground for the first time, it loses half of its trajectory splits into two equal parts. One part falls
kinetic energy. Immediately after the bounce, the vertically down to the ground, 0.5 s after the splitting.
velocity of the ball makes an angle of 30° with the The other part, t seconds after the splitting, falls to the
horizontal surface. The maximum height it reaches ground at a distance x meters from the point O. The
after the bounce, it metres, is........... (2018)
acceleration due to gravity. g = 10m / s 2
8. Starting at time t = 0 from the origin with speed The value of t is ___ (2021)
1ms–1, a particle follows a two-dimensional trajectory
10. A projectile is thrown from a point O on the ground
in the x-y plane so that its coordinates are related by
at an angle 45° from the vertical and with a speed
x2
the equation y = . The x and y components of its 5 2m / s . The projectile at the highest point of its
2
trajectory splits into two equal parts. One part falls
acceleration are denoted by ax and ay, respectively.
vertically down to the ground, 0.5 s after the splitting.
Then (2020)
The other part, t seconds after the splitting, falls to the
(a) a x = 1ms −2 implies that when the particle is at the
ground at a distance x meters from the point O. The
origin, a y = 1ms −2 acceleration due to gravity. g = 10m / s 2
(b) a x = 0 implies a y = 1ms −2 at all times The value of x(in m) is ___ (2021)
(c) at t = 0, the particle’s velocity points in the x-
direction
(d) a x = 0 implies that at t = 1 s, the angle between
the particle’s velocity and the x axis is 45º
MOTION IN A PLANE AND

RELATIVE MOTION
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICITON 133
04
SCAN CODE
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICITON
Chapter
LAWS OF 04AND FRICITON
MOTION 134
1. FORCE
(a) A force is something which changes or tends to
change the state of rest or motion of a body. It causes
a body to start moving if it is at rest or stop it, if it is
in motion or deflect it from its initial path of motion.
(b) Force is also defined as an interaction between two
bodies. Two bodies can also exert force on each
other even without being in physical contact, e.g., Fig. 4.2
electric force between two charges, gravitational (f) Balanced forces
force between any two bodies of the universe. When an object is in equilibrium, that is, it is not
moving with changing velocity, the net force acting
(c) Force is a vector quantity having SI unit Newton (N)
on it is balanced.
and dimension [MLT-2].
For example, when an apple hangs from a tree, the
(d) Superposition of force: When many forces are weight of the apple is balanced by the force exerted
acting on a single body, the resultant force is by the branch on the apple.
obtained by using the laws of vector addition. (g) Unbalanced forces
→ → → →
F = F1 + F2 + ... Fn When an object is moving with changing velocity,
the net force on it is unbalanced.
For example, when an apple falls from the tree an
unbalanced force equal to its weight is acting on the
apple.
2. TYPE OF FORCE
Fig. 4.1 There are, basically, four forces, which are commonly
→ → encountered in mechanics.
The resultant of the two forces F1 and F2 acting at
(a) Weight: Weight of an object is the force with which
an angle θ is given by: earth attracts it. It is also called the force of gravity
or the gravitational force.
F= F12 + F22 + 2 F1 F2 cos θ
(b) Contact Force: When two bodies come in contact
The resultant force is directed at an angle a with they exert forces on each other that are called contact
respect to force F1 where forces.
F2 sin θ
tan α = (i) Normal Force (N): It is the component of
F1 + F2 cos θ contact force normal to the surface. It measures
(e) Lami’s theorem: If three forces F1, F2 and F3 are how strongly the surfaces in contact are pressed
acting simultaneously on a body and the body is in together.
equilibrium, then according to Lami’s theorem, (ii) Frictional Force (f): It is the component of
F1 F2 F3 contact force parallel to the surface. It opposes
= =
sin (π − α ) sin (π − β ) sin (π − γ ) the relative motion (or attempted motion) of the
two surfaces in contact.
where a, b and g are the angles opposite to the forces
F1, F2 & F3 respectively.
SCAN CODE
Consider, for example, a book lying on a horizontal
surface.
A free body diagram of the book alone would consist of
its weight (W = mg), acting through the centre of gravity
and the reaction (N) exerted on the book by the surface.
Fig. 4.3
(c) Tension: The force exerted by the ends of a taut
string, rope or chain is called the tension. The
direction of tension is so as to pull the body while
that of normal reaction is to push the body.
(d) Spring Force: Every spring resists any attempt to
change its length; the more you alter its length the
harder it resists. The force exerted by a spring is
given by F = –kx, where x is the change in length
and k is the stiffness constant or spring constant (unit Fig. 4.4
Nm–1).
4. NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION
3. FREE BODY DIAGRAM 4.1 First Law of Motion
3.1 Internal Forces (a) Every body continues in its state of rest or of
Internal forces are forces exchanged by the objects in the uniform motion in a straight line unless it is
system. Internal forces may cause acceleration in compelled by a resultant force to change that state.
different parts of the system but does not cause any (b) This law is also known as law of inertia. Inertia is
acceleration in the centre of mass of the entire system. the property of inability of a body to change its state
Example: of rest or uniform motion in a straight line unless
If both the bodies involved in friction are considered as some external force acts on it.
a system, then it acts as an internal force. (c) Mass is a measure of inertia of a body.
(d) A frame of reference in which Newton’s first law is
3.2 External Forces
valid is called inertial frame, i.e., if a frame of
External forces are forces caused by external agent
reference is at rest or in uniform motion it is called
present outside of the system. External non-zero net
inertial, otherwise non-inertial.
force imparts an acceleration to the centre of mass of the
system regardless of point of application.
Example: 4.2 Second Law of Motion
Friction is an external force if the body experiencing (a) This law gives the magnitude of force.
friction, is the system.
(b) According to second law of motion, rate of change
of momentum of a body is directly proportional to
3.3 Free Body Diagrams
the resultant force acting on the body, i.e.,
No system, natural or man-made, consists of a single   dp 
body alone or is complete in itself. A single body or a F∝  
 dt 
part of the system can, however be isolated from the rest
 
by appropriately accounting for its effect on the dp
F=K
remaining system. dt
A free body diagram (FBD) consists of a diagrammatic Here, the change in momentum takes place in the
representation of a single body or a sub-system of bodies direction of the applied resultant force. Momentum,
isolated from its surroundings showing all the forces  
p = mv is a measure of sum of the motion
acting on it.
contained in the body.
SCAN CODE
(c) Unit force: It is defined as the force which changes (b) Whenever one force acts on a body it gives rise to
the momentum of a body by unity in unit time. another force called reaction i.e., a single isolated
According to this, K = 1 force is physically impossible. This is why total
 dp d 

dv  dm internal force in an isolated system is always zero.
F = = ( mv ) = m + v
  dp 
.
dt dt dt dt
(c) According to Newton’s second law, F =  .
If the mass of the system is finite and remains  dt 
 
constant w.r.t. time, then (dm/dt) = 0 and  dp  dv 
    If F =0, =0 or   = 0
 dv    p 2 -p1  dt  dt 
F= m  = ma=  
 dt   t  
or v = constant or zero,
(d) External force acting on a body may accelerate it i.e., a body remains at rest or moves with uniform
either by changing the magnitude of velocity or velocity unless acted upon by an external force. This
direction of velocity or both. is Newton’s Ist law.
(i) If the force is parallel or antiparallel to the (d) Newton’s second law can also be expressed as:
 
motion, the path followed by the body is a = p2 − p1 . Hence, if a car and a truck are initially
Ft
straight line. moving with the same momentum, then by the
(ii) If the force is acting perpendicular to the application of same breaking force, both will come
motion of body, it changes only the direction to rest in the same time.
but not the magnitude of velocity. So, the path (e) The second law is a vector law. it is equivalent to
followed by the body is a circle (uniform three equations: Fx = max ; Fy = may ; Fz = maz.
circular motion). A force can only change the component of velocity
(iii) If the force acts at an angle to the motion of in its direction. It has no effect on the component
a body, it changes both the magnitude and perpendicular to it.
  
direction of v . In this case path followed by the (f) F = ma is a local relation. The force at a point on
body may be elliptical, non-uniform circular, space at any instant is related to the acceleration at
parabolic or hyperbolic. that instant. Example: An object on an accelerated
balloon will have acceleration of balloon. The
4.3 Third Law of Motion moment it is dropped, it will have acceleration due
(a) According to this law, for every action there is an to gravity.
equal and opposite reaction. When two bodies A and
4.5 Applications of Newton’s Laws of motion
B exert force on each other, the force by A on B (i.e.,
 There are two kinds of problems in classical mechanics:
action represented by FAB , is always equal and
(a) To find unknown forces acting on a body, given the
opposite to the force by B on A (i.e., reaction
  body’s acceleration, and
represented FBA). Thus, FAB = – FBA .
(b) To predict the future motion of a body, given the
(b) The two forces involved in any interaction between body’s initial position and velocity and the forces
two bodies are called action and reaction. But we acting on it. For either kind of problem, we use
cannot say that a particular force is action and the Newton’s second law. The following general
other one is reaction. strategy is useful for solving such problems:
(c) Action and Reaction force always acts on different (i) Draw a simple, neat diagram of the system.
bodies.
(ii) Isolate the object of interest whose motion is
being analysed. Draw a free body diagram for
4.4 Some Important Points Concerning Newton’s this object, that is, a diagram showing all
Laws of Motion external forces acting on the object. For
(a) The forces of interaction between bodies composing systems containing more than one object, draw
a system are called internal forces. The forces separate diagrams for each objects. Do not
exerted on bodies of a given system by bodies include forces that the object exerts on its
situated outside are called external forces. surroundings.
SCAN CODE
(iii) Establish convenient coordinate axes for each  
FPseudo = − mP a0
body and find the components of the forces
along these axes. Now, apply Newton’s Thus, Newton Second Law with respect to O will be
 
second law, ∑ F = ma in component form.
Check your dimensions to make sure that all
terms have units of force.
(iv) Solve the component equations for the
unknowns. Remember that you must have as
many independent equations as you have   
unknowns in order to obtain a complete FRe al + FPseudo = mP aP , O
solution.   
i.e., FRe al − mP aO = mP aP , O
(v) It is a good idea to check the predictions of 
your solutions for extreme values of the Where aP , O is acceleration of P with respect to observer
variables. You can often detect errors in your O.
results by doing so.
NOTE:
5. FRAME OF REFERENCE If observer is in rotating frame, then Pseudo force is
called “Centrifugal force”.
Before studying the concept of pseudo force let us first Remember: Pseudo force is required only and only if
discuss frame of reference. observer is non-inertial. e.g.
Frame of reference is the way of observation the things. (i) Study of motion with respect to accelerating lift.
(ii) Study of motion with respect to accelerating wedge.
Inertial Frame of Reference: A non-accelerating frame
of reference is called an inertial frame of reference. A
frame of reference moving with a constant velocity is an
inertial frame of reference. 7. APPARENT WEIGHT IN AN ACCELERTED LIFT
Non-inertial Frame of Reference: An accelerating (a) When the lift is at rest or moving with uniform
frame of reference is called a non-inertial frame of
velocity, i.e., a=0:
reference.
mg– R = 0 or R = mg ∴ Wapp. = W0
NOTE:
(i) A rotating frame of reference is a non-inertial frame
of reference, because it is also an accelerating one.
(ii) Earth is rotating about its axis of rotation and it is
revolving around the centre of sun also. So, it is non-
inertial frame of reference. But for most of the cases,
we consider it as an inertial frame of reference.
Fig. 4.5
6. PSEUDO FORCE (Where Wapp. = R = reaction of supporting surface or
reading of a weighing machine and W0= mg = true
It is a fictitious force observed only in non-inertial frames
weight.)
of reference. In a non-initial frame, it acts on a body in a
direction opposite to the acceleration of the frame of (b) When the lift moves upwards with an acceleration
reference. a:
  a
If observer O is non-inertial with acceleration a0 and R – mg = ma or R = m (g + a) = mg 1 + 
still wants to apply Newton’s Second Law on particle P,  g
then observer has to add a “Pseudo force” in addition to
real forces on particle P.
SCAN CODE
 a 9. PROBLEM OF A MASS SUSPENDED FROM

∴ Wapp. = W0 1 + 
 g A VERTICAL STRING
Following cases are possible:
(a) If the carriage (say lift) is at rest or moving
uniformly (in translatory equilibrium), then
T0 = mg.
(b) If the carriage is accelerated up with an
acceleration a, then
 a  a
Fig. 4.6 T = m (g + a) = mg 1 +  = T0 1 + 
 g   g
(c) When the lift moves downwards with an
acceleration a:
 a
mg – R = ma or R = m (g–a) = mg 1 − 
 g
 a
∴ Wapp. =W0 1 −  Fig. 4.8
 g
(c) If the carriage is accelerated down with an
acceleration a, then
 a  a
T = m (g – a) = mg 1 − = T0 1 − 
 g   g
Fig. 4.7
Here, if a > g, Wapp. will be negative. Negative apparent
weight will mean that the body is pressed against the Fig. 4.9
roof of the lift instead of floor.
(d) If the carriage begins to fall freely, then the tension
(d) When the lift falls freely, i.e., a = g: in the string becomes zero.
R = m (g –g) = 0 ∴ Wapp. = 0 (e) If the carriage is accelerated horizontally, then
for an observer inside carriage
8. PROBLEM OF MONKEY CLIMBING A ROPE (i) Mass m experiences a pseudo force ma opposite
to acceleration;
Let T be the tension in the rope. (ii) The mass m is in equilibrium inside the carriage
(a) When the monkey climbs up with uniform speed: and
T = mg. T sin θ = ma, T cos θ = mg, i.e.,
(b) When the monkey moves up with an acceleration
T = m g 2 + a2 ;
a:
T – mg = ma or T = m (g + a).
(c) When the monkey moves down with an
acceleration a:
mg – T = ma or T = m (g – a).
Fig. 4.10N A
SCAN CODE
(iii) The string does not remain vertical but inclines (ii) Locate positions of all movable points from
to the vertical at an angle θ = tan (a/g) opposite
–1 fixed point/axis.
to acceleration; (iii) (a) Write down the relation between length of
(iv) This arrangement is called accelerometer and the string and the position of different
can be used to determine the acceleration of a movable points.
moving carriage from inside by noting the (b) No. of relation must be equal to no. of
deviation of a plumbline suspended from it string.
from the vertical.
(iv) Differentiate it twice to get the relationship
between acceleration of different objects.
10. CONSTRAINED RELATION

Let us try to visualize this situation
Fig. 4.12
For string connecting m1 and m2 :
RRIA
Let the length of the string be l1
Fig. 4.11
(a) If m3 was stationary, then magnitude of
displacements of m1 and m2 would be same and in
opposite direction.
On differentiating it twice:
Let’s say x is the displacement of m1 and m2 when
a1 + a2
m3 is stationary. 0 = (a2 – a) + (a1 – a) + 0 ⇒ a =
2
(b) Now consider the case when m3 displaces by x1,
For string connecting m3 and pulley:
then net displacement of
Let the string length be l2
m1 = x1 – x
m2 = x1 + x
m3 = x1
Differentiate it twice we have
am3 = a1
NOTE:
am=
1
a1 − a If length is decreasing then differentiation of that length
will be negative.
am=
2
a1 + a
∴ On differentiating twice we have
This problem can be approached in other way.
0 = a + (–a3)
Which is more mathematical and do not require
much of visualisation. a = a3
(c) Steps involved to approach problems of Now, we can apply F = ma for different blocks.
multiple pulleys of system having different Solve for a3, a1, a2 and Tension.
accelerations:
(i) Define a fixed point/axis.
SCAN CODE
11. FRICTION 11.2 Laws of limiting friction

(a) Static Friction
Friction is an opposing force that comes into play (i) The force of friction always acts in a direction
when one body actually moves (slides or rolls) or opposite to the direction of relative motion, i.e.,
even tries to move over the surface of another body. friction is of perverse nature.
Thus, force of friction is the force that develops at the (ii) The maximum force of static friction, fms (called
surfaces of contact of two bodies and impedes limiting friction) is directly proportional to the
(opposes) their relative motion. normal reaction (R) between the two surfaces in
contact. i.e.,
f ms ∝ R ... (1)
(i) Frictional force is independent of the area of (iii) The force of limiting friction depends upon the
contact. This is because with increase in area of nature and the state of polish of the two surfaces
contact, force of adhesion also increases (in the in contact and it acts tangential to the interface
same ratio). And the adhesive pressure between the two surfaces.
responsible for friction, remains the same. (iv) The force of limiting friction is independent of the
(ii) When the surfaces in contact are extra smooth, extent of the area of the surfaces in contact as long
distance between the molecules of the surfaces in as the normal reaction remains the same.
contact decreases, increasing the adhesive force
between them. Therefore, the adhesive pressure 11.3 Coefficient of Static Friction
increases, and so does the force of friction.
µs R
We know that f ms ∝ R or f ms =
f ms
11.1 Static friction, Limiting friction and Kinetic or µ s = ... (2)
friction R
The opposing force that comes into play when one Here, µs is a constant of proportionality and is called
body tends to move over the surface of another, but the The coefficient of static friction.
actual relative motion has yet not started is called Thus:
Static friction.
Coefficient of static friction for any pair of surfaces in
Limiting friction is the maximum opposing force that contact is equal to the ratio of the limiting friction and
comes into play, when one body is just at the verge of the normal reaction.
moving over the surface of the other body.
µs, being a pure ratio, has got no units and its value
Kinetic friction or dynamic friction is the opposing
depends upon the nature of the surfaces in contact.
force that comes into play when one body is actually
Further, µs, is usually less than unity and is never equal
moving over the surface of another body.
to zero.
NOTE: Since the force of static friction (fs) can have any value
Kinetic friction is always slightly less than the limiting from zero to maximum (fms), i.e. fs < fms, eqn. (2) is
friction. generalised to
Wx - applied force fs < µ sR ... (3)
f - friction force
11.4 Kinetic friction
The laws of kinetic friction are exactly the same as
those for static friction. Accordingly, the force of
kinetic friction is also directly proportional to the
normal reaction, i.e.,
f k ∝ R or µ k R ... (4)
fk =
Fig. 4.13
µk is coefficient of kinetic friction. µk < µs.
SCAN CODE
11.5 Rolling friction The value of angle of friction depends on the nature of
The opposing force that comes into play when a body materials of the surfaces in contact and the nature of
rolls over the surface of another body is called the the surfaces.
rolling friction. Relation between µ and θ
Cause of rolling friction: Let us consider a wheel AC OB F
which is rolling along a road. As the wheel rolls along In ∆ AOC, tan θ= = = = µ ...(5)
OA OA R
the road, it slightly presses into the surface of the road
and is itself slightly compressed as shown in Fig. Hence µ = tan θ ...(6)
i.e. coefficient of limiting friction between any two

surfaces in contact is equal to tangent of the angle of
friction between them.
ABC
Fig. 4.14 11.7 Angle of repose or angle of sliding
Thus, a rolling wheel: Angle of repose or angle of sliding is defined as the
(i) constantly climbs a ‘hill’ (BC) in front of it, and minimum angle of inclination of a plane with the
horizontal, such that a body placed on the plane just
(ii) has to simultaneously get itself detached from the
begins to slide down.
road (AB) behind it. The force of adhesion between the
wheel and the road opposes this process. It is represented by α. Its value depends on material
and nature of the surfaces in contact.
Both these processes are responsible for rolling
friction. In fig., AB is an inclined plane such that a body placed
on it just begins to slide down. ∠BAC (α) = angle of
repose.
11.6 Angle of friction
The angle of friction between any two surfaces in
contact is defined as the angle which the resultant of
the force of limiting friction F and normal reaction R
makes with the direction of normal reaction R.
Fig. 4.16
It is represented by θ.
The various forces involved are:
In fig. OA represents the normal reaction R which
balances the weight mg of the body. OB represent F, (i) Weight, mg of the body, acting vertically
the limiting force of sliding friction, when the body downwards,
tends to move to the right. Complete the parallelogram (ii) Normal reaction, R, acting perpendicular to AB,
OACB. Join OC. This represents the resultant of R and (iii) Force of friction F, acting up the plane AB.
F. By definition, ∠AOC = θ is the angle of friction Now, mg can be resolved into two rectangular
between the two bodies in contact. components:
mg cos α opposite to R and mg sin α opposite to F. In
equilibrium,
F = mg sin α ... (7)
R = mg cos α ... (8)
Dividing (7) by (8), we get
F mg sin α
= = , i.e., µ tan α …(9)
R mg cos α
Fig. 4.15
SCAN CODE
Hence coefficient of limiting friction between any two 11.8 Method of changing friction
surfaces in contact is equal to the tangent of the angle Some of the ways of reducing friction are:
of repose between them.
(i) By polishing.
NOTE: (ii) By lubrication.
Combining (6) and (9), we obtain (iii) By proper selection of materials.
µ = tan θ = tan α (iv) By Streamlining.
∴θ =
α (v) By using ball bearings.
i.e. angle of friction is equal to angle of repose.
Some Important Cases

Case Diagram Result
(a) When two bodies are kept in contact F
(i) a =
and force is applied on the body of mass m1 + m2
m1.
m2 F
(ii) N =
m1 + m2
(b) When two bodies are kept in contact F

(i) a =
and force is applied on the body of mass m1 + m2
m2.
m1 F
(ii) N ′ =
m1 + m2
(c) When two bodies are connected by a F

(i) a =
string and placed on a smooth plane m1 + m2
surface.
m1 F
(ii) T =
m1 + m2
(d) When three bodies are connected F

(i) a =
through strings as shown in fig and ( m1 + m2 + m3 )
placed on a smooth horizontal surface.
m1 F
(ii) T1 =
(m1 + m2 + m3 )
(iii) T2 =
( m1 + m2 ) F
( m1 + m2 + m3 )
(e) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2
(i) a =
( m1 − m2 ) g
are attached at the ends of a string ( m1 + m2 )
passing over a pulley as shown in the
figure  2m1m2 
(ii) T =  g
 m1 + m2 
SCAN CODE
Case Diagram Result
(f) When two bodies of masses m1 & m2 g
m2 are attached at the ends of a (i) a  ,
 m1  m2 
string
m1m2 g
way that mass m1 rests on a smooth (ii) T 
 m1  m2 
horizontal table and mass m2 is
hanging vertically.
(g) If in the above case, mass m1 is  m2  m1 sin   g

placed on a smooth inclined plane (i) a 
m1  m2
making an angle with horizontal as
shown in m1m2 g 1  sin  
(ii) T 
 m1  m2 
(iii) If the system remains in
equilibrium, then m1g sin = m2g
(h) g  m1 sin   m2 sin  
(i) a 
In case (f), masses m1 and m2 are  m1  m2 
placed on inclined planes making
m1m2
angles α & β with the horizontal (ii) T   sin   sin   g
respectively, then  1  m2 
m
(i) When a body is moving on smooth a = g sin , N = mg cos

inclined plane.
(j) When a body is moving down on a aD = g (sin – µcos )

rough inclined plane.
SCAN CODE
LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION 144
Solved Examples
Example - 1 Hence,
A cylinder of weight W is resting on a V-groove as (i) ∑F x =0

shown in figure. Draw its free body diagram.
∴ 8 + 4 cos 60° − F2 cos 30° = 0
3
Or 8 + 2 − F2 =0
2
20
Or F2 = N
. 3
Sol. The free body diagram of the cylinder is as shown in
figure.
(ii) ∑F y =0
∴ F1 + 4sin 60° − F2 sin 30° = 0
4 3 F2
Or F1 + − =
0
2 2
Here, w = weight of cylinder and N1 and N2 are the F 10

Or F1 = 2 − 2 3 = − 2 3
normal reactions between the cylinder and the two 2 3
inclined walls
4
Or F1 = N
Example - 2 3
A cork of mass 10 g is floating on water. The net force Example - 4
acting on the cork is:
Three blocks of masses 3 kg, 2 kg and 1 kg are placed
Sol. When the cork is floating, its weight is balanced by the
side by side on a smooth surface as shown in figure. A
upthrust. Therefore, net force on the cork is zero.
horizontal force of 12 N is applied on 3 kg block. Find
Example - 3 the net force on 2 kg block.
An object is in equilibrium under four concurrent
forces in the directions shown in figure. Find the
magnitudes of F1 and F2 .
Sol. Since, all the blocks will move with same acceleration
(say a) in horizontal direction.
Let us take all blocks as a single system.
Sol. The object is in equilibrium.
Net external force on the system is 12 N in horizontal

direction.
Using ∑F x = max , Example - 6

All surfaces are smooth in following figure. Find F,
We get, 12 = ( 3 + 2 + 1) a = 6a
such that block remains stationary with respect to
12 wedge.
Or =
a = 2m / s 2
6
So net force on 2kg block = 2a = 4N
Example - 5
Using constraint method find the relation between
accelerations of 1 and 2.
F
Sol. Acceleration of (block + wedge) a =
( M + m)
Sol.
In the frame of wedge block is at rest,

So, net force along the incline should be zero.
Therefore,
ma cos θ = mg sin θ
At any instant of time let x1 and x2 be the ⇒a=g tan θ

displacements of 1 and 2 from a fixed line (shown
F
dotted). ⇒ g tan θ
=
m+M
Here x1 and x2 are variables but,
⇒ F = (m + M ) g tan θ
x1 + x2 =
constant
Example - 7
Or x1 + x2 =
l (length of string)
In the system shown in figure all surfaces are smooth.
Differentiating with respect to time, we have String is massless and inextensible. Find acceleration
a of the system and tension T in the string.
v1 + v2 =
0 or v1 = −v2
(g = 10 m/s2)
Again differentiating with respect to time, we get
a1 + a2 =
0 or a1 = −a2
This is the required relation between a1 and a2 ,
i.e., accelerations of 1 and 2 are equal but in opposite

directions.
Sol. Here, weight of 2 kg is perpendicular to motion (or a). AC = 0.5 m, BC = 0.3 m

Hence, it will not contribute in net pulling force. Only ∴ AB =
0.4m
weight of 4 kg block will be included. θ
And if ∠BAC =
Net pulling force AB 0.4 4
∴a = θ
Then cos= = =
Total mass AC 0.5 5
( 4 )(10 ) 20 θ
And sin=
BC 0.3 3
= =
= = m / s2
( 4 + 2) 3 AC 0.5 5
Here, the object is in equilibrium under three
concurrent forces.
So, we can apply Lami’s theorem.
F 8 T
Or = =
sin (180° − θ ) sin ( 90° + θ ) sin 90°
F 8
Or = = T
sin θ cos θ
For T, consider FBD of 4 kg block. Writing equation
of motion. 8 8
∴ T= = = 10 N
40 − T =4a cos θ 4 / 5
∴ T = 40 − 4a
8sin θ (8 )( 3 / 5)
=
And F = = 6N
cos θ ( 4 / 5)
 20  40
=
40 − 4   =N Example - 9
 3  3
Example - 8 Two blocks of masses 4 kg and 2 kg are attached by

an inextensible light string as shown in figure. Both
One end of a string 0.5 m long is fixed to a point A the blocks are pulled vertically upwards by a force
and the other end is fastened to a small object of F = 120 N.
weight 8 N. The object is pulled aside by a horizontal
force F, until it is 0.3 m from the vertical through A.
Find the magnitudes of the tension T in the string and
the force F.
Find
(a) the acceleration of the blocks,
(b) tension in the string. (Take g = 10m / s 2 )

Sol.
Sol. (a) Let a be the acceleration of the blocks and T the
tension
in the string as shown in figure.
Taking the two blocks and the string in the system. Weight mg has two components mg sin θ and
Using ∑F y = ma y , we get mg cos θ .
F − 4 g − 2 g =( 4 + 2 ) a Block is at rest
Or 120 − 40=
− 20 6a or
= 60 6a mg cos θ ... ( i )
∴N =
∴a = 10m / s 2 f = mg sin θ ... ( ii )

And =
T 2=a 20 N
Block is about to slip.
Example - 10
∴ f = fL = µ N
Suppose a block of mass 1 kg is placed over a rough
surface and a horizontal force F is applied on the block Here µ s = µ
as shown in figure. Now, let us see what are the values
of force of friction f and acceleration of the block a if Solving these three equations, we get
the force F is gradually increased. =µ tan
= θ tan 30°
1
=
3
=
Given that µ s 0.5,
= µk 0.4 and
= g 10 m / s 2
Example - 12
Sol. Free body diagram of the block is In the adjoining figure, the coefficient of friction
between wedge (of mass M) and block (of mass m) is
µ.
∑F y =0
∴ N − mg =
0
or = =
N mg (1)(10
= ) 10 N Find the minimum horizontal force F required to keep
the block stationary with respect to wedge.
f L µ=
= sN ( 0.5 )(=
10 ) 5N
Sol. For limiting case
f k µ=
and= kN ( 0.4 )(=
10 ) 4N
a = acceleration of (wedge + block) in horizontal
So, when force F is increased gradually up to 5N direction
friction will be equal to applied force after that kinetic
friction will act and it will be equal to 4N. F
=
M +m
Example - 11 F
So normal force on the block = = m
N ma
m+M
A particle of mass 1 kg rests on rough contact with a
plane inclined 30o to the horizontal and is just about to Also, weight mg is balanced by friction force
slip.
So, µ N = mg
Find the coefficient of friction between the plane and
the particle. F
⇒ µm =
mg
Sol. m+M
m+M
⇒F= g
µ
Example - 13 (a) Since F ≤ µ s R

A block of mass m is at rest on a rough wedge as
∴ force of friction f= F= 14 N
shown in figure. What is the force exerted by the
wedge on the block?
This friction will act in the opposite direction of F.
(b) Since F ≤ µ s R , the block will not move.
Sol. Since, the block is permanently at rest, it is in

equilibrium.
Net force on it should be zero. In this case, only two
forces are acting on the block
(1) Weight = mg (downwards)
Example - 15
(2) Contact force (resultant of normal reaction and
friction force) applied by the wedge on the block. Figure shows two blocks in contact sliding down an
inclined surface of inclination 30o. The friction
For the block to be in equilibrium, these two forces
should be equal and opposite. coefficient between the block of mass 2.0 kg and the
incline is µ1 = 0.20 and that between the block of
Therefore, force exerted by the wedge on the block is
mg (upwards). mass 4.0 kg and the incline is µ 2 = 0.30 . Find the
Example - 14 acceleration of 2.0 kg block. ( g = 10m / s 2 ).

In the figure shown,
Sol. Since µ1 < µ 2 , acceleration of 2 kg block down the

plane will be more than the acceleration of 4 kg block,
if allowed to move separately. But, as the 2.0 kg block
(a) Find the force of friction acting on the block.
is behind the 4.0 kg block both of them will move with
(b) State whether the block will move or not. If yes same acceleration say a . Taking both the blocks as a
then with what acceleration? single system:
Sol. Resolving the force in horizontal (along the plane) and Force down the plane on the system
in vertical (perpendicular to the plane) directions ( 4 + 2 ) g sin 30°
=
(except friction)
1 
Here, R is the normal reaction. = (=
6 )( 2 )   30 N
2
∑E y =0 ⇒ R = 26 N Force up the plane on the system
µ s R = 0.6 × 26 = 16.6 N = µ1 ( 2 )( g ) cos 30° + µ 2 ( 4 )( g ) cos 30°
µk R = 0.4 × 26 = 10.4 N ( 2µ1 + 4µ2 ) g cos 30°

=
= ( 2 × 0.2 + 4 × 0.3)(10 )( 0.86 )

∑F x = net driving force F = 14 N
≈ 13.76 N
∴ net force down the plane is 3

ar = a2 − a1 = g
F=
30 − 13.76 =
16.24 N 8
∴ acceleration of both the blocks down the plane will Initial velocity of both A and B is v . So, there is no
be a . relative initial velocity.
F 16.24 Hence,
=a = = 2.7 m / s 2
4+2 6 1 2
(a) applying s = at
2
Example - 16
1 2 3 2
Figure shows a small block A of mass m kept at the =
Or l = ar t gt
2 16
left end of a plank B of mass M = 2m and length l. The
system can slide on a horizontal road. The system is l
∴ t =4
started towards right with the initial velocity v . The 3g
friction coefficients between the road and the plank is
1
1 1 (b) Displacement of block s=
A u At − a At 2
and that between the plank and the block is . Find 2
2 4
l 1 g  16l   g
Or s A = 4v − ⋅ ⋅   a A = a1 = 
3g 2 4  3g   4
l 2
=
Or s A 4v − l
3g 3
1
Displacement of plank s=
B u B t − aB t 2
(a) the time elapsed before the block separates from 2
the plank.
l 1  5   16l   5 
Or sB =
4v −  g    aB =
a2 =g
(b) displacement of block and plank relative to 3g 2  8   3g   8 
ground till that moment.
l 5
Sol. There will be relative motion between block and plank =
Or sB 4v − l
3g 3
and plank and road. So at each surface limiting friction
will act. The direction of friction forces at different
surfaces are as shown in figure. Example - 17
On a horizontal rough road, value of coefficient of

friction µ = 0.4 . Find the minimum time in which a
distance of 400 m can be covered. The car starts from
rest and finally comes to rest.
1
Here, f1 =   ( mg ) Sol. Maximum friction on horizontal rough road,
4
f max = µ mg
1 3
And f 2 =   ( m + 2m ) g =   mg
2 2 ∴ maximum acceleration or retardation of the car may
f1 g f max µ mg
Retardation of A is a= = =
be amax or a = = µg
1
m 4 m m
f 2 − f1 5 = 0.4 × 10 = 4 m / s 2
And retardation of B=
is a2 = g
2m 8
Let, the car accelerates and retards for time ‘t’ with
Since a2 > a1
4 m / s2
Relative acceleration of A with respect to B is
1 2 1 2 Here, θ = constant
Then, at + at =
400m
2 2
= =
Or at 2 400 m or 4t 2 400
Or t = 10 s
Therefore, the minimum time is 20 s (10 s of
acceleration and 10 s of retardation).
Double differentiating eq. (i) with respect to time, we
Example - 18 get a A = aB sin θ .
If the lower spring is cut, find the acceleration of the
upper block, immediately after cutting the spring. Example - 20
Figure shows a man standing stationary with respect
to a horizontal conveyor belt that is accelerating with
1ms −2 . What is the net force on the man? If the
coefficient of static friction between the man’s shoes
and the belt is 0.2, up to what maximum acceleration
of the belt can the man continue to be stationary
relative to the belt? Mass of the man = 65 kg.
( g = 9.8m / s )
2
Sol. Mass = m, 2m respectively

So, before the lower spring is cut,
Tlower =2mg
Tupper = mg+Tlower = 3mg
So, kx = 3mg
After the lower spring is cut, Tlower = 0 and Tupper Sol. As the man is standing stationary w.r.t. the belt,
remains same ∴ acceleration of the man = acceleration of the belt

Acceleration of the upper block is:
= a= 1ms −2
kx − mg
a= Mass of the man, m = 65 kg
m
3mg − mg Net force on the man = ma = 65 × 1 = 65 N
a=
m Given coefficient of friction, µ = 0.2
a = 2 g (upwards )
∴ limiting friction, f L = µ mg
Example - 19
If the man remains stationary with respect to the
In the figure shown figure relation between
maximum acceleration a0 of the belt, then
magnitudes of a A and aB .
Sol. ma=
0 f=
L µ mg
∴ a0 = µ g = 0.2 × 9.8 = 1.96ms −2
x A = xB sin θ
EXERCISE – 1: BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

LAWS OF MOTION 7. A force vector applied on a mass is represented by

F = 6iˆ − 8 ˆj + 10kˆ and accelerates with 1 m / s . What
2
Newton’s Laws of Motion
is the mass of the body?
1. A force of 50 N is required to push a car on a level road
with constant speed of 10 m/s. The mass of the car is (a) 10 kg (b) 10 2kg
500 kg. What force should be applied to make the car
(c) 2 10kg (d) 20 kg
accelerate at 1 m / s 2 ?
8. A rope of length L and mass M is hanging from a rigid
(a) 550 N (b) 450 N
support. The tension in the rope at a distance x from
(c) 500 N (d) 2500 N
the rigid support is:
2. When a body is stationary
(a) there is no force acting on it  L−x
(a) Mg (b)   Mg
(b) the forces acting on it are not in contact with it  L 
(c) the combination of forces acting on it balance each  L  X
(c)   Mg (d) Mg
other  L−x L
(d) the body is in vacuum
9. A sphere is accelerated upwards with the help of a cord
3. A ship of mass 3 × 107 kg initially at rest is pulled by a whose breaking strength is five times its weight. The
force 5 × 104 N through a distance of 3m. Assuming maximum acceleration with which the sphere can
that the resistance due to water is negligible, what will move up without cord breaking is
be the speed of the ship? (a) 4g (b) 3g
(a) 0.1 m/s (b) 1.5 m/s
(c) 2g (d) g
(c) 5 m/s (d) 0.2 m/s
10. If a body loses half of its velocity on penetrating 3 cm
4. A lift weighing 1000 kg is moving upwards with an
in a wooden block, then how much will it penetrate
acceleration of 1 m / s 2 . The tension in the supporting more before coming to rest?
cable is
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm
(a) 980 N (b) 10800 N
(c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm
(c) 9800 N (d) 8800 N
5. A constant force acts on a body of mass 0.9 kg at rest
for 10s. If the body moves a distance of 250 m, the Force
magnitude of the force is 11. Three forces acting on a body are shown in fig. To
(a) 3 N (b) 3.5 N have the resultant force only along the y-direction, the
(c) 4 N (d) 4.5 N magnitude of the minimum additional force needed
6. When a force F acts on a body of mass m, the along OX is
acceleration produced in the body is a. If three equal Y
4N
forces F=1 F=
2 F=
3 F act on the same body as shown
in figure. The acceleration produced is:
o
30 1N
60o
O X
2N
(a) ( )
2 −1 a (b) ( )
2 +1 a (a) 0.5 N (b) 1.5 N
(c) 2a (d) a (c) 3 / 4N (d) 3N

12. In the game of tug of wars, a condition of equilibrium 100

(a) 100N (b) N
exists. Both the teams pull the rope with a force of 3
104 N . The tension in the rope is
(c) 3 × 100 N (d) 50 3N
(a) 2 × 104 N (b) 0
17. An object is resting at the bottom of two strings which
(c) 104 N (d) none are inclined at an angle of 120° with each other. Each
13. A body of mass m is acted upon by a force F and the string can withstand a tension of 20 N. The maximum
acceleration produced is a. If three forces each equal weight of the object that can be sustained without
to F and inclined to each other at 120 act on the same breaking the string is:
body, the acceleration produced will be (a) 10 N (b) 20 N
(a) a / 3 (b) 2a (c) 20 2 N (b) 40 N
(c) 3a (d) zero
Application of Newton's Laws of Motion

Free body diagrams & Translational Equilibrium
14. Ten coins are placed on top of each other on a 18. In an elevator moving vertically up with an
horizontal table. If the mass of each coin is 10 g and acceleration ‘g’, the force exerted on the floor by a
passenger of mass M is
acceleration due to gravity is 10 ms −2 , what is the
(a) Mg (b) 1/2 Mg
magnitude and direction of the force on the 7th coin
(counted from the bottom) due to all the coins above (c) zero (d) 2 Mg
it? 19. The mass of a lift is 500 kg. What will be the tension
(a) 0.3 N downwards (b) 0.3 N upwards in its cable when it is going up with an acceleration of
(c) 0.7 N downwards (d) 0.7 N upwards 2.0 m / s 2 ?
15. A mass M is suspended by a rope from a rigid support (a) 5000 N (b) 5600 N
at A as shown. Another rope is tied at the end B and it (c) 5900 N (d) 6200 N
is pulled horizontally with a force F. If the rope AB 20. A dynamometer D is attached to two bodies of masses
make an angle θ with the vertical, then the tension in M = 6 kg and m = 4 kg. Forces F = 20 N and f = 10 N
the string AB is are applied to the masses as shown. The dynamometer
A reads:
D
F M m f
B
F
(a) 10 N (b) 20 N
(c) 6 N (d) 14 N
21. A monkey is accelerating down a string whose
M breaking strength is two third of his weight. The
minimum acceleration of the monkey should be
F
(a) F sin θ (b) 2
sin θ (a) 0 (b) g
3
F
(c) F cos θ (d) g
cos θ (c) g (d)
3
16. A block of mass 10 kg is suspended by three strings as
22. A balloon of weight W is falling vertically downward
shown in the figure. The tension T2 is:
with a constant acceleration a (<g). The magnitude of
the air resistance is:
 a
(a) W (b) W 1 + 
 g
 a a
(c) W 1 −  (d) W
 g g
23. A 0.5 kg ball moving with a speed of 12 m/s strikes a 28. A 1 kg block and 0.5 kg block move together on a
hard wall at an angle of 30° with the wall. It is horizontal frictionless surface. Each block exerts a
reflected with the same speed and at the same angle, as force of 6 N on the other. The blocks move with a
shown in fig. If the ball is in contact with the wall for uniform acceleration of
0.25 s, the average force acting on the wall is
30o
(a) 3 m/s2 (b) 6 m/s2
2
(c) 9 m/s (d) 12 m/s2
30
o
29. In the following figure the masses of the blocks A and
B are same and each equal to m. The tensions in the
strings OA and AB are T2 and T1 respectively. The
(a) 96 N (b) 48 N system is in equilibrium with a constant horizontal
(c) 24 N (d) 12 N force mg on B. The T1 is
Constraint Motion
24. Two blocks are in contact on a frictionless table. One
has mass m and the other 2 m. A force F is applied on
2m as shown in figure. Now the same force F is applied
from the right on m. In the two cases the ratio of force
of contact between the two blocks will be:
(a) mg (b) 2mg
F (c) 3mg (d) 5mg
2m
m 30. Three blocks of masses 2 kg, 3 kg and 5 kg are
connected to each other with light string and are then
(a) same (b) 1 : 2 placed on a frictionless surface as shown in the figure.
(c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 3 The system is pulled by a force F = 10N, then tension
T1 = …
25. Two blocks of mass 4 kg and 6 kg are placed in contact
with each other on a frictionless horizontal surface. If
we apply a push of 5 N on the heavier mass, the force
on the lighter mass will be
(a) 5 N (b) 4 N (a) 1N (b) 5 N
(c) 2 N (d) None of the above (c) 8 N (d) 10 N
26. In the above problem, if a push of 5 N is applied on the 31. A block A of mass 7 kg is placed on a frictionless table.
lighter mass, the force exerted by the lighter mass on A thread tied to it passes over a frictionless pulley and
the heavier mass will be carries a body B of mass 3 kg at the other end. The
acceleration of the system is (given g = 10ms −2 )
(a) 5 N (b) 4 N
(c) 2 N (d) None of the above
27. In the above problem, the acceleration of the lighter
mass will be
5 −2
(a) 0.5 ms −2 (b) ms
4
5 −2 (a) 100 ms–2 (b) 3 ms–2
(c) ms (d) None of the above
6 (c) 10 ms–2 (d) 30 ms–2
32. Two masses m1 and m2 are attached to a string which (a) T = 70.8 N and T ' = 47.2 N
passes over a frictionless smooth pulley. When m1 =
(b) T = 58.8 N and T ' = 47.2 N
10 kg, m2 = 6 kg, the acceleration of masses is
(c) T = 70.8 N and T ' = 58.8 N
(d) T = 70.8 N and T ' = 0
36. The acceleration of the 2 kg block, if the free end of
string is pulled with a force of 20 N as shown is:
(a) 20 m/s2 (b) 5 m/s2

2
(c) 2.5 m/s (d) 10 m/s2
33. A 50 kg boy stands on a platform spring scale in a lift
that is going down with a constant speed 3 m/s. If the
lift is brought to rest by a constant deceleration in a
distance of 9 m, what does the scale read during this
period? (a) zero (b) 10 m/s2
(g = 9.8 m/s2)
(c) 5 m/s2 upward (d) 5m/s2 downward
(a) 500 N (b) 465 N
(c) 515 N (d) zero 37. A mass 'M' is connected to a rope of length l and mass
34. The two pulley arrangements shown in the figure are m on which an external force F is applied, the tension
identical. The mass of the rope is negligible. In (a) the force at A is
mass m is lifted up by attaching a mass 2m to the other
end of the rope. In (b). m is lifted up by pulling the
other end of the rope with a constant downward force
of 2mg. The ratio of accelerations in two cases will be
Fm FM
(a) (b)
M +m M +m
F Fm
(c) (d)
M +m M −m
38. In the above question, tension force at midpoint of the
rope is
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 F ( M + m / 2) FM / 2
(a) (b)
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 4 M +m M +m
35. Two blocks are connected by a string as shown in the
diagram. The upper block is hung by another string. A Fm / 2
(c) (d) none
force F applied on the upper string produces an M +m
acceleration of 2m/s2 in the upward direction in both 39. In the above question, acceleration of mass M is
the blocks. If T and T’ be the tensions in the two parts
F F
of the string, then (a) (b)
M M +m/
F F
(c) (d)
M +m M +m
40. A man weighs 80 kg. He stands on a weighing scale in 44. Two blocks are attached to the two ends of a string
the lift, which is moving upwards with a uniform passing over a smooth pulley as shown in the figure.
acceleration of 5 m/s2. What would be the reading on The acceleration of the block will be (in m/s2)
the scale?
(sin 37o = 0.60, sin 53o = 0.80)
(g = 10 m/s2)
(a) Zero (b) 400 N
(c) 800 N (d) 1200 N
41. Three equal weights A, B and C of mass 2 kg each are
hanging on a string passing over a fixed pulley which
is frictionless as shown in figure. The tension in the
string connecting weight B and C is:
(a) 0.33 (b) 1.33
(c) 1 (d) 0.066
45. Two blocks, each having a mass M, rest on frictionless
surfaces as shown in the figure. If the pulleys are light
and frictionless, and M on the incline is allowed to
move down, then the tension in string will be:
A
B
C
(a) zero (b) 13 N
(c) 3.3 N (d) 19.6 N
42. Consider the shown arrangement. Assume all surfaces 2 3
(a) Mg sin θ (b) Mg sin θ
to be smooth. If N represents magnitudes of normal 3 2
reaction between block and wedge, then acceleration
Mg sin θ
of M along horizontal is equal to: (c) (d) 2 Mg sin θ
2
Frames of Reference
46. Two weights W1 and W2 are suspended from the ends
to a light string passing over a smooth fixed pulley. If
the pulley is pulled up at an acceleration g. The tension
in the string will be:
N sin θ
(a) along + ve x-axis 4W1W2 2W1W2
M (a) (b)
W1 + W2 W1 + W2
N cos θ
(b) along –ve x-axis
M W1 − W2 W1W2
(c) (d)
N sin θ W1 + W2 2 (W1 + W2 )
(c) along –ve x-axis
M 47. The pendulum hanging from the ceiling of a railway
N sin θ carriage makes angle 30° with the vertical, when it is
(d) along –ve x-axis accelerating. The acceleration of the carriage is:
m+M
43. In the above question normal reaction between ground 3 2
(a) g (b) g
and wedge will have magnitude equal to: 2 3
(a) N cos θ + Mg (b) N cos θ + Mg + mg g
(c) g 3 (d)
(c) N cos θ − Mg (d) N sin θ + Mg + mg 3
48. A block is placed on the top of a smooth inclined plane

of inclination θ kept on the floor of a lift. When the
60°
lift is descending with a retardation a, the block is
released. The acceleration of the block relative to the m
incline is:
(a) g sin θ (b) a sin θ   3 
(c) (g –a) sin θ (d) (g + a) sin θ (a) μ mg (b) µ  mg −   F 
  2  
49. A smooth inclined plane of length L, having an
inclination θ with horizontal is inside a lift which is   F    F 
(c) µ  mg −    (d) µ  mg +   
moving down with retardation a. The time taken by a   2    2 
block to slide down the inclined plane from rest will 54. While walking on ice, one should take small steps to
be: avoid slipping. This is because smaller steps ensure
2L 2L (a) larger friction (b) smaller friction
(a) (b)
a sin θ g sin θ (c) larger normal force (d) smaller normal force
2L 2L 55. A boy of mass M is applying a horizontal force to slide
(c) (d)
( g − a ) sin θ ( g + a ) sin θ a box of mass M’ on a rough horizontal surface. The
coefficient of friction between the shoes of the boy and
50. A block of mass m is placed on a smooth wedge of the floor is µ and that between the box and the floor
inclination θ . The whole system is accelerated
is µ ' . In which of the following cases it is certainly
horizontally so that the block does not slip on the
wedge. The force exerted by the wedge on the block (g not possible to slide the box?
is acceleration due to gravity) will be (a) µ < µ ' , M < M’ (b) µ > µ ' , M < M’
mg (c) µ < µ ' , M > M’ (d) µ > µ ' , M > M’
(a) mg (b)
cos θ
56. A wooden box of mass 8 kg slides down an inclined
(c) mg cos θ (d) mg sin θ plane of inclination 30° to the horizontal with a
constant acceleration of 0.4 ms −2 . What is the force of
friction between the box and inclined plane?
FRICTION (g = 10 m/s2)
Frictional Force and its Properties (a) 36.8 N (b) 76.8 N
51. A body is projected along a rough horizontal surface (c) 65.6 N (d) None of these
with a velocity 6 m/s. If the body comes to rest after
57. A minimum force F is applied to a block of mass
travelling 9 m, then coefficient of sliding friction, is:
102 kg to prevent it from sliding on a plane with an
(g = 10 m/s2)
inclination angle 30° with the horizontal. If the
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.4 coefficients of static and kinetic friction between the
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.2 block and the plane are 0.4 and 0.3 respectively, then
52. A car having a mass of 1000 kg is moving at a speed the force F is:
of 30 m/s. Brakes are applied to bring the car to rest. If (a) 157 N (b) 224 N
the frictional force between the tyres and the road
(c) 315 N (d) zero
surface is 5000 N, the car will come to rest in
58. A block of mass 4 kg is placed on a rough horizontal
(a) 5s (b) 8s
plane. A time dependent force F = kt2 acts on the block,
(c) 12s (d) 6s where k = 2N/s2. Coefficient of friction m = 0.8. Force
53. A mass m rests on a horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction between block and the plane at t = 2s is:
of friction between the mass and the surface is µ . If
(a) 8 N (b) 4 N
mass is pulled by a force F as shown in figure. The
(c) 2 N (d) 32 N
limiting friction between mass and the surface will be:
59. In the figure shown, if coefficient of friction is µ , then

(a)
( P + Q sin θ ) (b)
( P cos θ + Q )
m2 will start moving upwards if: ( mg − Q cos θ ) ( mg − Q sin θ )
(c)
( P + Q cos θ ) (d)
( P sin θ − Q )
( mg + Q sin θ ) ( mg − Q cos θ )
64. A body of mass M is kept on a rough horizontal surface
m2
(friction coefficient = m). A person is trying to pull the
m1 body by applying a horizontal force, but the body is
not moving. The force by the surface on A is F where
(a) F = Mg (b) F = m Mg
m1 m1
(a) > sin θ − µ cos θ (b) > sin θ + µ cos θ (c) Mg ≤ F ≤ Mg 1 + µ 2 (d) Mg ≥ F ≥ Mg 1 − µ 2
m2 m2
65. The coefficient of friction between the tyres and road
m m
(c) 1 > µ sin θ − cos θ (d) 1 > µ sin θ + cos θ is 0.4. The minimum distance covered before attaining
m2 m2 a speed of 8 m/s starting from rest is nearly:
60. Two cars of unequal masses use similar tyres. If they (g = 10 m/s2)
are moving at the same initial speed, the minimum (a) 8.0 m (b) 4.0 m
stopping distance
(c) 10.0 m (d) 16.0 m
(a) is smaller for the heavier car
66. A block of mass 0.1 kg is held against a wall applying
(b) is smaller for the lighter car horizontal force of 5 N on the block. If coefficient of
(c) is same for both car friction between the block and the wall is 0.5, the
(d) depends on the volume of the car magnitude of frictional force acting on the block is
61. A block of mass 5 kg is kept on a horizontal floor (a) 2.5 N (b) 0.49 N
having coefficient of friction 0.09. Two mutually (c) 0.98 N (d) 4.9 N
perpendicular horizontal forces of 3 N and 4 N act on 67. A block of mass m is given an initial downward
this block. The acceleration of the block is: velocity v 0 and left on an inclined plane (coefficient
(g = 10 m/s2) of friction = 0.6). The block will:
2
(a) zero (b) 0.1 m/s
2
(c) 0.2 m/s (d) 0.3 m/s2 V0
62. Which of the following statements is true in a tug of
war. 30°
(a) The team which applies a greater force on the rope (a) continue to move down the plane with constant
than the other wins. velocity v 0
(b) The team which applies a smaller force on the other
(b) accelerate downward
wins.
(c) decelerate and come to rest
(c) The team which pushes harder against the ground
wins. (d) first accelerated then decelerate
(d) none of these 68. If a block moving up at θ=30o with a velocity 5 m/s,
63. A block of mass m, lying on a rough horizontal plane, stops after 0.5 sec, then coefficient of friction ( µ ) is
is acted upon by a horizontal force P and another force 1
[take = 0.6 ]
Q, inclined at an angle 𝜃𝜃 to the vertical upwards. The 3
block will remain in equilibrium, if minimum
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.25
coefficient of friction between block and the surface is:
(c) 0.6 (d) none of the above
69. The upper half of an inclined plane of inclination 𝜃𝜃 is 74. Two blocks are connected over a massless pulley as
perfectly smooth while the lower half is rough. A block shown in figure. The mass of block A is 10 kg and the
starting from rest at the top of the plane will again coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.2. Block A slides
come to rest at the bottom, if the coefficient of friction down the incline at constant speed. The mass of block
between the block and the lower half of the plane is B in kg is:
given by:
(a) µ = 2 tan θ (b) µ = tan θ
2 1
(c) µ = (d) µ =
tan θ tan θ
Angle of Friction and Angle of Repose (a) 5.4 (b) 3.3

1 (c) 4.2 (d) 6.8
70. The coefficient of friction of a surface is . What
3 75. A block is gently placed on a conveyor belt moving
should be the angle of inclination so that a body placed horizontally with constant speed. After t = 4 s, the
on the surface just begins to slide down? velocity of the block becomes equal to velocity of the
(a) 30o (b) 45o belt. If the coefficient of friction between the block and
the belt is m = 0.2, then the velocity of the conveyor
(c) 60o (d) 90o belt is
71. In a situation the contact force by a rough horizontal (a) 8 m/s (b) 6 m/s
surface on a body placed on it has constant magnitude.
(c) 4 m/s (d) 2 m/s
If the angle between this force and the vertical is
decreased, the frictional force between the surface and 76. A box of mass 8 kg is placed on a rough inclined plane
the body will of inclination θ . Its downward motion can be
(a) increase prevented by applying an upward pull F and it can be
made to slide upwards by applying a force 2 F. The
(b) decrease
coefficient of friction between the box and the inclined
(c) remain the same
plane is:
(d) may increase or decrease
1
72. A block A kept on an inclined surface just begins to (a) tan θ (b) 3 tan θ
3
slide if the inclination is 30°. The block is replaced by
another block B and it is found that it just begins to 1
(c) tan θ (d) 2 tan θ
slide if the inclination is 40°. 2
(a) mass of A > mass of B 77. A block of mass M rests on a rough horizontal surface
(b) mass of A < mass of B as shown. Coefficient of friction between the block
(c) mass of A = means of B and the surface is m. A force F = Mg acting at angle 𝜃𝜃
with the vertical side of the block pulls it. In which of
(d) all the three are possible
the following cases the block can be pulled along the
Block on Block Systems & Miscellaneous cases in Friction surface:
73. Determine the time in which the smaller block reaches F
other end of bigger block in the figure
u = 0.3
10 N 2 kg M
u = 0.0
8 kg
θ 
(a) tan θ ≥ µ (b) tan   ≥ µ
L = 3.0 m
2
(a) 4s (b) 8 θ 
(c) cot θ ≥ µ (d) cot   ≥ µ
(c) 2.19 s (d) 2.13 s 2
78. An insect crawls up a hemispherical surface very 80. Pushing force making an angle θ to the horizontal
slowly (see the figure). The coefficient of friction (towards bottom of the block) is applied on a block of
1 weight W placed on a horizontal table. If the angle of
between the insect and the surface is . If the line
3 friction is φ , the magnitude of force required to move
joining the centre of the hemispherical surface to the the body is equal to:
insect makes an angle a with the vertical, the maximum
W cos θ W sin φ
possible value of a is given by: (a) (b)
cos (θ − φ ) cos (θ + φ )
W tan φ W sin φ
(c) (d)
sin (θ − φ ) tan (θ − φ )
(a) cot 𝛼𝛼 = 3 (b) tan 𝛼𝛼 = 3

(c) sec 𝛼𝛼 = 3 (d) cosec 𝛼𝛼 = 3
79. A given object takes n times more time to slide down
45° rough inclined plane as it takes to slide down a
perfectly smooth 45° incline. The coefficient of kinetic
friction between the object and the incline is
1 1
(a) (b) 1−
2 − n2 n2
1 1
(c) 1− (d)
n2 1− n 2
EXERCISE – 2: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAINS QUESTIONS

1. Given in the figure are two blocks A and B of weight 4. A rocket is fired vertically from the earth with an
20 N and 100 N, respectively. These are being acceleration of 2g, where g is the gravitational
pressed against a wall by a force F as shown. If the acceleration. On an inclined plane inside the rocket,
coefficient of friction between the blocks is 0.1 and making an angle θ with the horizontal, a point object
between block B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional of mass m is kept. The minimum coefficient of
force applied by the wall on block B is (assume, both friction µmin between the mass and the inclined
the blocks are stationary): (2015) surface such that the mass does not move is:
(2016)
(a) tan θ (b) 2 tan θ
(c) 3 tan θ (d) tan 2θ
5. A particle of mass m is acted upon by a force F given
R
by the empirical law F = 2 v ( t ) , If this law is to be
(a) 100 N (b) 80 N t
(c) 120 N (d) 150 N tested experimentally by observing the motion
starting from rest, the best way is to plot:
2. A rocket is fired vertically from the earth with an
(2016)
acceleration of 2g, where g is the gravitational
(a) v ( t ) against t
1
acceleration. On an inclined plane inside the rocket, (b) log v ( t ) against
2
making an angle θ with the horizontal, a point object t2

of mass m is kept. The minimum coefficient of
(c) log v ( t ) against t
1
friction µmin between the mass and the inclined (d) log v ( t ) against
t
surface such that the mass does not move is:
6. The machine as shown has 2 rods of length 1m
(2016) connected by a pivot at the top. The end of one rod is
(a) tan θ (b) 2 tan θ connected to the floor by a stationary pivot and the
(c) 3 tan θ (d) tan 2θ end of the other rod has a roller that rolls along the
floor in a slot. As the roller goes back and forth, a 2
3. A point particle of mass m moves along the uniformly
kg weight moves up and down. If the roller is moving
rough track PQR as shown in the figure. The
towards right at a constant speed, the weight moves
coefficient of friction, between the particle and the
up with a: (2017)
rough track equals μ. The particle is released, from
rest, from the point P and it comes to rest at a point
R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts, PQ
and QR, of the track, are equal to each other, and no
energy is lost when particle changes direction from
PQ to QR. (2016)
(a) constant speed

(b) decreasing speed
(c) increasing speed
The values of the coefficient of friction μ and the
distance x(=QR), are, respectively close to: 3
(d) speed which is th of that of the roller when the
(a) 0.2 and 6.5 m (b) 0.2 and 3.5 m 4
weight is 0.4 m above the ground
(c) 0.29 and 3.5 m (d) 0.29 and 6.5 m
7. A given object takes n times more time to slide down (a) 200 N (b) 140 N
a 45o rough inclined plane as it takes to slide down a
(c) 70 N (d) 100 N
perfectly smooth 45o incline. The coefficient of
kinetic friction between the object and the incline is: 12. A particle of mass m is moving in a straight line
with momentum p. Starting at time t = 0, a force F =
(2018)
kt acts in the same direction on the moving particle
1 1 during time interval T so that its momentum changes
(a) (b) 1 −
2 − n2 n2 from p to 3p. Here k is a constant. The value of T is:
(all quantities are measured in S.I unit)
1 1
(c) 1− (d) (2019)
n2 1 − n2
8. A body of mass 2 kg slides down with an acceleration k p
(a) 2 (b) 2
of 3 m/s2 on a rough inclined plane having slope of p k
30o. The external force required to take the same body
up the plane with the same acceleration will be: 2k 2p
(c) (d)
(g = 10 m/s2) (2018) p k
(a) 14 N (b) 20 N 13. A block kept on a rough inclined plane, as shown in
(c) 6 N (d) 4 N the figure, remains at rest up to a maximum force 2 N
down the inclined plane. The maximum external
9. =
Two masses m1 5=
kg and m2 10 kg , connected
force up the inclined plane that does not move the
by an inextensible string over a frictionless pulley, are block is 10 N. The coefficient of static friction
moving as shown in the figure. The coefficient of between the block and the plane is: [Take g = 10 m/s2]
friction of horizontal surface is 0.15. The minimum (2019)
weight m that should be put on top of m2 to stop the
motion is: (2018)
3 3
(a) (b)
2 4
(a) 23.3 kg (b) 43.3 kg
1 2
(c) 10.3 kg (d) 18.3 kg (c) (d)
2 3
10. An automobile, travelling at 40 km/h, can be stopped
at a distance of 40 m by applying brakes. If the same 14. A bullet of mass 20g has an initial speed of 1
automobile is travelling at 80 km/h, the minimum ms−1, just before it starts penetrating a mud wall of
stopping distance, in metres, is (assume no skidding): thickness 20 cm. If the wall offers a mean resistance
of 2.5×10−2N, the speed of the bullet after emerging
(2018) from the other side of the wall is close to:
(a) 75 m (b) 160 m
(2019)
(c) 150 m (d) 100 m
(a) 0.1 ms-1 (b) 0.7 ms-1
11. A mass of 10 kg is suspended vertically by a rope
(c) 0.3 ms-1 (d) 0.4 ms-1
from the roof. When a horizontal force is applied on
the rope at some point, the rope deviates at an angle
of 45°at the roof point. If the suspended mass is at
equilibrium, the magnitude of the force applied is
(g = 10 ms-2) (2019)
15. Two blocks A and B of masses 18. A liquid of density ρ is coming out of a hose pipe of
= =
m A 1kg and m B 3kg are kept on the table as radius with a horizontal speed v and hits a mesh. 50%
shown in figure. The coefficient of friction between of the liquid passes through the mesh unaffected. 25%
A and B is 0.2 and that between B and the surface of loses all of its momentum and 25% comes back with
the table is also 0.2. The maximum force F that can the same speed. The resultant pressure on the mesh
be applied on B horizontally, so that the block A does will be: (2019)
not slide over the block B is: [Take g = 10 m / s 2 ] 1 2 3 2
(a) ρv (b) ρv
(2019) 4 4
1 2
(c) ρv (d) ρ v 2
2
19. A block of mass 5 kg is (i) pushed in case (A) and (ii)
pulled in case (B), by a force F = 20 N, making an
angle of 30° with the horizontal, as shown in the
(a) 8 N (b) 16 N figures. The coefficient of friction between the block
and floor is µ = 0.2 . The difference between the
(c) 40 N (d) 12 N
accelerations of the block, in case (B) and case (A)
16. A spring whose unstretched length is l has a force will be: (g =10 m s-2) (2019)
constant k. The spring is cut into two pieces of
unstretched lengths l1 and l2 where, l1 = nl2 and n is
k1
an integer. The ratio of the corresponding force
k2
constants, k1 and k2 will be: (2019)
1 (a) 0.4 m s-2 (b) 3.2 m s-2
(a) n (b)
n2 (c) 0.8 m s-2 (d) 0 m s-2
20. A mass of 10 kg is suspended by a rope of length 4
1
(c) (d) n 2 m, from the ceiling. A force F is applied horizontally
n
at the mid-point of the rope such that the top half of
17. A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a rough inclined the rope makes an angle of 45o with the vertical. Then
plane as shown in the figure. A force of 3 N is applied F equals (Take g = 10 m/s2 and rope to be massless)
on the block. The coefficient of static friction
(2020)
between the plane and the block is 0.6. What should
be the minimum value of force P, such that the block (a) 100 N (b) 90 N
does not move downward? (Take g = 10 ms-2) (c) 75 N (d) 70 N
(2019) 21. A spaceship in space sweeps stationary interplanetary
dust. As a result, its mass increases at a rate
dM (t )
= bv 2 (t ), where v (t) is its instantaneous
dt
velocity. The instantaneous acceleration of the
satellite is: (2020)
bv 3
(a) −bv3 (t ) (b) −
M (t )
2bv3 bv 3
(a) 32 N (b) 18 N (c) − (d) −
M (t ) 2 M (t )
(c) 23 N (d) 25 N
22. An insect is at the bottom of a hemispherical ditch of 25. Two blocks (m = 0.5 kg and M = 4.5 kg) are arranged
radius 1 m. It crawls up the ditch but starts slipping on a horizontal frictionless table as shown in figure.
after it is at height h from the bottom. If the The coefficient of static friction between the two
coefficient of friction between the ground and the blocks is 3/7. Then the maximum horizontal force
insect is 0.75, then h is: (g = 10 ms-2) that can be applied on the larger block so that the
blocks move together is ______ N. (Round off to the
(2020)
Nearest Integer) (Take g as 9.8 m/s2)
(a) 0.45 m (b) 0.60 m
(2021)
(c) 0.20 m (d) 0.80 m
23. A particle is projected with velocity v0 along x-axis.

A damping force is acting on the particle which is
proportional to the square of the distance from the
origin. i.e. ma = −α x 2 . The distance at which the 26. An inclined plane is bent in such a way that the
particle stops: (2021) x2
vertical cross-section is given by y = where y is
1 1 4
 2mv0  3  3mv02  2 in vertical and x in horizontal direction. If the upper
(a)   (b)  
 3α   2α  surface of this curved plane is rough with coefficient
of friction µ = 0.5 , the maximum height in cm at
1 1
 2mv02  2  3mv02  3 which a stationary block will not slip downward is
(c)   (d)  
 3α   2α 
_____cm. (2021)
27. The coefficient of static friction between a wooden
24. A block of mass m slides along a floor while a force
block of mass 0.5 kg and a vertical rough wall is 0.2.
of magnitude F is applied to it at an angle θ as shown
The magnitude of horizontal force should be applied
in figure. The coefficient of kinetic friction is µ K . on the block to keep it adhere to the wall will be ____
Then, the block’s acceleration ‘a’ is given by: N. [g = 10 ms-2] (2021)
(g is acceleration due to gravity) (2021)
28. As shown in the figure, a block of mass 3kg is kept
on a horizontal rough surface of coefficient of friction
1
. The critical force to be applied on the vertical
3 3
surface as shown at an angle 60° with horizontal such
that it does not move, will be 3x. The value of x will
F  F 
(a) − cos θ − µ K  g − sin θ  be _______. (2021)
m  m 
F  F 
(b) cos θ − µ K  g + sin θ 
m  m 
F  F 
(c) cos θ − µ K  g − sin θ 
m  m 
F  F 
(d) cos θ + µ K  g − sin θ  29. A person standing on a spring balance inside a
m  m 
stationary lift measures 60 kg. The weight of that
person if the lift descends with uniform downward
acceleration of 1.8 m/s2 will be ____ N. [g = 10 m/s2]
(2021)
30. A boy pushes a box of mass 2 kg with a force 34. A bullet of mass 0.1 kg is fired on a wooden block to

=
F ( )
20iˆ + 10 ˆj N on a frictionless surface. If the pierce through it, but it stops after moving a distance
of 50 cm into it. If the velocity of bullet before hitting
box was initially at rest, then ______ m is the wood is 10 m/s and it slows down with uniform
displacement along the x-axis after 10 s. deceleration, then the magnitude of effective
(2021) retarding force on the bullet is ‘x’ N. The value of ‘x’
to the nearest integer is _______. (2021)
31. A body of mass 2 kg moves under a force of
( )
2iˆ + 3 ˆj + 5kˆ N . It starts from rest and was at the
35. The projectile motion of a particle of mass 5g is
shown in the figure.
origin initially. After 4 s, its new coordinates are (8,
b, 20). The value of b is _____. (Round off to the
Nearest integer). (2021)
32. A body of mass 1kg rests on a horizontal floor with
1
which it has a coefficient of static friction . It is The initial velocity of the particle is 5 2ms −1 and the
3
air resistance is assumed to be negligible. The
desired to make the body move by applying the
magnitude of the change in momentum between the
minimum possible force F N. The value of F will be
______. (Round off to the Nearest integer) points A and B is x × 10−2 kgms −1 .
[Take g = 10 m/s2] (2021) The value of x, to the nearest integer, is _______.
33. A boy of mass 4kg is standing on a piece of wood (2021)

having mass 5 kg. If the coefficient of friction
between the wood and the floor is 0.5, the maximum
force that the body can exert on the rope, so that the
piece of wood does not move from its place is ______
N. (Round off to the Nearest integer) [Take g = 10
m/s2]
(2021)
EXERCISE – 3: ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

Objective Questions I [Only one correct option] (a) zero (b) 1ms −2
1. A person swimming in a fresh-water pool is obeying:
(c) 2ms −2 (d) 3ms −2
(a) Newton’s second law
(b) Gravitational law 6. The engine of a car produces acceleration of 4ms −2 in
(c) Newton’s third law car. If this car pulls another car of same mass, what
will be the acceleration produced?
(d) Newton’s first law
2. The passenger moves forward when train stops, due to: (a) 8ms −2 (b) 2ms −2
(a) inertia of passenger (c) 4ms −2 (d) 1ms −2
(b) inertia of train
7. In order to raise a mass of 100 kg a man of mass
(c) gravitation pull by the earth
60 kg fastens a rope to it and passes the rope over a
(d) none of the above smooth pulley. He climbs the rope with an
3. A mass of 3 kg descending vertically downward acceleration 5g/4 relative to rope. The tension in the
supports a mass of 2 kg by means of a light string rope is
passing over a pulley. At the end of 5 s the string
(a) 1432 N (b) 928 N
breaks. How much high from now the 2 kg mass will
go? (g = 9.8 m/s2) [assume strings are very long and (c) 1218 N (d) 642 N
value of g remains constant] 8. A motor cycle and a car are moving on a horizontal
(a) 4.9 m (b) 9.8 m road with the same velocity. If they are brought to rest
(c) 16.9 m (d) 2.45 m by the application of brakes, which provided equal
4. A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a horizontal retardation, then
conveyor belt. When the belt is given an acceleration (a) motor cycle will stop at shorter distance
of 1ms −2 , the man remains stationary with respect to (b) car will stop at a shorter distance
the moving belt. If g = 10ms −2 , the net force acting on (c) both will stop at the same distance
the man in:
(d) nothing can be predicted.
9. A force of 100 N need to be applied parallel to a
smooth inclined plane just to hold a body on it. The
angle of inclination of the inclined plane is 30°. How
much horizontal force need to be applied to do the
same?
(a) zero (b) 120 N (a) 50 N
(c) 60 N (d) 600 N (b) 87 N
5. Three masses of 1 kg, 6 kg and 3 kg are connected to (c) 100 N
each other with threads and are placed on a table as
(d) 115 N
shown in figure. If g = 10ms −2 , the acceleration with
10. A man has weight 80 N. He stands on a weighing scale
which the system is moving is
in a lift which is moving upwards with a uniform
acceleration of 5 m/s2. What would be the reading on
the scale?
(g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 800 N (b) 120 N
(c) zero (d) 400 N
11. In the figure, the blocks A, B and C of mass m each 15. A body of mass m is suspended by two strings making
have acceleration a1 , a2 and a3 respectively. F1 and angles α and β with the horizontal. Tensions in the
F2 are external forces of magnitudes 2 mg and mg two strings are
respectively then:
mg cos β
=
(a) T1 = T2
sin (α + β )
(a) =
a1 a= a
2 3 (b) a1 > a3 2
>a mg sin β
=
(b) T1 = T2
=
(c) a1 , a > a3
a2 2 > a2 2
(d) a1 , a =
a3 sin (α + β )
12. An automobile enters a turn whose radius is R. The mg cos β mg cos α

=(c) T1 = , T2
road is banked at angle θ . friction is negligible sin (α + β ) sin (α + β )
between the wheels of the automobile and road. mass
(d) none of these
of the automobile is m and speed is u. Select the correct
alternative: 16. A ball is suspended by a thread from the ceiling of a
car. The brakes are applied and the speed of the car
(a) net force on the automobile is zero
changes uniformly from 10 m/s to zero in 5s. The
(b) normal reaction on the automobile is mg cos θ angle by which the ball deviates from the vertical
(c) normal reaction on the automobile is mg sec θ (g = 10 m/s2) is:
(d) none of the above 1 1
(a) tan −1   (b) sin −1  
13. A uniform rope of mass m hangs freely from a ceiling. 3 5
A bird of mass M climbs up the rope with an 1 1
acceleration a. The force exerted by the rope on the (c) tan −1   (d) cot −1  
5 3
ceiling is:
17. Two masses m and M are attached with strings as
shown. For the system to be in equilibrium we have:
(a) Ma + mg
(b) M (a + g) + mg
(c) M (a + g)
(d) dependent on the position of bird on the rope
2M 2m
14. When a bird of weight W sits on a stretched wire, the (a) tan θ = 1 + (b) tan θ = 1 +
m M
tension T in the wire is
M m
(a) > W/2 (b) = W (c) tan θ = 1 + (d) tan θ = 1 +
2m 2M
(c) < W (d) None of these
18. A light string going over a clamped pulley of mass m (a) The second block falls with zero acceleration
supports a block of mass M as shown in the figure. (b) The first block falls with maximum acceleration
The force on the pulley by the clamp is given by: (c) Both (a) and (b) are wrong
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct
22. For the arrangement shown in the figure the tension in
the string is given by
(a) 2 Mg (b) 2 mg
( M + m) + m2 ( M + m) +M2
2 2
(c) g (d) g
19. Tension in the cable supporting an elevator, is equal to mg
(a) (b) mg
the weight of the elevator. From this, we can conclude 2
that the elevator is going up or down with a 3
(a) uniform speed (b) uniform acceleration (c) mg (d) 2 mg
2
(c) variable acceleration (d) either (b) and (c). 23. In the arrangement shown, if the surface is smooth, the
20. All surfaces shown in figure are smooth. System is acceleration of the block m2 will be:
released with the spring unstretched. In equilibrium,
compression in the spring will be:
m2 g 2m2 g
mg 2 mg (a) (b)
(a) (b) 4m1 + m2 4m1 + m2
2k k
2m2 g 2m1 g
( M + m) g mg (c) (d)
(c) (d) m1 + 4m2 m1 + m2
2k k
24. Two masses are connected by a string which passes
21. Three identical blocks are suspended on two identical
over a pulley accelerating upward at a rate as shown.
springs one below the other as shown in figure. If
If a1 and a2 be the accelerations of bodies 1 and 2
thread is cut that supports block 1, then initially
(choose one alternative only): respectively, then:
(a) A= a1 − a2 (b) A= a1 + a2
a1 − a2 a1 + a2
(c) A = (d) A =
2 2
25. A sphere of mass m is held between two smooth 29. A trolley is accelerating down an incline of angle θ
inclined walls. For sin 37° = 3/5, the normal reaction with acceleration g sin θ . Which of the following is
of the wall (2) is equal to: not correct? ( α is angle made by the string with
vertical).
16 mg 25 mg
(a) (b) (a) α = θ
25 21
(b) α = 0°
39 mg
(c) (d) mg (c) Tension in the string T = mg cos θ
25
(d) All of the above
26. A trolley car slides down a smooth inclined plane of
angle of inclination θ . If a body is suspended from 30. A car is moving in a circular horizontal track of radius
the roof of the trolley car by an inextensible string, the 10 m with a constant speed of 10 m/s. A plumb bob is
corresponding tension in the string will be: suspended from the roof of the car by a light rigid rod.
The angle made by the bob with the vertical is
(a) mg (b) mg cos θ (g = 10 m/s2)
(c) mg sin θ (d) zero
(a) zero (b) 30o
27. A block of mass m is resting on a wedge of angle θ as
(c) 45o (d) 60o
shown in the figure. The wedge is given an
acceleration a. What is the value of a so that the mass 31. A block slides down an inclined plane of slope of
m falls freely? angle θ with a constant velocity. It is then projected
up the plane with an initial velocity u. The distance up
to which it will rise before coming to rest is:
u2 u2
(a) (b)
4 g sin θ 2g
u 2 sin 2 θ u sin θ
(c) (d)
2g 2g
32. The time taken by a body to slide down a rough 45º
(a) g (b) g cos θ incline plane is twice that required to slide down a
(c) g cot θ (d) g tan θ smooth 45º incline plane. The coefficient of kinetic
friction between the object and rough plane is given
28. Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 3 kg are attached to by
the ends of a string passing over a smooth pulley fixed
(a) 1/3 (b) 3/4
to the ceiling of an elevator. A man inside the elevator
accelerated upwards, finds the acceleration of the 3 4
(c) (d)
blocks to be 9/32g. The acceleration of the elevator is: 4 3
g g
(a) (b)
3 4
g g
(c) (d)
8 6
33. Two blocks are connected over a massless pulley as 36. A body is moving down along an inclined plane of
shown in figure. The mass of block A is 10 kg and the angle of inclination θ The coefficient of friction
coefficient of kinetic friction is 0.2. Block A slides between the body and the plane varies as µ = 0.5 x ,
down the incline at constant speed. The approximate
where x is the distance moved down the plane. The
mass of block B in kg is:
body will have the maximum velocity when it has
travelled a distance x given by:
2
(a) x = 2 tan θ (b) x =
tan θ
A
B (c) x = 2 cot θ (d) x =
2
cot θ
30°
37. In the shown arrangement mass of A = 1 kg, mass of
(a) 3.5 (b) > 2.5 B = 2 kg. Coefficient of friction between A and
B = 0.2. There is no friction between B and ground.
(c) 3.3 (d) 3.0 The frictional force exerted by A on B equals:
34. A block of mass m is kept on an inclined plane of a
lift moving down with acceleration of 2ms −2 . What
should be the coefficient of friction to let the block
move down with constant velocity relative to lift:
(a) 2 N (b) 3 N
(c) 4 N (d) 5 N
38. A body of mass 60 kg is dragged along a horizontal
surface by a horizontal force which is just sufficient to
start the motion of the body from rest. If the
1
(a) µ = (b) µ = 0.4 coefficients of static and kinetic friction are 0.5 and
3 0.4 respectively, the acceleration of the body is
3 (a) 0.98 m/s2 (b) 9.8 m/s2
(c) µ = 0.8 (d) µ =
2 (c) 0.54 m/s2 (d) 5.292 m/s2
35. Block A of mass m rests on the plank B of mass 3m 39. Two blocks A and B are placed on a table and joined
which is free to slide on a frictionless horizontal by a string (figure). The limiting friction for both
surface. The coefficient of friction between the block blocks is F. The tension in the string is T. The forces
and plank is 0.2. If a horizontal force of magnitude 2 of friction acting on the blocks are FA and FB. An
mg is applied to the plank B, the acceleration of A external horizontal force P = 3F/2 acts on A, directed
relative to the plank and relative to the ground away from B. Then
respectively, are:
A
2 mg
B
g 2g 3F F
(a) 0, (b) 0, (a) FA =FB =T= (b) =
FA ,=
FB F,=
T F
2 3 4 2
3g g g 2g F F
(c) , (d) , (c) FA =FB =3 , T=0 (d) FA =F, FB =T=
5 5 5 5 4 2
40. In the figure, mA = 2kg and mB = 4kg . For what (a) 4 m (b) 8 m
minimum value of F, A starts slipping over B? (c) 16 m (d) 32 m
(g = 10 m/s2)
44. Two blocks A and B are pushed against the wall with
A µ = 0.2 the force F. The wall is smooth but the surface in
F B
1
contact of A and B are rough. Which of the following
µ2 = 0.4
is true for the system of the blocks?
(a) 24 N (b) 36 N
(c) 12 N (d) 20 N
41. A block of mass m is placed on another block of mass
M which itself is lying on a horizontal surface. The
coefficient of friction between two blocks is µ1 and
that between the block of mass M and horizontal
surface is µ 2 . What maximum horizontal force can be (a) F should be equal to weight of A and B for
applied to the lower block, so that the two blocks move equilibrium.
without separation?
(b) F should be less than the weight of A and B for
equilibrium.
(c) F should be more than the weight of A and B for
equilibrium
(d) The system cannot be in equilibrium (at rest).
(a) ( μ1 - μ 2 ) (m + M)g (b) ( μ1 - μ 2 ) (m - M)g 45. A block of mass M lies on a rough surface of
coefficient of friction µ A force is applied on it an
(c) ( μ1 + μ 2 ) (m - M)g (d) ( μ1 + μ 2 ) (m + M)g
angle θ to the horizontal as shown, and the block is at
42. In the arrangement shown in figure, there is a friction
rest. The frictional force acting on the block will be:
force between the blocks of masses m and 2m. The
mass of the suspended block is m. The block of mass
m is stationary with respect to block of mass 2 m. The
minimum value of coefficient of friction between m
and 2m is:
(a) F cos θ (b) m(mg + F sin θ )
(c) m(mg − F sin θ ) (d) µ mg
46. A block of mass 3 kg is at rest on a rough inclined

plane as shown in the figure. The magnitude of net
force exerted by surface on the block will be
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2
1 1
(c) (d)
4 3
43. The rear side of a truck is open, and a box of mass 20
kg is placed on the truck 4 m away from the open end.
coefficient of friction µ = 0.15 and g = 10 m/s2. The (a) 26 N (b) 19.5 N
truck starts from rest with an acceleration of 2 m/s2on (c) 10 N (d) 30 N
a straight road. The box will fall off the truck when it
is at a distance from the starting point equal to:
47. For the arrangement shown in the figure the tension in 51. A block of weight 5 N is pushed against a vertical wall
the string is by a force of 12 N. The coefficient of friction between
the wall and the block is 0.6. The magnitude of total
force exerted by the wall on the block is
(a) 6N (b) 6.4 N

(c) 0.4 N (d) zero
48. The force required to just move a body up the inclined
plane is double the force required to just prevent the (a) 7.2 N (b) 5 N
body from sliding down the plane. The coefficient of (c) 12 N (d) 13 N
friction is µ . The inclination θ of the plane is 52. A uniform chain of length l is placed on a rough table
with length l/n (n > 1) hanging over the edge. If the
(a) tan −1 µ (b) tan −1 ( µ / 2)
chain just begins to slide off the table by itself from
(c) tan −1 2 µ (d) tan −1 3µ this position the coefficient of friction between the
chain and the table is
49. A body of mass m rests on horizontal surface. The 1 1
coefficient of friction between the body and the surface (a) (b)
n n −1
is m. If the mass is pulled by a force P as shown in the
figure, the limiting friction between body and surface 1 n −1
(c) (d)
will be: n +1 n +1
53. Two masses A and B of 7 kg and 3 kg respectively are
connected with a string passing over a frictionless
pulley fixed at the corner of table as shown in the
figure. The coefficient of friction between A and
horizontal surface is 0.3. The minimum mass of C that
may be placed on A to prevent it from moving is equal
  P  to
(a) µ mg (b) µ  mg +   
  2 
  P    3 P 
(c) µ  mg −    (d) µ  mg −   
  2    2  
50. A rough vertical board has an acceleration a along the
horizontal, so that a block of mass M pressing against
(a) 15 kg (b) 10 kg
it does not fall. The coefficient of friction between
(c) 5 kg (d) 3 kg
block and the board is:
54. If µ is coefficient of friction between the tyres and
a g
(a) ≥ (b) ≤ road, then the minimum stopping distance for a car of
g a mass m moving with velocity v is
v2
(c) ≤
a
(d) ≥
g (a) µ vg (b)
g a 2µ g
µv
(c) v 2 µ g (d)
2g
55. A parabolic bowl with its bottom at origin has the 59. A block of mass 0.1 kg is held against a wall by
x 2 applying a horizontal force of 5 N on the block. If the
shape y = . Here, x and y are in metres. The coefficient of friction between the block and the wall
20
maximum height at which a small mass m can be is 0.5, the magnitude of the frictional force acting on
placed on the bowl without slipping (coefficient of the block is
static friction is 0.5) is: (a) 2.5 N (b) 0.98 N
(c) 4.9 N (d) 0.49 N
60. What is the maximum value of the force F such that
the block shown in the arrangement, does not move?
(a) 2.5 m (b) 1.25 m

(c) 1.0 m (d) 4.0 m
56. A homogeneous chain of length L lies on a table. The
coefficient of friction between the chain and the table (a) 20 N (b) 10 N
is µ . The maximum length which can hang over the (c) 12 N (d) 15 N
table in equilibrium is
 µ  1− µ 
(a)  L (b)  L
 µ +1  µ 
Objective Questions II
 1− µ   2µ 
(c)  L (d)  L [One or more than one correction option]
1+ µ   2µ + 1 
61. Which of the following are correct?
57. A wedge of mass 2m and a cube of mass m are shown
in figure. Between cube and wedge, there is no (a) A parachutist of weight W strikes the ground with
friction. The minimum coefficient of friction between his legs and comes to rest with an upward
wedge and ground so that wedge does not move is acceleration of magnitude 3g. Force exerted on
him by ground during landing is 4 W.
(b) Two massless spring balances are hung vertically
in series from a fixed point and a mass M kg is
attached to the lower end of the lower spring
balance. Each spring balance reads M kg.
(c) A rough vertical board has an acceleration a along
(a) 0.10 (b) 0.20 the horizontal direction so that a block of mass m
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.50 passing against it does not fall. The coefficient of
friction between the block and the board is greater
58. During pedalling of a bicycle, the force of friction
than g/a.
exerted by the ground on the two wheels is such that
it acts. (d) A man is standing at a spring platform. If man
(a) in the backward direction on the front wheel and jumps away from the platform the reading of the
in the forward direction on the rear wheel spring balance first increases and then decreases to
zero.
(b) in the forward direction on the front wheel and in
the backward direction on the rear wheel
(c) in the backward direction on both the front and the
rear wheels
(d) in the forward direction on both the front and the
rear wheels
62. A body of mass 5 kg is suspended by the strings 65. A block of mass m is at rest on an inclined surface
making angles 60° and 30° with the horizontal as having a coefficient of friction µ > tan θ as shown in
shown in the figure (g = 10 m/s2) then, the figure. The horizontal acceleration which should
be given to the inclined plane, so that the force of
friction between the block and the plane becomes
zero, is:
(a) T1 = 25 N (b) T2 = 25 N
(c) T1 = 25 3 N (d) T2 = 25 3 N
63. Two blocks A and B of mass 5 kg and 2 kg, (a) g sin θ , leftward (b) g tan θ , leftward
respectively, connected by a spring of force constant (c) g cot θ , rightward (d) g tan θ rightward
100 N/m are placed on an inclined plane of inclination
30° as shown in the figure. If the system is released
from rest, then 66. The string shown in the figure is passing over small
smooth pulley rigidly attached to trolley A. Speed of
trolley is constant and equal to v A . Speed and
magnitude of acceleration of block B at the instant
shown in figure is
(a) There will be no compression or elongation in the

spring if all the surfaces are smooth.
(b) There will be elongation in the spring if A is rough
and B is smooth.
(c) Maximum elongation in the spring is 35 cm if all
surfaces are smooth.
(d) There will be elongation in the spring if A is
smooth and B is rough.
64. In the figure, the blocks A, B and C of mass m each (a) v B = v A , a B = 0 (b) a B = 0
have acceleration a1, a2 and a3 respectively. F1 , F2 3 16 v 2A
(c) v B = vA (d) a B =
and F3 are external forces of magnitude 2 mg, mg and 5 125
mg/2 respectively, then 67. The acceleration of a particle as observed from two
different frames S1 and S2 have equal magnitudes of
2ms −2 .
(a) The relative acceleration of the frame may either
be 0 or 4 m/s2.
(b) Their relative acceleration may have any value
between 0 and 4 m/s2.
(c) Both of the frames may be stationary with respect
to earth.
(a) a1 ≠ a2 ≠ a3 (b) a=
1 a2 ≠ a3 (d) The frames may be moving with same acceleration
in same direction.
(c) a1 > a2 > a3 (d) a1 ≠ a2 =
a3
68. Two blocks of masses m1 and m2 are connected (a) The friction force between A and B is 40 N.
through a massless inextensible string. Block of mass (b) The net force acting on A is 150 N.
m1 is placed at the fixed rigid inclined surface while (c) The value of F is 190 N.
the block of mass m2 hanging at the other end of the
(d) The value of F is 150 N.
string, which is passing through a fixed massless
71. Mark the correct statement(s) regarding friction.
frictionless pulley shown in the figure. The coefficient
of static friction between the block and the inclined (a) Friction force can be zero, even though the contact
plane is 0.8. The system of masses m1 and m2 is surface is rough.
released from rest. (b) Even though there is no relative motion between
surfaces, frictional force may exist between them.
(c) The expressions f L = us N or f k = µk N are
approximate expressions.
(d) The expression f L = us N tells that direction of
f L and N are the same.
(a) The tension in the string is 20 N after releasing the 72. A 10 kg block is placed on the top of a 40 kg block as
system. shown in the figure. A horizontal force F acting on B
(b) The contact force by the inclined surface on the causes an acceleration of 2 m/s2 to B. For this situation
block is along normal to the inclined surface. mark out the correct statement(s).
(c) The magnitude of contact force by the inclined
surface on the block m1 is 20 3 N .
(d) None of these
69. In the figure, if F = 4N, m = 2kg, M = 4 kg then
(a) The acceleration of A may also be 2 m/s2.

(b) The acceleration of A must also be 2 m/s2.
(c) The coefficient of friction between the blocks may
be 0.2
(d) The coefficient of friction between the blocks mut
be 0.2 only.
2
(a) The acceleration of m w.r.t. ground is m / s2 .
3
Numerical Value Type Questions
(b) The acceleration of m w.r.t. ground is 1.2 m/s2.
73. A block of mass m = 2 kg is resting on a rough inclined
(c) The acceleration of M is 0.4 m/s2. plane of inclination 30o as shown in Figure. The
2 coefficient of friction between the block and the plane
(d) The acceleration of M w.r.t. ground is m / s2 . is µ = 0.5 . What minimum force F (in newton) should
3
70. A 20 kg block is placed on top of 50 kg block as shown be applied perpendicularly to the plane on the block,
in the figure. A horizontal force F acting on A causes so that block does not slip on the plane?
an acceleration of 3 m/s2 to A and 2 m/s2 to B. For this = =
[ given : g 10 ms −2 , 3 1.73 ]
situation mark out the correct statement(s).
74. A block is placed on an inclined plane moving 78. A block weighing 20 kg is placed on a smooth surface
towards right horizontally with an acceleration A weight of 2 kg is mounted on the block. The
a0 = g . The length of the plane AC = 1 m. Friction is coefficient of friction between the block and the
absent everywhere. Find the time taken (in sec) by the weight is 0.25. Calculate the acceleration (in ms −2 ) of
block to reach from C to A. [take g = 10ms −2 ] the block when a horizontal force of 20 N is applied
to the weight as shown in the figure. (g = 10 ms-2).
79. A block A, of weight W, slides down an inclined plane

S of slope 37o at a constant velocity while the plank
75. You are designing an elevator for a hospital. The force
B, also of weight W; rests on top of A (figure). The
exerted on a passenger by the floor of the elevator is
plank B is attached by a cord to the top of the plane.
not to exceed 1.60 times the passenger's weight. The
If the coefficient of kinetic friction is the same
elevator accelerates upward with a constant
between the surfaces A and B and between the
acceleration for a distance of 3.0 m and then starts to
surfaces S and A, determine its value if tension(T) in
slow down. What is the maximum speed (in m/s) of
3
the elevator? [take g = 10ms −2 ] cord is 4 µ mg cos 37 . [take tan 37 = ]
4
76. A block A of mass m is placed over a plank B of man
2 m. Plank B is placed over a smooth horizontal
surface. The co-efficient of friction between A and B
1
is . Block A is given a velocity v0 towards right.
2
Find acceleration (in ms −2 ) of B relative to A. [take
g = 10ms −2 ]
80. A car is going at a speed of 6 m/sec when it encounters

a slope of angle 37º. The length of the sloping slide is
7 m. The friction coefficient between the road and the
tyre is 0.5. The driver applied brakes. The minimum
speed of the car with which it can reach the bottom is
77. Figure represents a painter in a crate which hangs w m/sec. Find w. [take 74 = 8.6 ]
alongside a building. When the painter of mass 10 kg
pulls the rope, the force exerted by him on the floor of
the crate is 450 N. If the crate weighs 25 kg, find the
acceleration (in ms −2 ) of the crate. [take g = 10m / s 2
]
Assertion & Reason 87. Assertion: If a body is trying to slip over a surface
(A) Assertion is true, Reason is true; Reason is a correct then friction acting on the body is necessarily equal to
explanation for Assertion. the limiting friction.
(B) Assertion is true, Reason is true; Reason is NOT a Reason: Static friction can be less than the limiting
correct explanation for Assertion. friction force.
(C) Assertion is true, Reason is false. (a) A (b) B
(D) Assertion is false, Reason is true. (c) C (d) D
81. Assertion: In figure the ground is smooth and the 88. Assertion: On a rainy day, it is difficult to drive a car
masses of both the blocks are different. Net force or a bus at high speed.
acting on each of the block is not same. Reason: The value of coefficient of friction is
Reason: Acceleration of the blocks both will be lowered due to wetting of the surface.
different. (a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
Match the Following

Each question has two columns. Four options are given
82. Assertion: When static friction acts between two
representing matching of elements from Column-I and
bodies, there is no loss of mechanical energy.
Column-II. Only one of these four options corresponds
Reason: When kinetic friction acts between two to a correct matching.
bodies, there is loss of mechanical energy.
For each question, choose the option corresponding
83. Assertion: The acceleration of a particle as seen from
to the correct matching.
an inertial frame is zero if no external force acts on it.
89. Match the entries of Column I with the entries of
Reason: a particle can accelerate without any external
Column II.
force.
Column I Column II
84. Assertion: A reference frame attached to the earth is
an inertial frame of reference. Reason: Newton's laws (A) ……..friction force is (p) µ = tan θ
can be applied in this frame of reference. less than the applied force
85. Assertion: Pulling (refer to the figure) is easier than (B) ….. friction force is (q) Limiting equal to
pushing [refer to the figure] on a rough surface. the applied Force
Reason: Normal reaction is less in pulling than is (C) ….. friction acts when an
pushing.
object is on the (r) Static
verge of motion
(D) An object is about (s) Kinetic
to slide down when
(a) A (b) B
placed on an inclined
(c) C (d) D
plane, θ being the angle
86. Assertion: Static frictional force is always greater
of inclination with the
than the kinetic frictional force.
horizontal is related with
Reason: (Coefficient of static friction) µ s > µk
coefficient of friction ( µ ) as:
(coefficient of kinetic friction).
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
90. For the situation shown in the figure, in Column I, the 92. Find the magnitudes of the horizontal forces F1 and F2
statements regarding friction forces are mentioned, that must be applied to hold the system in the position
while in Column II some information related to shown.
friction forces are given. Match the entries of Column
(a) 75 N, 90 N, respectively
I with the entries of Column II.
(b) 60 N, 60 N, respectively
(c) 90 N, 90 N, respectively
(d) 45 N, 90 N, respectively
Using the following passage, solve Q. 93 & 94

Passage – 2
Block A has a mass of 40 kg and block B has a mass of 15
kg, and F of 500 N is applied parallel to smooth inclined plane
Column - I Column - II
(figure). The system is moving together.
(A) Total friction force on 3 kg (p) towards
93. The acceleration of the system is
block is right
(B) Total friction force on 5 kg (q) towards
block is left
(C) Friction force on 2 kg block (r) zero
due to 3 kg block is 45 23
(a) m / s2 (b) m / s2
(D) Friction force on 3 kg block (s) non-zero 11 11
due to 5 kg block is 13 8
(c) m / s2 (d) m / s2
7 3
Paragraph Type Questions 94. The least coefficient of friction between A and B is
Using the following passage, solve Q. 91 & 92 5 2 9 3

(a) (b)
12 53
Passage - 1
In the following figure the weight w is 60.0 N. 9 2 5 3
(c) (d)
28 18
91. The tension in the diagonal string is

(a) 60 N (b) 90 N
(c) 85 N (d) 100 N
Using the following passage, solve Q. 95 to 97 Using the following passage, solve Q. 98 to 100
Passage - 3 Passage - 4
Three blocks A, B and C of mass 3M, 2M and M, A student performs two experiments to determine the
respectively, are suspended vertically with the help of springs coefficient of static and kinetic friction between a block of
PQ and TU and a string RS as shown. If acceleration of block mass 100 kg and the horizontal floor.
A, B and C are a1, a2 and a3, respectively.
Ist Experiment: He applies a gradual increasing force on the
block and is just able to slide the block when force is 450 N
IInd Experiment: He applies constant force of different
magnitudes for the duration of 2 s and determine the distance
travelled by the block in this duration.
Set Force Distance
1. 300 N 0.5 m
2. 600 N 2.0 m
3. 750 N 3.0 m
Assume all the forces have been applied horizontally.
95. The value of acceleration a3 at the moment spring PQ 98. The coefficient of static friction between the block and
is cut is the floor is
(a) g downward (b) g upward (a) 0.45 (b) 0.5
(c) more than g downward (d) zero (c) 0.3 (d) 1.45
96. The value of acceleration a1 at the moment string RS 99. Which set of the readings of Experiment II is
is cut is absolutely wrong?
(a) g downward (b) g upward (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) more than g downward (d) zero (c) 3 (d) none of these
97. The value of acceleration a2 at the moment spring TU 100. The speed of the block after 3s (beginning from the
is cut is starting of application of force) in set 2 for IInd
experiment is
(a) g/5 upward (b) g/5 downward
(a) 6 m/s
(c) g/3 upward (d) zero
(b) 2 m/s
(c) 3 m/s
(d) Information is insufficient
EXERCISE – 4: PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. A string of negligible mass going over a clamped 4. Two blocks A and B of equal masses are released
pulley of mass m supports a block of mass M as from an inclined plane of inclination 45° at t = 0. Both
shown in the figure. The force on the pulley by the the blocks are initially at rest. The coefficient of
clamp is given by: kinetic friction between the block A and the inclined
plane is 0.2 while it is 0.3 for block B. Initially the
block A is 2 m behind the block B. When and
where their front faces will come in a line.
(Take g = 10 m/s2)
(2001)
(a) 2Mg (b) 2mg
(c) ( M + m)
2
+ m2 g (d) ( ( M + m)
2
)
+M2 g
(2004)
2. The pulleys and strings shown in the figure are 5. Two blocks A and B of masses 2 m and m
smooth and of negligible mass. For the system to respectively are connected by a massless and
remain in equilibrium, the angle θ should be: inextensible string. The whole system is suspended
by a massless spring as shown in the figure. The
(2001)
magnitudes of acceleration A and B, immediately
after the string is cut, are respectively
(2006)
(a) 0° (b) 30°
g g
(a) g , (b) ,g
(c) 45° (d) 60° 2 2
3. What is the maximum value of the force F such that g g
(c) g , g (d) ,
the block shown in the arrangement, does not move? 2 2
6. A circular disc with a groove along its diameter is
placed horizontally. A block of mass 1 kg is placed as
shown in the figure. The co-efficient of friction
between the block and all surface of groove in contact
is m = 2/5. The disc has an acceleration of 25 m/s2.
(2003) Find the acceleration of the block with respect to disc.
(a) 20 N (b) 10 N
(c) 12 N (d) 15 N
(2006)
7. Two particles of mass m each are tied at the ends of a 10. Assertion: A block of mass m starts moving on a
light string of length 2a. The whole system is kept on rough horizontal surface with a velocity v. It stops
a frictionless horizontal surface with the string held due to friction between the block and the surface after
tight so that each mass is at a distance a from the moving through a certain distance. The surface is now
centre P (as shown in the figure). Now, the mid-point tilted to an angle of 30° with the horizontal and the
of the string is pulled vertically upwards with a small same block is made to go up on the surface with the
but constant force F. As a result, the particles moves same initial velocity v. The decrease in the
towards each other on the surface. The magnitude of mechanical energy in the second situation is smaller
acceleration, when the separation between them than that in the first situation.
becomes 2 x is (2007) Reason: The coefficient of friction between the
block and the surface decreases with the increase in
the angle of inclination. (2007)
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D
11. A piece of wire is bent in the shape of a parabola
y = kx2 (y-axis vertical) with a bead of mass m on it.
F a F x The bead can slide on the wire without friction. It
(a) (b)
2m a −x
2 2 2m a − x2
2
stays at the lowest point of the parabola when the wire
is at rest. The wire is now accelerated parallel to the
F x F a2 − x2 x-axis with constant acceleration a. The distance of
(c) (d)
2m a 2m x the new equilibrium position of the bead, where the
8. A particle moves in the X–Y plane under the bead can stay at rest with respect to the wire, from the
influence of a force such that its linear momentum is y–axis is: (2009)

= p ( t ) A iˆ cos ( kt ) − ˆj sin ( kt )  , where A and k are (a)
a
(b)
a
gk 2 gk
constants. The angle between the force and the
momentum is: (2007) 2a a
(c) (d)
(a) 0° (b) 30° gk 4 gk
12. A block of mass m is on an inclined plane of angle q.
(c) 45° (d) 90°
The coefficient of friction between the block and the
plane is m and tan q > m. The block is held stationary
Assertion & Reason by applying a force P parallel to the plane. The
direction of force pointing up the plane is taken to be
(A) Assertion is true, Reason is true; Reason is a
positive. As P is varied from P1 = mg (sin q – m cos
correct explanation for Assertion.
q) to P2 = mg (sin q + m cos q), the frictional force f
(B) Assertion is true, Reason is true; Reason is NOT a versus P graph will look like. (2010)
correct explanation for Assertion.
(C) Assertion is true, Reason is false.
(D) Assertion is false, Reason is true.
9. Assertion: A cloth covers a table. Some dishes are
kept on it. The cloth can be pulled out without
dislodging the dishes from the table.
(a) (b)
Reason: For every action there is an equal and
opposite reaction. (2007)
(a) A (b) B
(c) C (d) D (c) (d)
13. A block is moving on an inclined plane making an h 3 3 8 3

angle 45° with the horizontal and the coefficient of =
(c) = ,f N
 16 3
friction is m. The force required to just push it up the
h 3 3 16 3
inclined plane is 3 times the force required to just =
(d) = ,f N
prevent it from sliding down. If we define N = 10 m,  16 3
then N is: (2011) 16. A football of radius R is kept on a hole of radius r (r
14. A block of mass m1 = 1 kg another mass m2 = 2 kg. < R) made on a plank kept horizontally. One end of
are placed together (see figure) on an inclined plane the plank is now lifted so that it gets tilted making an
with angle of inclination θ . Various values of θ are angle θ from the horizontal as shown in the figure
given in List I. The coefficient of friction between the below. The maximum value of θ so that the football
block m1 and the plane is always zero. The coefficient does not start rolling down the plank satisfies (figure
of static and dynamic friction between the block m2 is schematic and not drawn to scale)
and the plane are equal to = 0.3. In List II expressions
for the friction on block m2 are given. Match the
correct expression of the friction in List II with the
angles given in List I, and choose the correct option.
The acceleration due to gravity is denoted by g.
[Useful information: tan (5.5o) 0.1; tan (11.5o) 0.2; (2020)
tan (16.5o) 0.3] r r
(a) sin θ = (b) tan θ =
R R
r r
(c) sin θ = (d) cos θ =
2R 2R
17. A student skates up a ramp that makes an angle 30º
with the horizontal. He/she starts (as shown in the
figure) file the bottom of the ramp with speed v0 and
(2014)
wants to turn around over a semi-circular path xyz of
List I List II
radius R during which he/she reaches a maximum
P. θ = 5o 1. m2g sin θ height h (at point y) from the ground as shown in the
Q. θ = 10 o
2. (m1 + m2) g sin θ figure. Assume that the energy loss is negligible, and
R. θ = 15o 3. m2g cos θ the force required for this turn at the highest point is
provided by his/her weight only. Then (g is the
S. θ = 20o 4. (m1 + m2)g cos θ
acceleration due to gravity) (2020)
(a) P -1, Q-1, R-1, S-3 (b) P-2, Q-2, R-2, S-3
(c) P-2, Q-2, R-2, S-4 (d) P-2, Q-2, R-3, S-3
15. A uniform wooden stick of mass 1.6 kg and length l
rests in an inclined manner on a smooth, vertical wall
of height h ( < l ) such that a small portion of the stick
extends beyond the well. The reaction force of the
wall on the stick is perpendicular on the stick. (The
stick makers an angle of 30o with the wall is equal in 1
magnitude to the reaction of the floor on the stick.) (a) v02 − 2 gh = gR
2
The ratio h/l and the frictional force f at the bottom of
the stick are (g = 10 ms-2): 3
(2016) (b) v02 − 2 gh =gR
2
h 3 16 3
=
(a) = ,f N (c) the centripetal force required at points x and z is
 16 3
zero
h 3 16 3 (d) the centripetal force required is maximum at
= =
(b) ,f N
 16 3 points x and z

ANSWER KEY 183
Answer Key
CHAPTER -1 UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE - 1 : EXERCISE - 2 :
BASIC OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS PREVIOUS YEARS JEE MAIN QUESTIONS
DIRECTION TO USE - DIRECTION TO USE -

Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions. Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (a)

5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (a) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (c)
9. (a) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (b) 9. (d) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (d)
13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (a) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (d) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (d)
29. (b) 30.(a) 31. (c) 32. (b) 29. (b) 30.(40) 31. (1050) 32. (c)
33. (d) 34.(d) 35.(b) 36. (d) 33. (c) 34.(d) 35.(a) 36. (c)
37. (d) 38.(d) 39.(a) 40. (a) 37. (b) 38.(c) 39.(25) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42.(d) 43.(b) 44. (a) 41. (d) 42.(c) 43.(a) 44. (90)
45. (d) 46.(d) 47.(d) 48. (a) 45. (d)
49. (c) 50.(b) 51. (a) 52. (a)
53. (b) 54.(b) 55.(b) 56. (b)
57. (c) 58.(c) 59.(b) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62.(a) 63.(c) 64. (a)
65. (c) 66.(d) 67. (d) 68. (b)
69. (d) 70.(c) 71. (a) 72. (c)
73. (a) 74.(d) 75. (b,c) 76. (c)
77. (d) 78.(c) 79. (b) 80. (a)
81. (a) 82.(a) 83.(c) 84. (c)
85. (c) 86.(3.00) 87. (6.67) 88. (34)
89. (5) 90.(14)
ANSWER KEY 184
CHAPTER -1 UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS
EXERCISE - 3: EXERCISE - 4:
ADVANCED OBJECTIVE QUESTION PREVIOUS YEARS JEE ADVANCED QUESTIONS

1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c,d)

5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 5. (a,c) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c)
9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (d) 12. (a) 9. (c) 10. (b,d) 11. (a,b,d) 12. (a)
13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (a) 13. (2) 14. (a,b) 15. (b,d)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (a,c,d) 22. (a,c,d) 23. (a,b,c) 24. (b,d)
25. (a,d) 26. (14.00) 27. (1)
28. (9.00) 29. (5.00) 30.(45.00)
ANSWER KEY 185
Answer Key
CHAPTER -2 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE

1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c)

5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (a) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (c) 9. (d) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (b)
13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (b) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (a)
17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (c) 17. (8.00) 18. (3.00) 19. (20.00) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (b) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (d)
25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c)
29. (b) 30.(a) 31. (a) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34.(c) 35.(b) 36. (b)
37. (d) 38.(b) 39.(b) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42.(b) 43.(b) 44. (c)
45. (b) 46.(a) 47.(c) 48. (b)
49. (c) 50.(a) 51. (c) 52. (b)
53. (c) 54.(c) 55.(b) 56. (d)
57. (b) 58.(c) 59.(d) 60. (b)
61. (b) 62.(b) 63.(c) 64. (a)
65. (d) 66.(a) 67. (a) 68. (b)
69. (d) 70.(d) 71. (c) 72. (c)
73. (d) 74.(a) 75. (d) 76. (a)
77. (b) 78.(a) 79. (a) 80. (d)
ANSWER KEY 186
CHAPTER -2 MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE

1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c)

5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 5. (a)
9. (a) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (d)
13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b)
17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (a)
25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (c)
29. (d) 30.(c) 31. (c) 32. (a)
33. (b) 34.(c) 35.(a) 36. (b)
37. (a) 38.(d) 39.(c) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42.(b) 43.(c) 44. (b)
45. (d) 46.(c) 47.(a) 48. (b,c)
49. (a,b,d) 50.(a,b,c) 51. (a,b,c) 52. (a,c)
53. (a,c,d) 54.(a,c,d) 55.(a,c,d) 56. (b,d)
57. (a,b,c,d)58.(a,c) 59.(45) 60. (13)
61. (20) 62.(d) 63.(d) 64. (d)
65. (d)
66.  a  q,s  b  p  c  p  d  q,r 
67.  a  p,q  b  p,q  c  p,r  d  q,r 
68.  A  R;B  S;C  P; D  R 

69. (d) 70.(b) 71. (a) 72. (b)
73. (d) 74.(b) 75.(c)
ANSWER KEY 187
Answer Key
CHAPTER -3 MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE MOTION
DIRECTION TO USE -
DIRECTION TO USE - Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
Scan the QR code and check detailed solutions.
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a)

5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (a)
13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (b)
17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (b)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (c) 25. (580.00) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (120.00)
29. (c) 30. (b) 31. (a) 32. (c)
33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (c)
37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (a)
45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (b)
49. (c) 50. (b) 51. (c) 52. (b)
53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (d)
57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (d)
65. (a) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (c)
69. (d) 70. (a)
ANSWER KEY 188
CHAPTER -3 MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE MOTION

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 1. ((a) 45º, (b) 2 m/s) 2. (b)

5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 3. (5 m/s2) 4. (b)
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (a) 5. (5) 6. (8)
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c) 7. (30.00) 8. (a,b,c,d)
17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (a) 9. (0.5) 10. (7.5)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a)
29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (c) 32. (c)
33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (c)
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (b)
45. (d) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (b)
49. (b) 50. (a) 51. (d) 52. (a)
53. (c) 54. (a,b,c) 55. (a,b,c,d) 56. (b,c)
57. (a,d) 58. (b) 59. (a,b,c,d) 60. (b,c,d)
61. (a,b) 62. (a,b,c) 63. (7.5) 64. (16)
65. (8) 66. (2) 67. (160) 68. (c)
69. (c) 70. (b) 71. (a) 72. (a)
73. (e) 74.  A  P; B  Q;C  R; D  S
75. (a) 76. (c) 77. (c) 78. (c)
79. (c) 80. (d)
ANSWER KEY 189
Answer Key
CHAPTER -4 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION

1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (c)

5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (b) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (b)
9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (a) 12. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (b)
13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (d) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (c)
25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (d) 25. (21.00) 26. (25.00) 27. (25.00) 28. (3.33)
29. (b) 30.(c) 31. (b) 32. (c) 29. (492.00) 30.(500.00)
33. (c) 34.(c) 35.(a) 36. (b) 31. (12.00) 32. (5.00) 33.(30.00)
37. (b) 38.(a) 39.(c) 40. (d) 34. (10.00) 35.(5.00)
41. (b) 42.(c) 43.(a) 44. (b)
45. (c) 46.(a) 47.(d) 48. (d)
49. (d) 50.(b) 51. (d) 52. (d)
53. (b) 54.(c) 55.(a) 56. (a)
57. (a) 58.(a) 59.(b) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62.(c) 63.(a) 64. (c)
65. (a) 66.(c) 67. (c) 68. (c)
69. (a) 70.(a) 71. (b) 72. (d)
73. (c) 74.(b) 75. (a) 76. (a)
77. (d) 78.(a) 79. (b) 80. (b)
ANSWER KEY 190
CHAPTER -4 LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION

1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a)

5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c)
4. ( 8 2 m, 2 s ) 5. (b)
9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (c)
6. (10 ms2) 7. (b) 8. (d)
13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)
9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (a)
17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (d)
13. (5.00) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (a)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (c)
17. (a,d)
25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c)
29. (b) 30.(c) 31. (a) 32. (b)
33. (c) 34.(a) 35.(d) 36. (a)
37. (a) 38.(a) 39.(d) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42.(c) 43.(c) 44. (d)
45. (a) 46.(d) 47.(d) 48. (d)
49. (c) 50.(d) 51. (d) 52. (b)
53. (d) 54.(b) 55.(b) 56. (a)
57. (b) 58.(a) 59.(b) 60. (a)
61. (a,b,c,d) 62.(a,d) 63. (a,d)
64. (a,c) 65.(b,c) 66.(c)
67. (b,c,d) 68.(a,b,c) 69.(b,c)
70. (a,b,c) 71.(a,b,c) 72. (b,c) 73. (2.7)
74. (1) 75.(6) 76. (7.5) 77. (2)
78. (0.25) 79.(0.25) 80.(8.6) 81. (c)
82. (b) 83.(c) 84.(d) 85. (a)
86. (d) 87.(d) 88.(a)
89. (A–s; B–r; C–q, s; D–p)
90. (A–q,s; B–r; C–p,s; D–q,s)
91. (c) 92. (b) 93.(a) 94. (b)
95. (d) 96.(b) 97. (a) 98. (a)
99. (a) 100.(c)
MASTER INDEX .
VOLUME 1:
Units and Measurements & Basic Mathematics
Motion in a Straight line
Motion in a Plane & Relative Motion
Laws of Motion & Friction
VOLUME 2:
Work, Energy and Power
Circular Motion
Centre of Mass, Momentum and Collision
Rotational Motion
Gravitation
VOLUME 3:
Mechanical Properties of Solids
Fluid Mechanics
Simple Harmonic Motion
Waves
VOLUME 4:
Thermal Physics
Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics
Creating Impact at Scale
65 Million+
Monthly
Youtube Views
49 Million+ 40+ Countries

Monthly Where Students
Web + App Visitors Take Live Classes
25 Million+ 26 Million+
Monthly Active Hours of
Users Live Learning
25 43
Parents
Happy
Trust
Students
Vedantu
MILLION+ MILLION+
Our Achievers of 2021
JEE Advanced 2021
Prerak Kevin Abhinav Vedantu students ace

JEE ADV. AIR 35 JEE ADV. AIR 78 JEE ADV. AIR 156 JEE Advanced 2021
JEE MAIN AIR 243 JEE MAIN AIR 533 JEE MAIN AIR 512
Ankit Shrey
6% of IITs’ upcoming batch
will be from Vedantu
JEE ADV. AIR 172 JEE ADV. AIR 174

JEE MAIN AIR 252 JEE MAIN AIR 238
JEE Main 2021
903 students in
Top 10,000
Vaibhav Bajaj Hrishit B P Sunrit Roy K
AIR 35 AIR 113 AIR 139
78 869
students scored students scored
99.9+ PERCENTILE 99.9+ PERCENTILE
68 444
students in students in
Top AIR 1000 Top AIR 5000 Kushagra Ganesh C Iyer
Sharma
AIR 158 AIR 179
NEET (UG) 2021
AIR 23
Pavit
Online Long Term Course
Score 710 AIR 92

Anirudh
Online Crash Course
Score 705
Shivank
Online Crash Course
AIR 143 Score 700

1172 NEET
Qualifiers
CBSE Class 12 ISC Class 12 CBSE Class 10
Annmary
Aatman Upreti Shreya Roshan Aastha N Raj Gitanjali Rajulal Shreya Nigam Khushi Arora Anshika Singha
Santhosh
98.4% 98.4% 98.0% 99.8% 98.4% 99.8% 99.6% 99.4%
ICSE Class 10
M.D.Sriya Varshil J Patel Mohammad Y Devika Sajeev Sakshi Semwal Aloki Upadhyay Ishita Surana Saumya Gupta
99.4% 97.4% 97.2% 97.2% 97.2% 99.4% 99.2% 99.2%
#HereForRealAchievers

Volume 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volume 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Academic Progress for every Student

Regular tests &

Our Extraordinary Results 2021

All India HIGHER

37.28% 37.28% 8.25%

CBSE 10 CBSE 12 JEE

We strongly believe in you and your capabilities. So believe in yourself

Typesetting Team Graphic Designers

UNITS & MEASUREMENTS AND BASIC MATHEMATICS

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 36

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 43

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 50

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 55

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 58

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 183

MOTION IN A STRAIGHT LINE

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 72

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 75

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 83

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 88

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 97

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 185

MOTION IN A PLANE AND RELATIVE MOTION

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 100

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 108

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 111

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 117

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 121

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 130

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 187

LAWS OF MOTION AND FRICTION

Theory ................................................................................................................................................ 133

Solved examples ............................................................................................................................... 144

Exercise - 1 : Basic Objective Questions............................................................................................ 151

Exercise - 2 : Previous Year JEE MAIN Questions ........................................................................... 160

Exercise - 3 : Advanced Objective Questions .................................................................................. 165

Exercise - 4 : Previous Year JEE Advanced Questions ..................................................................... 179

Answer Key ........................................................................................................................................ 189

UNITS & MEASUREMENTS

1. PHYSICAL QUANTITY For Example:

Any quantity which can be measured is called a

Fig. 1.1 1.4 Derived Physical Quantities

1.3 Derived Physical Quantities

1.6 Standard Units

1.7 Expressing Measurement of physical quantity

1.10 The SI System of Units

1.11 Fundamental Units: 1.14 Solid Angle

Quantity Name of Symbol

Plane angle Radian rad

Solid angle Steradian sr Temperature Kelvin

Amount of substance Mole

Fig. 1.7  Dimension of velocity   L1T 1 

s change in velocity length

Dimensional analysis is a tool to find or check

NOTE: ● In the case of physical quantities which are

2.3 Deducing Relation among the Physical 3. SIGNIFICANT FIGURES

1 1 3.1 Rules for Determining Significant Figures

Example: Last significant digit is 3 < 5

0.423 meter = 4.23×10−1 meter Example:

Example: An error is a mistake of some kind causing an error in

4.3 Causes of Random errors

4.5 Causes of Systematic Errors

4.6 Accuracy and Precision Mean Absolute Error